THE FULFILLMENT OF TODAY'S PROPHETIC WORD

THIS PAGE IS ARRANGED IN THIS FORM 

[:: Date : & The prophetic word that came forth  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  ::] 

THEN FOLLOWING THAT

:: Date & Confirmation in the news and what people have said has taken place  ::  ::  

-  ><>  -  ><>  -   -  <><  -  <><  -

 

 

 

 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

[ :: 5-18-14 am service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

From the time that Babylon falls in twenty four hours there shall be two hundred and seventy nine days of revival with those that can, will make their way to my house. And they shall call upon me and you shall see that great revival before the time runs out.

[ :: 3-25-18 am service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Beware of the torpedo that can be directed from over two thousand miles away and yet hit its target.  Beware of the missiles that shall come, beware of the destruction of Babylon in the twenty-four hour period. etc 

[ :: 1-9-19 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Beware of the three great earthquakes that shall now come, for they shall be very large in number. The first shall start overseas, for as you see them coming in the United States you realize, you will realize that Babylon will soon tumble. Watch, watch and beware. 

:: 12/31/2023 - 01/01/2024 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

For I say unto you, my children, Babylon is about to be offered, says the Lord, it is about to be put on the offering plate for the devil, the beast, says the Lord, for the sin, the wickedness that I put on their hearts to do so, says the Lord. etc 

:: 2-29-24 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin makes direct threat to NUKE the West as he accuses NATO and the US of 'preparing to strike' Russia in his annual address to the nation - and warns of 'the destruction of civilisation'

Miiriam Kuepper

Published: 04:52 EST, 29 February 2024 | Updated: 10:26 EST, 29 February 2024

Vladimir Putin has made a direct threat to nuke the West as he accused NATO and the US of 'preparing to strike' Russia in his annual address to the nation.

The Russian president, 71, said: 'They, NATO and America, are active in other parts of the world, of course, and they continue to lie there, to deceive.

'They are preparing to strike our territory and, using the best possible forces, the most effective forces to do so.

'But we remember the fate of those who try to invade our territory and of course their fate will be much more tragic than anything we could face.'

Putin repeatedly lauded Russia's vastly modernised nuclear arsenal in his speech and added as a warning to the West: 'They have to understand that we also have weapons, weapons that can defeat them on their own territory.

'Of course all this is very dangerous, because it could actually trigger the use of nuclear weapons. Do they not understand that?'

The Russian despot also chillingly assured that 'strategic nuclear forces are in a state of full readiness for guaranteed use', but warned the use of nuclear weapons would equal the 'destruction of civilisation'.

He also told NATO countries that their threats have created a 'real' risk of nuclear war if they sent troops to Ukraine, adding that Russia must strengthen its western military district after Finland and Sweden's admission to the Atlantic alliance as Finland has a long land border with northwest Russia.

'They should eventually realise that we also have weapons that can hit targets on their territory.

'Everything that the West comes up with creates the real threat of a conflict with the use of nuclear weapons, and thus the destruction of civilisation,' Putin added.

The , after France hinted at the possibility.United States and key European allies this week said they had no plans to send ground troops to Ukraine

He also claimed that the West was trying to 'drag' Russia into an arms race. 'They are trying to wear us down, to repeat the trick they succeeded (in pulling off) with the Soviet Union in the 1980s.

'Therefore, our task is to develop the defence-industrial complex in such a way as to increase the scientific, technological and industrial potential of the country.

'We need to distribute resources as rationally as possible and build an efficient economy of the armed forces, to achieve the maximum for every rouble of defence expenditures.'

In terms of allies, Putin said he believes it is important for Russia to strengthen ties with Arab countries and Latin American countries.

He also praised policies from allied countries such as the 'One Belt, One Road' initiative in China - a global infrastructure strategy.

He further hailed Russian national unity amid the fighting in Ukraine in his state-of-the-nation address ahead of next month's election he's all but certain to win.

Speaking to an audience of lawmakers and top officials televised live nationwide, Putin praised Russia's troops fighting in Ukraine as 'courageous' warriors who would not back down.

'I look at these courageous people, sometimes very young guys, and without any exaggeration I can say my heart fills with pride. They will not back down, will not fail and will not betray,' the Russian president said.

He also honored those who were killed in fighting with a moment of silence.

Putin, who is running as an independent candidate in the March 15-17 presidential election, relies on the tight control over Russia's political system that he has established during 24 years in power.

Prominent critics who could challenge him have either been imprisoned or are living abroad while most independent media has been banned, meaning that his re-election for another six-year term is all but assured.

He faces token opposition from three other candidates nominated by Kremlin-friendly parties represented in parliament.

Russia's best-known opposition leader Alexei Navalny, whose attempt to run against Mr Putin in 2018 was rejected, died suddenly in an Arctic prison colony earlier this month, while serving a 19-year sentence on extremism charges. His funeral is set for Friday.

Mr Putin has repeatedly said that he sent troops into Ukraine in February 2022 to protect Russian interests and prevent Ukraine from posing a major security threat to Russia by joining Nato.

Kyiv and its allies have denounced it as an unprovoked act of aggression.

The Russian leader has repeatedly signalled a desire to negotiate an end to the fighting but warned that Russia will hold on to its gains.

He said that Russia was 'ready for dialogue' with the US 'on strategic stability'.

'Recently there have been more and more unsubstantiated accusations against Russia, for example that we are allegedly going to deploy nuclear weapons in space.

'Such innuendo, which is nothing but innuendo, is a ploy to draw us into negotiations on their own terms, which are favourable only to the United States.

'Therefore, we have every reason to believe that the words of today's American authorities about their alleged interest in negotiations with us on strategic stability issues are demagoguery...

'On the eve of the US presidential election, they simply want to show their citizens and everyone else that they still rule the world.'

He also addressed the war in Ukraine in his speech, claiming Russia was 'defending its sovereignty and security and protecting the lives of our fellow countrymen in Donbas and Novorossiya', which are regions of Ukraine that Russia claims to have annexed.

'The decisive role in this righteous struggle belongs to our citizens, our unity, devotion to our native country and responsibility for its fate,' Putin added.

'These qualities were clearly and unambiguously manifested at the very beginning of the special military operation, when it was supported by the absolute majority of the Russian people.

'Despite all the trials and bitterness of losses, people are adamant in this choice.

'We did not start this war in Donbas. As I have said many times, we will do everything to end it, to eradicate Nazism. To fulfill all the tasks of the special military operation. To protect the sovereignty and security of our citizens.'

The war in Ukraine has triggered the worst crisis in Moscow's relations with the West since the 1962 Cuban Missile Crisis and Putin has previously warned of the dangers of a direct confrontation between NATO and Russia.

Visibly angry, Putin, Russia's paramount leader for more than two decades, suggested Western politicians recall the fate of those, like Nazi Germany's Adolf Hitler and France's Napoleon Bonaparte who unsuccessfully invaded his country in the past.

'But now the consequences will be far more tragic,' said Putin. 'They think it (war) is a cartoon,' he said.

After outlining defence strategies, Putin turned to domestic policies, promising he would reduce taxes for small and medium-sized businesses as well as provide more money to support struggling Russian families and to boost the birth rate.

Putin also claimed that Russia will be among the four largest economic powers in the world by purchasing power in the near future.

Boasting vast natural resources, Russia's gross domestic product (GDP) rebounded sharply last year from a slump in 2022, but the growth relies heavily on state-funded arms and ammunition production for the war in Ukraine, masking problems that are hampering an improvement in Russians' living standards.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-13140127/Putin-makes-direct-threat-NUKE-West-NATO.html 

:: 2-28-24 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Never Before Has America Been So Close To War On U.S. Soil, And So Militarily Unprepared To Protect America And Americans From Attack, At The Same Time

By Susan Duclos - All News Pipeline February 28, 2024

At a time when tensions are higher than they ever have been with hostile nations, specifically nuclear capable countries such as China and Russia, along with two major wars ongoing, Russia/Ukraine and Israel/Hamas, we also have an under-armed, and under-staffed military that cannot hit their recruitment goals.

We knew it was coming as in April 2023, the Army, Navy and Air Force all predicted recruiting shortfalls, a situation that has only gotten worse. The media of course is blaming everything from a lack of interest in the military lifestyle, to fear of physical injury and death, ignoring the fact that "diversity" has become more important under the Biden regime than preparedness.

Proof of that assertion? Amidst a military recruitment shortfall, the Pentagon decided it would be a good time to request $114 million for ‘diversity, inclusion’ programs, as reported back in November 2023.

According to Fox News, the $114.7 million request by the Pentagon is the largest financial request by the military for DEIA programs. However, the Biden administration’s Defense Department has already spent hundreds of millions of dollars on DEIA initiatives over the past couple of years.

In fiscal year 2022, the Pentagon requested $68 million for DEIA initiatives, according to The Daily Wire. For fiscal year 2023, the Pentagon requested $86.5 million.

In response to the Pentagon’s budget request for DEIA programs, the GOP House Oversight Committee tweeted, “Last week, the Pentagon failed its 6th consecutive audit. This week, they requested $114 million for DEI. The Biden Admin’s focus on progressivism over warfighting continues to exacerbate the military recruiting crisis and calls into question our level of military preparedness.”

A few images of our military under the Biden regime, makes the point better than a thousand words could.

Now we see reports that the U.S. Army is cutting 24,000 positions in what they are calling "restructuring."

The claim, as seen by an LA Times report, is that the cuts are "to be better able to fight the next major war, as the service struggles with recruiting shortfalls that made it impossible to bring in enough soldiers to fill all the jobs."

The recruitment issue is worse than the headlines can describe because due to the shortage, the military has lowered their "standards," both physically and as part of the entrance exams, where now they get to use calculators during the exams, and by accepting lower test scores.

From The Hill in March 2023:

Following a three-year review, the Army has scrapped plans to use the same physical fitness test for all soldiers, choosing instead to have some reduced standards to allow women and older soldiers to pass, the service announced Wednesday.

It gets worse as Daily Caller explains.

• The Navy opened up the service to more prospective sailors who score at minimum levels on entrance examinations that test physical and mental aptitude on Dec. 5, Cmdr. David Benham, a Navy Recruiting Command spokesperson, told Military.com. New guidelines will allow 7,500 recruits, or roughly 20% of the new active duty enlisted cohort, from the lowest acceptable aptitude level to join.

• In June, the DOD shortened the minimum amount of time individuals with a history of conditions including asthma or behavioral health problems like attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder would need to be symptom-free to enlist without a waiver, a DOD issuance shows. The military has allowed 700 recruits previously diagnosed with ADHD to join without a waiver in 2022, The Wall Street Journal reported Tuesday.

To recap in normal terms, they now allow the weak, unfit, unintelligent, medically compromised, to join, and they still cannot meet recruitment standards........or maybe that is one of the reasons they can't find enough people to join.

Really, would you like an unfit, stupid, medically compromised person watching your back in a foreign country fighting a war?

(ANP Emergency!: PLEASE donate to ANP! Due to the globalists war upon truth and the independent media, our monthly revenue has been cut by more than 80% so we need your help more now than ever before. Anything at all ANP readers can do to help us is hugely appreciated.)

U.S. MILITARY UNPREPARED TO PROTECT AMERICA........

Foreign wars and dangers from nuclear capable countries aside, if our military standards are so low it affects our battle readiness in foreign countries, is anyone reading this feeling all warm and fuzzy about new recruits, under the massively lowered standards, protecting us here at home?

It is a reasonable question as we, and others, have documented the invasion at out southern border, where millions of illegal immigrants have been released into the interior of the country, with no vetting, and in some cases their court dates years down the line.

Of late, a huge increase in military aged Chinese men crossing, tens of thousands of them, with hundreds of thousands more possibly waiting for the word from Beijing to cross in preparation for an attack on America soil.

Americans are worried about it as illegal immigration is the top concern as of a recent Gallup poll.

As of January 2024, more than 7.2 million migrants had illegally crossed into the U.S. over the Southwest border during U.S. President Joe Biden's administration — a number higher than the individual populations of 36 states.

These numbers are so controversial that many Democrats denied the truth of the figures, and even the far left website Snopes had to admit the statement is true.

Those numbers only reflect encounters and there is no way to know how many illegally crossed the border and didn't encounter Border Control. Those are dubbed "gotaways."

Not only isn't the U.S. military prepared to fight in foreign wars, and win, but the Biden regime has created a "diversified" military that is highly unlikely to prepared to fight on U.S. soil as well.

BOTTOM LINE.........

I come from a family that has had many military members, my Mother was in the Army, my Father the Air Force, my Uncle the Navy, and my Brother the Marines, so I am not happy to report the degradation of our military, or lack of preparedness.

When any military is more worried about diversity, paying the medial bill for "transitioning" procedures, lowering physical, mental and educational requirements than it is being ready to fight a war and strong enough to do so, it is a huge risk to the nation itself.

When any nation projects weakness it has a variety of effects. Hostile nations are not worried about invading other countries because they see America as too weak to do anything other than offering up sanctions. Terrorist groups see weakness and attack allies. China is now making noises in regards to Taiwan, and I would bet that is Biden is allowed to stay in the White House another four years, China will invade Taiwan.

The most disturbing aspect of the Biden regime being more worried about diversity than military readiness, is that America is a sitting duck for any hostile nation that decides we are too weak to defend ourselves on our own soil.

Thanks heavens our citizens have the right to bear arms.

https://www.allnewspipeline.com/Military_Unprepared_To_Protect_America.php 

:: 2-29-24 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

British and French Troops ON THE GROUND in Ukraine; Operating Cruise Missiles to attack Russian Troops

World Hal Turner 29 February 2024 Hits: 15794

Shocking revelations from the British Press reveal the British General Staff, led by Admiral Tony Radakin, directly participated in the attack on Russian Black Sea Fleet ships, and that German Chancellor Olaf Scholtz confirmed British and French troops are in Ukraine operating Cruise missiles to hit Russian targets.

Russian reaction to these revelations has been blunt: "This proves Britain and France have attacked Russia; we have the right to respond militarily" said one high ranking Russian official.

A story in "The Times" (HERE) reveals:

The story makes clear that Admiral Tony Radakin and his General Staff have been key to Ukraine sinking Russian vessels.

Meanwhile, "The Independent" in Britain revealed comments made by German Chancellor Olaf Scholz who said Germany will not be sending Kiev any of Germany's "Taurus" missiles, Berlin’s version of the Storm Shadow missile, pointing to a risk of his country becoming directly involved in the war, referring to the UK and French assistance to Ukraine. (HERE)

On Monday, he said that German soldiers could not follow the lead of their British and French allies in “the way of target control and accompanying target control.”

By saying that, Scholtz revealed that French and British troops are, in fact, controlling the targeting and guidance-to-target of weapons (like cruise missiles) and are thus responsible for Russian targets being hit!

Stunningly, rather than try to walk-back what Scholz said, Norbert Rottgen, a senior lawmaker from the CDU, the former ruling party of Angela Merkel, said: “The chancellor’s statement regarding France and Britain’s alleged involvement in operating long-range cruise missiles used in Ukraine is completely irresponsible.”

From Britain, similar amazing reaction from Former Chairman of the Commons Defense Committee Tobias Ellwood, who said “This is a flagrant abuse of intelligence deliberately designed to distract from Germany’s reluctance to arm Ukraine with its own long-range missile system.”

(HT REMARK: So NATO troops taking part in ground operations and cruise missile targeting doesn't matter, it's only Scholz revealing it that is bad?????)

COVERT INTEL - Russia

This content deals with secret intelligence information obtained from inside Russia as to the deliberations taking place about how Russia should respond to these revelations. This content is for Subscribers only.

PREMIUM CONTENT:

This section of the article is only available for Subscribers who support this web site with $1 a week billed either Quarterly ($13) or monthly ($5).

This is necessary because this is a CLOUD-BASED web site. The way it works is YOU READ . . . I GET BILLED for "Data Transfer."

Despite being politely asked for voluntary donations, few people ever bothered to donate. Then, despite being asked to click an ad within a story to generate ad revenue for this site, the majority of the general public couldn't be bothered with that, either. So there's no reason to give the general public free news anymore; they don't pull their own weight.

With tens-of-thousands of people reading stories here every day, the costs nearly drove the site out of business.

In order to be able to continue providing cutting-edge news, often hours or even DAYS before Drudge and most of the "mass-media" -- if they even cover it at all -- I need to be able to sustain this effort. To do that, I rely on folks like YOU contributing a pittance of about $1 a week; which is chump-change that you won't even miss! Yet that small amount makes all the difference in the world to the continued existence of this web site.

In the final analysis, knowledge is power. Getting information first, or info that other sources simply don't report, is usually well worth a few bucks in the long run.

Please click here to choose a subscription plan in order to view this part of the article.

Subscribers LOGIN to see the story.

*** If you are having trouble logging-in, email: Hal.Turner@HalTurnerRadioShow.com

YOU MUST SET YOUR WEB BROWSER TO "ACCEPT COOKIES" FROM THIS SITE IN ORDER TO LOGIN OR ELSE YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO SEE PREMIUM CONTENT.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/british-and-french-troops-on-the-ground-in-ukraine

-operating-cruise-missiles-to-attack-russian-troops 

[:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Matthew  24:3  Now as He sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to Him privately, saying, "Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?"

Matt 24:12  "And because lawlessness will abound, the love of many will grow cold.  (NKJ)

[ :: 6-17-2023 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc these are very dark times and the demons from the bottomless pit have been released and you’ve seen what they have been doing as you look and see all the signs that are taking place all over the world. etc

:: 2-28-24 syracuse.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Two teens charged in murder of 15-year-old in Syracuse park identified

Updated: Feb. 28, 2024, 11:18 a.m.|Published: Feb. 28, 2024, 10:58 a.m.

By Anne Hayes | ahayes@syracuse.com 

Syracuse, N.Y. – Two teens charged in the fatal shooting of a Syracuse 15-year-old have been identified in an indictment filed Monday.

Karon Works, 15, was found with gunshot wounds around 8 p.m. on Dec. 12 in Lower Onondaga Park. He later died at Upstate University Hospital.

In late December, the first of two teen boys was arrested and charged with Works’ murder, Syracuse police said at the time. A month later another teen was charged, police said. Police refused to release the names of the teens.

The indictment names the teens: Ny’Zhon Thomas, 17, and Caleb Gibson, 16. They are both charged with second-degree murder and two counts of second-degree criminal possession of a weapon, according to an indictment.

Gibson was already being held at the juvenile detention center on unrelated charges when he was arrested for the murder, police said.

The indictment lists a third person charged with acting with Thomas and Gibson but the name is redacted. Police have not arrested the third person, Syracuse police spokesperson Matthew Malinowski said Wednesday.

The indictment does not specify whether either of the two teens identified fired the shot that killed Works.

The indictment alleges that the three people acted together to fire two 9mm pistols at close range and caused Works’ death.

Gibson is set to be arraigned on the indictment Wednesday afternoon.

https://www.syracuse.com/crime/2024/02/two-teens-charged-in-murder-of-15-year-old-in-syracuse-park-identified.html 

[ :: 6-25-2023 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For do you not realize how late the hour is, for the signs are very clear and evident, darkness seems to be growing more and more each day as my word says and you are seeing those things that my word talks about. etc

:: 2-28-24 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Arresting incident Hulking 280-pound student beats elderly teacher to the ground – with instructor claiming school refused to arrest unruly 'man child'

By Social Links for Selim Algar  Published Feb. 28, 2024, 3:51 p.m. ET

Adding to the shocking spate of school violence across the nation, a 74-year-old Indiana substitute teacher claims he suffered a gruesome black eye from a teen — and teachers stopped him being arrested.

Shellshocked Rob Gooding, of Indianapolis, told News 8 he was serving as a substitute at Perry Meridian High School on February 1 when an unruly student suddenly approached him during a business class.

The hulking teen — who Gooding claims stood over 6 feet — raised his Chromebook and was poised to crash it down on his head.

“I saw him come up, and he said, ‘I’ve had it,’ and he came down and I blocked the Chromebook. That’s where the hole was,” Gooding said, pointing to a wound on his forearm.

“This man child was 6-feet-2, 280 pounds,” he said.

But the student then shoved the elderly instructor to the ground in front of shocked students and rained down punches on his head.

https://nypost.com/2024/02/28/us-news/indiana-teacher-bob-gooding-says-school-refused-to-arrest-student-who-hit-him/ 

:: 2-28-24 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Naked brawler fends off spiked club attack on LA beach as stunned bystanders film duel

By Social Links for Jesse O’Neill  Published Feb. 28, 2024, 1:43 p.m. E

A naked woman was caught on camera squaring off with another woman wielding a spiked club in Los Angeles on Monday.

The broad-daylight incident happened on the Venice Beach Boardwalk and was filmed by stunned bystanders, according to footage shared by TMZ.

In the clip, a svelte nude woman with long brown hair and a small back tattoo was seen adopting a defensive fighting stance and causally deflecting a spiked club that was being swung at her by another woman, who was clad in sandals and a spandex outfit.

The clothed woman eventually threw the spiked club at the nonplussed nude woman, who picked it up as her apparent attacker grabbed a bat.

The two women dueled for several moments before the naked woman knocked the bat out of the clothed woman’s hands and chased her off.

Neither woman appeared to have suffered injuries, and none of the many bystanders filming on the boardwalk tried to intervene, although many were heard making snide comments.

“This is the s–t we’re dealing with out here on Venice boardwalk,” one onlooker was heard saying.

Where are the police when you need them,” interjected another.

The Los Angeles Police Department could not immediately provide information on the incident when contacted by The Post Wednesday.

https://nypost.com/2024/02/28/us-news/naked-woman-fends-off-spiked-club-attack-on-la-beach/ 

[  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ]
Matthew 24:3 Now as He sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to Him privately, saying, "Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?"
Matthew  24:12 "And because lawlessness will abound, the love of many will grow cold. (NKJ)

:: 2-28-24 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mom groped, slashed by unhinged creep on NYC bus unloads on Biden, Eric Adams for losing ‘control’ of city

By Social Links for Amanda Woods and Social Links for Joe Marino Published Feb. 28, 2024, 2:39 p.m. ET

A Bronx mother of two who was groped, then slashed by an unhinged man on a rush-hour MTA bus called out President Biden and Mayor Eric Adams — saying it’s on them to regain “control” of the city.

Stephanie Aquino, 33, told The Post that her harrowing ordeal had her praying that she’d see her 3-year-old son and 12-year-old daughter again.

“I just started praying, saying, ‘God, allow me the opportunity to see my kids and go back home,'” Aquino said in a phone interview. “‘Also, allow me the opportunity, because I’m not going to jail over this guy. It’s not worth it. And protect my kids.'”

Aquino was heading home on a crowded Bx2 bus around 5:15 p.m. Friday when she heard another straphanger mumbling “nonsense,” she told The Post in a Tuesday phone interview.

Once he stopped talking, he touched me on my butt,” Aquino said. “I looked back and he said it wasn’t him. And everyone was looking at him, and I was like, ‘If that wasn’t you, that’s fine.’ I [just] hope nothing happens again.”

Instead of stopping his antics, the creep tried to slap Aquino, but she backed away from the strike and told the driver what had happened, she said.

I told the driver,The guy [who is] sitting down there, he just hit me and he grabbed my butt.’ I was saying, ‘Let me off the bus.He was saying, ‘I didn’t see him hitting you.’”

Then the lanky menace — who wore a pair of large Bluetooth headphones — flew into a rage and began cursing at Aquino as the bus approached the intersection of East Tremont Avenue and Grand Avenue, she said.

At that moment, Aquino said, she could only think of her children at home — and desperately turned to her faith.

Once I finished my prayer — like I said it [out] loud — he jumped on me, literally all over,” Aquino recalled. “And that’s when the bus driver opened the door. [Then the suspect] dragged me off the bus, he grabbed me [by] my hoodie.

“And I did a flip, a backflip and I fell on the ground,” the injured mom added. “Once I was on the ground, my instinct just told me to get up. If I don’t get up from the ground, he might hurt my head or something.”

Aquino said she initially wanted to chase her attacker — but then decided getting back on the bus was a better plan.

But once she reboarded the bus, she realized that the enraged attacker had the same idea.

“Everyone was screaming. They said, ‘He’s coming back! He’s coming back!’” she recounted. “I didn’t see the knife first. He stabbed me like around three times, my chest and my belly, everywhere.

“He slashed my face the same way,” she said. “He was so fast. I was nervous. The way he hurt me, it was like he wanted to kill me.”

https://nypost.com/2024/02/28/us-news/bronx-mom-groped-slashed-by-unhinged-menace-on-mta-bus-urges-officials

-to-regain-control-over-nyc/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, etc.

:: 2-28-24 New York Post   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Now nowhere in San Francisco is safe from crime — we’re the proof, say shop owners in ‘quiet’ areas

By Social Links for Rikki Schlott Published Feb. 28, 2024, 1:59 p.m. ET

San Francisco’s crime spree has taken a new twist: it has exploded out of its shattered downtown into areas residents thought were still safe — despite its mayor claiming the city is beating the criminals.

Mayor Landon Breed touted declining crime numbers in January, saying in a statement that “our work around public safety is making a difference.”

But police statistics analyzed by The Post show that the city’s previously quieter residential areas are instead being hit hard with burglary — and shopkeepers in those areas told The Post they’re living on edge.

While crime in the notorious Tenderloin district and the surrounding downtown area is down compared with this time last year, burglary is up by 44% in 2024 in San Francisco’s more residential Taraval police district. Burglaries are also up by 19% in Ingleside and 6.2% in the Richmond neighborhood.

“It never occurred to me that crime would be a problem. It’s a nice, safe area on the edge of the city,” Taraval-area candy shop owner Diane Zogaric told The Post. “But that doesn’t seem to matter anymore.”

The city’s “doom loop” downtown has caused half of retailers to flee the area, citing crime and safety concerns, with progressive policies on criminal justice widely blamed for the exodus.

This week Macy’s became the latest retailer to call it quits, saying it will close its giant Union Square department store.

But in residential areas, shop owners told The Post they fear for their future.

Chinese restaurant owner Andy Yang said: “We can’t just pack up and leave. We spent decades of our youth building and cultivating our businesses. We have families here. We have properties here.”

Diana Zogaric never imagined that she was making herself a target of crime when she bought the candy store her children had loved when they were young in 2020. But she’s since been robbed and violently assaulted.

Zogaric, 53, took over Shaw’s Candy, a local favorite in the West Portal, when it came up for sale in August of 2020.

The first major crime was in March 2023, when her front door was smashed at 5 a.m. and a robber strolled in to grab her cash box containing $600, costing $1,500 in repairs. It was a forewarning of the sharp crime rise in the police district of Taraval, of which West Port is a par.

“The police who responded were great, but I don’t think that they prioritize crimes of that nature,” Zogaric said.

Then in September of 2023, when Zogaric asked a homeless man bothering customers outside her store to leave, he shoved her in the chest, causing her to stumble backwards. “He proceeded to punch me numerous times in the head, and all the while I was backing away, he kept punching me,” she said.

He forced his way into the store, punched the manager in the face, and pushed an elderly woman customer. Four male bystanders managed to restrain him until the cops came.

The man is now being detained in a mental facility for two years after getting a schizophrenia diagnosis, and a restraining order will prevent him coming into the store when he is released, but she remains shaken.

“I find myself recoiling on the streets,” she said. “I kind of just wanna leave San Francisco.”

“The biggest fear for me now is for my employees. As awful as what happened to me was, I wouldn’t be able to live with myself if that happened to a teenager,” she said.

Zogaric cannot let employees work alone for fear of their safety, and the city’s $18.07 minimum wage means her margins are stretched thin.

It should not be dangerous to work in a candy store. But, here, it is.”

“I’m pretty left wing,” Zogaric said. “But I still think criminals need to be prosecuted. There’s no fear because crimes aren’t being taken seriously in San Francisco.”

Andy Yang’s Chinese joint Kung Food in the Park police district has been battered by vandals and burglars seven times since the pandemic.

The 35-year-old says the stress was so bad that he had an unexpected heart attack in December at the gym and is now recovering from bypass surgery.

I’m just trying to keep my head out of the water,” the father of two, aged 4 and 18 months, told The Post. “I’m living in constant fear as a small business owner in San Francisco.”

“All the money that I’ve lost has just taken a toll on my life and my health,” he said.

It’s the crime, it’s the vandalism, it’s the theft, it’s the beggars harassing customers. You can’t run a business like that, and I think I just collapsed under the stress of it all.”

Yang’s restaurant, in the North of the Panhandle neighborhood, has been broken into once every six months since 2020, costing him $15,000 in repairs, $3,000 in looted cash, and untold amounts in stolen food.

He used to leave takeout orders on his front table, but thieves snatched hundreds of dollars worth of food at a time. Once a waitress chased someone who stole takeout and got punched in the face.

“The restaurant business itself is a very thin margin business — especially with inflation — so all of this affects us tremendously,” he said.

Even though he pays $10,000 a year for insurance, his claims have never reached his deductible, leaving him to pay out of pocket and to stop filing entirely.

Throughout his string of burglaries, Yang contacted local city officials for support but says all he got in return was “some patronizing BS from like an intern.”

“I don’t blame the police for not doing their jobs. Their hands are tied,” he said.

Out of five burglaries, two perpetrators were caught by police, but, when he showed up to court, he learned that the district attorney had dropped the case.

Although crime is down this year in the Park district, he says, “If the rates are down here, I don’t feel any less miserable.”

Andy Yang says that the Asian-American community in San Francisco needs to speak up about crime. Pete Thompson for the New York Post.

Yang has posted about crime on social media and been sent nasty messages telling him to just leave San Francisco.

As crime continues to rage on, Yang says it’s important for the Chinese American community in San Francisco to speak up for themselves.

Every small business owner I know is frustrated,” he said. “Everyone has an exit plan. Everyone is praying for Jesus to come to save us because clearly the elected officials aren’t going to.”

This is not the city I grew up in’

Michael Hsu, a 35-year-old San Francisco native, was thrilled when he bought his shoe store, Footprint, from his retiring boss in early 2020. But, when he took over the shop in the Sunset neighborhood, part of the Traval police district, things instantly fell apart.

Two weeks later, we had to close because of Covid-19,” he said.

When Louis Vuitton was looted in San Francisco’s Union Square that June, Hsu knew he had to board up his business to protect his merchandise, so he shelled out $2,500 for in-demand plywood and depended on online business for more than seven months.

But, when he finally re-opened in 2021, he was barraged by crime like he’d never seen before: three major break-ins and repeated shoplifting which cost him around $50,000 in losses but resulted in zero arrests.

In 2021, burglars used a blowtorch to bypass the sensor which would alert him to broken glass and got away with over $25,000 in merchandise — a brutal toll considering his average sale is $100.

It’s a lot of shoes we have to sell to make that up,” he said. “This isn’t Target or Nordstrom. This is a family business they’re stealing from.”

Later that year a thief, dubbed the Butt Crack Bandit, scaled scaffolding to get into his shop and got away with around $10,000 in shoes.

It’s hard to sleep peacefully at night because you’re always wondering when the next call from the alarm company or the police is going to come,” Hsu, who relies on Footprint to support his 3-year-old daughter, told The Post. “The bottom line is we’re in San Francisco, so you have to be ready for anything.”

Even though he’s had to pay $1,500 each time his glass door was broken, it was below his insurance’s $2,000 deductible.

Then his insurers dropped him this month for filing too many claimsforcing him to pay 40% more to another insurer.

It can take a few weeks to get the glass he needs to repair his storefront, so now he orders two at a time, preparing for the next break-in.

You can walk into a store and just walk out with anything, and there’s little that’s going to happen to you,” he said.

On New Year’s Eve thieves bashed in his windows and caused $20,000 in losses and repairs.

Even though the police arrived in under five minutes, the perpetrators got away — because, thanks to a local rule, the police aren’t able to pursue perpetrators of property crime if nobody is in harm’s way.

That’s when I called the mayor’s office and said, ‘You gotta be kidding me. Watch this video. It doesn’t look good on you. It doesn’t look good on San Francisco. Let’s change this.”

Mayor Breed is now backing Proposition E, a ballot initiative that would allow police to pursue perps of property crime, like those who robbed Hsu.

“I don’t like to talk s–t about my city,” he said. “I love San Francisco. That’s why I want to work with policymakers — because we can do better, we’re better than this. We have to take back our city.”

https://nypost.com/2024/02/28/us-news/now-nowhere-in-san-francisco-is-safe-from-crime/ 

:: 2-28-24 The Harbingers Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Rapture: Perhaps The Most Important Piece Of Prophecy For Us To Understand

By David Jeremiah February 28, 2024

The Rapture is perhaps the most important piece of prophecy for us to understand since it could very well impact us personally. This [article] will help you examine what the Rapture is, defend it biblically, and explain its personal and practical importance.

What is the Rapture? The Rapture is the biblical prophetic event where all who have put their trust in Christ, living and deceased, will suddenly be caught up from earth, be joined with Christ in the air, and taken to heaven. Paul describes the Rapture in 1 Thessalonians 4:13-18:

1 Thessalonians 4:13-18 KJV – “But I would not have you to be ignorant, brethren, concerning them which are asleep, that ye sorrow not, even as others which have no hope. For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with him. For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that we which are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent them which are asleep. For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord. Wherefore comfort one another with these words.”

The Meaning of “Rapture”

Rapture is derived from the Latin translation of 1 Thessalonians 4:17, which translates the Greek harpazo (to catch up or carry away) as rapiemur from the Latin rapio. The Greek harpazo occurs fourteen times in the New Testament with four variations of meaning, each of which contributes to our understanding of what Paul is describing in verse 17: “Then we who are alive and remain shall be caught up together with [the dead] in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air.”

First, harpazo can mean “to carry off by force.” Christ will use His power to remove living and deceased believers from the last enemy, death.

Second, harpazo can mean “to claim for oneself eagerly.” Christ purchased us with His blood, and He will return to claim those who are His.

Third, harpazo can mean “to snatch away speedily.” The Rapture will occur “in the twinkling of an eye” (1 Corinthians 15:52).

Fourth, harpazo can mean “to rescue from the danger of destruction.” This meaning supports the idea that the Rapture will save the Church from experiencing the terrors of the seven-year Tribulation.

This coming event is the first part of Christ’s two-part return to earth. First, He’ll remove the Church from the world. Second, seven years later, He’ll establish His Kingdom on earth. For every prophecy in Scripture about Christ’s first advent, there are eight about His second. The 260 chapters of the New Testament contain 318 references to the Second Coming of Christ.

The Rapture Is Different From Christ’s Second Coming

Will the Rapture occur at Christ’s Second Coming? The short answer is, “Yes, but….” The Rapture sets in motion the End-Time events leading to Christ’s Second Coming. The two stages, Rapture and Return, will be separated by a seven-year Tribulation on earth. The purpose of the Rapture is to spare Christ’s own from the horrors of the Tribulation according to Revelation 3:10.

The prophets saw what appears to be the Tribulation—“the time of Jacob’s trouble” (Jeremiah 30:7)—not the Rapture. But that is not surprising; they didn’t differentiate clearly between the First and Second Advents of Christ. The prophets “inquired and searched carefully” (1 Peter 1:10-11), but they saw more of the big picture than the details. And they didn’t see the Church at all, which is who the Rapture affects. The prophets saw the future like seeing successive mountain peaks through a telephoto lens. They saw the peaks (events), but not the distance that separates them.

Three New Testament passages tell us about the Rapture: John 14:1-3; 1 Corinthians 15:50-57; 1 Thessalonians 4:13-18. Paul’s words in 1 Thessalonians are the most complete and form the basis for this discussion.

First, we must note that Paul gained his understanding of the Rapture via special revelation from God—he called it a “mystery” in 1 Corinthians 15:51, meaning a truth not previously revealed. The revelation was “by the word of the Lord” (1 Thessalonians 4:15).

Second, Paul shared this revelation in order to meet a practical concern of the Christians in Thessalonica. They were concerned about the fate of Christians who died before Christ’s Second Coming (1 Thessalonians 4:13-18) and about the timing of the Rapture—whether it had already happened (2 Thessalonians 2:1-2).

Three Reasons the Rapture Could Happen Today

Reason 1: The Rapture is a signless event.

Unlike the Second Coming, no signs will precede the Rapture. This is called the doctrine of imminency—that is, the Rapture is imminent; it could happen at any moment. Specifically, nothing in God’s prophetic program must take place as a prerequisite to the Rapture. Things may happen but nothing must happen. That means we don’t know when it could happen. It could be today or years from today.

Without any warning, Jesus Christ will return to rapture His saints and take them to heaven. Christians must live prepared lives, ready to meet their Savior at any moment.

Reason 2: The Rapture is a surprise event.

While many through the years have predicted the date of the Rapture and Jesus’ Second Coming, Jesus’ words in Matthew 24:36-39 should be taken literally: No one, including Jesus and the angels, knows the time of His return. Only God the Father knows. Not knowing when Jesus will come for His Church causes us to be ready at all times.

Reason 3: The Rapture is a sudden event.

Paul wrote that the Rapture will take place “in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye” (1 Corinthians 15:52). “Twinkling” likely refers to the amount of time it takes for light, traveling at 186,000 miles per second, to be reflected on the retina of one’s eye. In less than a nanosecond, the Lord will call believers to Himself!

1 Thessalonians 4:16 says, “For the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of an archangel, and with the trumpet of God.” These are not three distinct sounds, but one sound described three different ways.

This sound will be like a shout, ringing with commanding authority like the voice of an archangel. It will also be like the blare of a trumpet in its volume and clarity. And the sound will be heard only by those who have trusted Christ as Savior. Jesus shouted, “Lazarus, come forth!” in John 11:43. His shout of “Come forth!” at the Rapture will not name a single individual, but will be heard by every believer in every grave around the world.

At the moment of the Rapture, God’s people from every era—the disciples, the martyrs of the ages, your godly ancestors, and many more—will rise from their graves.

The Rapture Only Involves Christians

Each of the three major passages that teach about the Rapture indicate that it involves believers only (including innocent children too young to believe). Anyone who does not trust Jesus as their Lord and Savior will not be raptured into the Lord’s presence and will be left to suffer the horrors of the Tribulation.

Jesus’ words in John 14:1-3 were spoken to His disciples—men who were obviously believers. He assured them that He would prepare a place for them in His Father’s house; they were members of the family of faith in the same way Christians are today. “I will come again and receive you to Myself” (verse 3) describes what we call the Rapture—the uniting of Jesus Christ with His faithful followers.

In 1 Corinthians 15 Paul talked about “those who are Christ’s at His coming” (verse 23). Verse 1 informs us that the passage was written to “brethren,” and verse 58 concludes the passage by talking about abounding in the work of the Lord, an obvious reference to Christian believers.

In 1 Thessalonians 4:13-18 Paul refers to believers as “brethren” (verse 13), as those who “believe that Jesus died and rose again” (verse 14), and as the “dead in Christ” (verse 16).

These passages are clear: the Rapture is restricted to believers. Only those who are followers of Christ will be taken up into heaven when He returns.

Three Ways the Rapture Can Impact Our Life Today

The Rapture can change our life; it is a source of personal comfort and hope. Paul wrote to the Thessalonians about it to ease their concerns about their departed loved ones. Death is not final. The resurrection of believers who have died will reverse the effects of death. All who have lost loved ones to the sting of death can be comforted in the knowledge that they will see them again. But it is also a source of strength. Jesus promised His disciples, on the night He was arrested, that He would return for them (John 14:1-3).

It is no wonder that Paul told the Thessalonians to comfort themselves with the truth concerning the Rapture (1 Thessalonians 4:18). The Rapture can impact our life now, in three ways, while we wait for it to happen.

We can live with expectation.

The letter from Paul to Titus puts into words how the expectation of the Rapture should impact our life:

Titus 2:11-14 KJV – “For the grace of God that bringeth salvation hath appeared to all men, Teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this present world; Looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ; Who gave himself for us, that he might redeem us from all iniquity, and pur”

We can live with dedication.

I am told that Robert Murray M’Cheyne, a brilliant young Scottish preacher who died at age 29 in 1843, wore a watch with the words “The Night Cometh” engraved on its face. Every time he checked his watch, he was reminded that time is marching on. We won’t always have time to win souls for Christ or to consecrate our own life for His service. The apostle John exhorted his readers “not to be ashamed before Him at His coming” (1 John 2:28). The imminent return of Jesus for His Church is life’s greatest stimulus for living a dedicated life.

We can live with preparation.

Jesus warned that He is “coming quickly” (Revelation 22:12). That means we should live every day as if He were coming that day. But will we be ready? Will we be found with heart and hands dedicated to serving Him at the moment we see Him face to face? Even more important, have we committed ourselves by faith to Christ, so we are assured of being part of His Church that is called into His presence at the Rapture? When the Rapture occurs, there will be no opportunity to decide. Be sure that you have said “Yes” to Christ so that you will be prepared to rejoice at His appearing.

David Jeremiah is an author, the founder and host of Turning Point for God, and the senior pastor of Shadow Mountain Community Church.

https://harbingersdaily.com/the-rapture-perhaps-the-most-important-piece-of-prophecy-for-us-to-understand/ 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

[ :: 9-26-10 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc And when you look at the world you will see the signs of my soon coming, you will see the things that are taking place that man does not understand, that man cannot control, that man cannot stop.  For as truly as my word said it shall come to pass, so shall it come to pass.  It will come and it will come in your hour, it will come in your time, it will not come in another hour, it will not come in another time.  For my word is being fulfilled, and round about you see earthquakes, you see the floods, you see the tornadoes, you see hurricanes, you see the drought, you see the wildfires, you see all the things that I have spoken to you that you should see in the last days, in the last hour.  etc

:: 2-29-24 NBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Texas wildfires live updates: Massive blaze covers over 1 million acres, becoming largest in state history

The wildfire at Smokehouse Creek is only 3% contained and has covered an estimated 1,075,000 acres.

Updated Feb. 29, 2024, 8:23 PM UTC

By NBC News

What to know about the Texas wildfires

The wildfire at Smokehouse Creek is only 3% contained and has covered an estimated 1,075,000 acres — making it bigger than Rhode Island — becoming the largest blaze in Texas history, according to the Texas A&M Forest Service.

The state's fire preparedness level was raised to a three, meaning outside help from other agencies, regions or states may be required to battle the blazes.

Family members identified an 83-year-old grandmother from the town of Stinnett as the only person confirmed killed from the fires to date. Joyce Blankenship, a former substitute teacher, was found dead in her home, family members said.

Wildfires, having moved east from the Texas Panhandle, were spreading in Oklahoma. At least 12 fires were burning in the state, covering more than 115,000 acres.

Conditions ripe for more fires are expected Saturday and Sunday. Heat and high winds — forecast to gust at 20 to 35 mph — will likely cause "critical fire weather conditions again," the National Weather Service in Amarillo said.

Windy Deuce Fire now 50% contained

Author Thumbnail

Katherine Itoh

The Windy Deuce Fire in Moore County, Texas, is 50% contained as of Thursday afternoon, according to the Texas A&M Forest Service.

The fire, which was 30% contained this morning, burned around 142,000 acres. Evacuations are still in place for the area. Firefighters will continue monitoring the wildfire and checking for heat near containment lines.

2h ago / 7:47 PM UTC

How the largest Texas wildfire compares to where you live

Joe Murphy

Nigel Chiwaya

The deadly wildfires in Texas, the largest in the state’s history and which are now spreading into Oklahoma, cover an area nearly the size of Delaware’s land. The most massive of the blazes, the Smokehouse Creek Fire, is larger than Rhode Island.

But how big is that really?

To get a sense of the scale of the Smokehouse Creek Fire’s million-plus acres, use the map in the link below to compare the blaze to any of the most-populous cities or towns in the U.S.

Read the full story here.

3h ago / 7:11 PM UTC

Texas A&M Forest Service advises 'extreme caution' for outdoor celebrations ahead of Texas Independence Day

Author Thumbnail

Katherine Itoh

As strong winds and dry grass increase the potential for wildfires in the Plains region over the weekend, Texans are advised to use “extreme caution” when partaking in outdoor celebrations that may cause a spark.

That includes fireworks celebrating Texas Independence Day on Saturday. The safest way to enjoy fireworks is by attending a public show hosted by professionals, according to a Texas A&M Forest Service news release.

When setting off personal fireworks, Texans should check for local government burn bans and other restrictions. Only use fireworks in safe areas away from dry grass and bushes, and keep a bucket of water handy.

For those planning to host a barbecue over the weekend, avoid placing the grill near any flammable vegetation or material, and never leave it unattended.

According to the Texas A&M Forest Service, about 90% of wildfires are caused by human-related activities, and holidays pose an increased risk of fire starts.

4h ago / 5:37 PM UTC

Map shows 140 fires across Texas this past week

Author Thumbnail

NBC News

The Texas A&M Forest Service released a map showing all the wildfire activity from across the state in the past seven days. The 140 blazes have burned a combined 1,260,725 acres.

5h ago / 5:06 PM UTC

Four major wildfires remain active, burning 1.2 million acres across Texas Panhandle

Author Thumbnail

Katherine Itoh

The Texas A&M Forest Service is working to contain four major active wildfires this morning across the Texas Panhandle that have burned an estimated 1.2 million acres in total.

The Smokehouse Creek Fire is still only 3% contained. The active 687 Reamer Fire has burned into the Smokehouse Fire and is now included in the 1,075,000 acres attributed to the blaze.

The Windy Deuce Fire spread to approximately 142,000 acres and is 30% contained. The Grape Vine Creek Fire has burned around 30,000 acres and is 60% contained, while the Magenta Fire covers 2,500 acres and is 65% contained.

With cooler temperatures and calmer winds today, fire activity will “not be as resistant to suppression efforts” compared to Monday and Tuesday, according to the forest service.

5h ago / 4:40 PM UTC

Video shows snow accumulation in area affected by Texas wildfires

Author Thumbnail

Guad Venegas

Video from Fitch, Texas, shows snow falling in an area affected by the ongoing Smokehouse Creek Fire.

6h ago / 3:31 PM UTC

Smokehouse Creek Fire is officially the largest in Texas history, covering more than 1 million acres

Author Thumbnail

NBC News

The Smokehouse Creek Fire in Hutchinson County is officially the largest fire in Texas history, now covering an estimated 1,075,000 acres, according to the Texas A&M Forest Service.

The fire, only 3% contained as of this morning, earned the title of second-largest in state history after an update yesterday revealed it was already covering 850,000 acres of land.

The East Amarillo Complex Fire in 2006, which clocked in at 907,245 acres, previously held the title of largest fire in Texas history.

6h ago / 3:25 PM UTC

Images of residents returning to destroyed homes in the wake of massive Texas fire

Author Thumbnail

NBC News

Fire crews battling to contain fires ahead of stronger, warmer winds at the weekend

Patrick Smith

Fire crews are working hard today to combat the enormous wildfire at Smokehouse Creek, before heightened winds tomorrow and into the weekend threatened to make their jobs much harder, the local forest service has said.

“Fire crews are really taking that into consideration, we really want to take advantage of the weather that we have," Juan Rodriguez, public information officer of Texas A&M Forest Service, told NBC News this morning.

He continued: “So, as of today, crews are going to be working on the southern part of the fires. We’re trying to get a lot of those fire edges really buttoned up today.”

The forest service's forecast puts the risk for the Panhandle at "very high" tomorrow, from its current "high" rating.

9h ago / 12:43 PM UTC

Smokehouse Creek Fire leaves charred vehicles in its wake

Max Butterworth

Charred vehicles sit at an auto body shop after the property was burned by the Smokehouse Creek Fire in Canadian, Texas, yesterday.

Panhandle Wildfire Texas

Julio Cortez / AP

9h ago / 12:17 PM UTC

As wildfires burn, snow is on the way to the Texas Panhandle

Patrick Smith

These rare winter wildfires come as Texas prepares for an unlikely weather event: historic wildfires met with rain and snow.

The National Weather Service in Amarillo said early today that snow or rain, or a mixture of the two, was due to hit the southwestern Texas Panhandle between 7 a.m. and 12 p.m. local time.

A prediction map from NWS show that snow could fall on the Windy Deuce fire north of Amarillo, which covers more than 140,000 acres and is only 30% contained.

Only half an inch of snow is expected, although the NWS said this could rise to a full inch.

10h ago / 12:10 PM UTC

Charred homes, blackened earth after Texas town revisited by destructive wildfire 10 years later

Author Thumbnail

The Associated Press

FRITCH, Texas. — The small town of Fritch is again picking through the rubble of a Texas wildfire, a decade after another destructive blaze burned hundreds of homes and left deep scars in the Panhandle community.

Residents in and around Fritch and other rural towns fled for safety Tuesday afternoon as high winds whipped the flames into residential areas and through cattle ranches.

Fritch Mayor Tom Ray said on Wednesday the town’s northern edge was hit by a devastating wildfire in 2014, while this week’s blaze burned mostly to the south of the town, sparing the residents who live in the heart of the community.

10h ago / 11:51 AM UTC

Dramatic wildfire drone video shows scorched, smoldering Texas landscape

Author Thumbnail

NBC News

Drone video, captured about 90 miles northeast of Amarillo, showed a scorched area bordered by two of the Texas wildfires.

10h ago / 11:37 AM UTC

Emergency teams activated as wildfires spread into Oklahoma

Patrick Smith

First responders have been deployed in Oklahoma as wildfires spread throughout the state, having moved east from the Texas Panhandle.

As of last night, at least 12 fires were burning, covering more than 115,000 acres in Oklahoma, including a fire at Slapout in Beaver County, which covered an estimated 76,800 acres and was zero percent contained.

"On the heels of an impactful wildfire, we are preparing for another round of significant fire weather over dry, heavily loaded fuelscapes," the Oklahoma Forestry Commission said in an update.

Gov. Kevin Stitt said yesterday that emergency response teams in the state had been activated.

11h ago / 10:56 AM UTC

Smoke rises from a scorched forest

Author Thumbnail

NBC News

Charred tree trunks pictured after the Smokehouse Creek Fire moved through Canadian, Texas, yesterday.

Texas Panhandle Fires

David Erickson / AP

11h ago / 10:31 AM UTC

Eyewitness video shows burned-out buildings in Canadian, Texas

Author Thumbnail

NBC News

Video posted on social media showed burning and blackened buildings in the Texas town of Canadian, at the forefront of the deadly wildfires.

12h ago / 10:07 AM UTC

Cruz tells affected Texans to be 'ready to move out of harm's way'

Patrick Smith

Sen. Ted Cruz, R-Texas, has said people affected by the wildfires raging through the Texas Panhandle need to be ready to move if necessary.

Posting on X late yesterday, he said: "The fires in the Texas Panhandle are raging ferociously. My team in the state is continuously monitoring the ongoing situation closely."

He added: "We need those who are impacted to listen to your local officials’ warnings and be prepared to move out of harms way."

12h ago / 10:03 AM UTC

How to help victims of the Texas wildfires

Patrick Smith

Well-wishers from Texas and beyond are being urged to donate money and practical items to help people affected by the Texas wildfires, particularly farmers and ranchers in the panhandle.

The Texas A&M AgriLife Extension said in a Facebook post last night that anyone could donate money to funds run by the Amarillo National Bank and the Hutchinson County United Way Relief Fund.

The Red Cross, which is running a shelter at the Dome Civic and Convention Center in Borger, is asking for essentials such as water, diapers, wet wipes and nonperishable food — but not clothing or furniture.

The Volunteer Fire Department in Stinnett has asked for the same, while a livestock supply point was due to be set up in Pampa with a request for wire, cedar posts, hay, feed and portable diesel.

"Thank you for your love and concern for the residents of Hutchinson County and all the Texas Panhandle towns as we begin to wrap our heads around this disaster," the A&M AgriLife Extension said.

13h ago / 8:57 AM UTC

Satellite infrared image reveals areas scorched by wildfire

Max Butterworth

This satellite color infrared image provided by Maxar Technologies shows an active fire line and burn scars from the Smokehouse Creek wildfire northwest of Miami, Texas, yesterday.

Burned vegetation appears in shades of black/gray and healthy, not burned, vegetation appears in shades of red/pink. A cluster of wildfires is scorching the Texas Panhandle, including a blaze that grew into one of the largest in state history.

Burned vegetation appears in shades of black/grey and healthy, not burned, vegetation appears in shades of red/pink. A cluster of wildfires is scorching the Texas Panhandle, including a blaze that grew into one of the largest in state history.

Maxar Technologies via AP / AP

13h ago / 8:48 AM UTC

More than 1 million acres are burning across Texas

Patrick Smith

An area covering more than 1,500 square miles, more than 1 million acres, was burning across the state of Texas as of 3.30 a.m. ET, according to the Texas A&M Forest Service.

At least 23 fires were burning — the biggest of them, at Smokehouse Creek, covers more than 850,000 acres and is only 3% contained.

Several smaller fires, many of them in the western part of the state with some covering just 1 acre, have been put out.

13h ago / 8:45 AM UTC

‘It was getting hard to breathe’: Texas couple recalls massive wildfire

Author Thumbnail

NBC News

A Texas couple talks to NBC News’ Tom Llamas about the impact of the wildfire burning across the panhandle. Video provided by the couple shows flames from the fire near the motel they own.

13h ago / 8:45 AM UTC

More hot, windy weather in store for weekend

Author Thumbnail

NBC News

The National Weather Service in Amarillo says the region faces a forecast that will likely cause “critical fire weather conditions again.”

Highs will get into the high-70s starting tomorrow, but on Saturday and Sunday high winds of 20 mph to 35 mph are forecast. Heat and high winds help fuel wildfires like those seen in the Texas Panhandle, which are ongoing.

Today, there is a chance of a wintry mix for some of the areas in the panhandle impacted by the fires, the weather service said.

https://www.nbcnews.com/news/us-news/live-blog/texas-wildfires-live-updates-rcna141087 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

:: 2-29-24 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Who Could Be Next": Top Canadian Pension Fund Sells Manhattan Office Tower For $1, Sparking Firesale Panic

by Tyler Durden Thursday, Feb 29, 2024 - 03:40 AM

New York during the inflationary surge of the late 70s and early 80s was a mythical place where one could purchase a Park avenue penthouse for $1 (while assuming the copious debt, of course). Now, thanks to the brutal bear hug of the highest interest rates in 40 years and the ongoing CRE crisis, those legendary days have made a comeback to the Big Apple, if only in the realm of commercial real estate for now.

According to Bloomberg, Canadian pension funds - which until recently had been among the world’s most prolific buyers of real estate, starting a revolution that inspired retirement plans around the globe to emulate them because, in the immortal words of Ben Bernanke, Canadian real estate prices never go down...

... are finally realizing that gravity does exist . And so, the largest one among them is taking steps to limit its exposure to the most-beleaguered commercial property type — office buildings.

Canada Pension Plan Investment Board has recently done three deals at deeply discounted prices, selling its interests in a pair of Vancouver towers, and a business park in Southern California, but it was its Manhattan office tower redevelopment project that shocked the industry: the Canadian asset manager sold its stake for just $1. The worry now is that such firesales will set an example for other major investors seeking a way out of the turmoil too, forcing a wholesale crash in the Manhattan real estate market which until now had managed to avoid real price discovery.

Indeed, as Goldman wrote earlier this week, while office vacancy rates are expected to keep rising well into the next decade..

... the average price of many nonviable offices has fallen only 11% to $307/sqft since 2019 (left side of Exhibit 6). The bank goes on to note that in the hardest-hit cities, as many as 14-16% of offices may no longer be viable, and their average transaction prices have already declined by 15-35%. However, because of lack of liquidity in this market, these recent transaction prices have not yet started to reflect the current values of many existing offices. Goldman ominously concludes that "alternative valuation methods, like those that are based on repeat-sales and appraisal values, suggest that actual office values may be far lower than the average transaction price." Well, a $1 dollar price would certainly confirm that actual office values are far, far lower (more in the full Goldman note available to professional subscribers).

And going back to the historic firesale, at the end of last year the Canadian fund sold its 29% stake in Manhattan’s 360 Park Avenue South for $1 to one of its partners, Boston Properties, which also agreed to assume CPPIB’s share of the project’s debt. The investors, along with Singapore sovereign wealth fund GIC Pte., bought the 20-story building in 2021 with plans to redevelop it into a modern workspace.

“It’s the opposite of a vote of confidence for office,” said John Kim, an analyst tracking real estate companies for BMO Capital Markets. “My question is, who could be next?”

As office building anxiety has swept the financial world, as the persistence of both remote work and higher borrowing costs undercuts the economic fundamentals that made the properties good investments in the first place, a wave of banks from New York to Tokyo recently conceded that loans they made against offices may never be fully repaid, sending their share prices plunging and prompting fears of a broader credit crunch.

But the real test will be what price office buildings actually trade for - especially once the hundreds of billions of loan backing the properties mature....

.... and until now there have been precious few examples since interest rates started rising. That’s why industry-watchers see such shocking liquidations like CPPIB’s as a very ominous sign for the market.

The Manhattan firesale isn't the pension fund's first sale: last month, CPPIB sold its 45% stake in Santa Monica Business Park, which the fund also owned with Boston Properties, for $38 million. That’s a discount of almost 75% to what CPPIB paid for its share of the property in 2018. The deal came just after the landlords signed a lease with social media company Snap that required they spend additional capital to improve the campus, Boston Properties Chief Executive Officer Owen Thomas said on a conference call.

Peter Ballon, CPPIB’s global head of real estate, declined to comment on the recent deals, but said the fund has continued to invest in office buildings, including a recently completed, 37-story tower in Vancouver.

Selling is an integral part of our investment process,” Ballon said in an emailed statement. “We exit when the asset has maximized its value and we are able to redeploy proceeds into higher and better returns in other assets, sectors and markets, including office buildings.”

As Bloomberg notes, the pension fund isn’t actively backing away from offices, but it’s not looking to increase its office holdings either. And where a property requires additional investment, CPPIB might simply look to sell so it can put that cash somewhere it can get higher returns instead, said the person, who asked not to be identified discussing a private matter.

CPPIB’s C$590.8 billion ($436.9 billion) fund is one of the world’s largest pools of capital, and its C$41.4 billion portfolio of real estate — stretching from Stockholm to Bengaluru — includes almost every property type, from warehouses, to life sciences complexes, to apartment blocks.

While that scale would mitigate any potential losses from individual transactions, it also means even a small shift in CPPIB’s office appetite has the power to cause ripple effects in the market.

While the 360 Park liquidation may be shocking, it's just the first of many: with hybrid work schedules set to depress demand for office space in the long term, and higher interest rates increasing the cost of the constant upgrades needed to attract and keep tenants, even the best office buildings may not be able to compete with investment opportunities elsewhere.

“To get even better returns in your office investment you’re going to have to modernize, you’re going to have to put a lot more money into that office,” said Matt Hershey, a partner at real estate capital advisory firm Hodes Weill & Associates. “Sometimes it’s better to just take your losses and reinvest in something that’s going to perform much better.”

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/who-could-be-next-largest-canadian-pension-fund-sells-manhattan-office-tower-1 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 2-29-24 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘A War for Our Minds’: Journalists Warn of Vast Propaganda, Censorship Network Unlike Any Before in Human History

February 29, 2024  Guest Post by Michael Nevradakis, Ph.D.

Journalist Lara Logan on Monday told a U.S. Senate roundtable, “We live in the age of information warfare” aided by advanced technology, and “we have never been here, not in all of human history.”

Government, mainstream media and nonprofits are part of a “vast censorship network” that suppresses non-establishment perspectives on COVID-19 and a wide range of other topics, according to participants at Monday’s Senate roundtable discussion on “Federal Health Agencies and the COVID Cartel.”

The roundtable, hosted by Sen. Ron Johnson, also focused on vaccine safety and corruption of public health agencies.

Other experts who participated in the roundtable discussed how the news media have become propagandized and warned that media-supported propaganda will lead to a totalitarian society.

Vast censorship network’ includes government, nonprofits

Journalist Lara Logan, formerly of CBS News, told the panel of experts, “These are the worst of times for the media in this country” and warned that we are engaged in a “war for our minds.”

“We live in the age of information warfare, where propaganda is not simply a weapon, it is the entire field of battle,” she said. “This is a war for our minds that is aided by advanced technology, and we have never been here, not in all of human history.”

Logan said:

“The media is collaborating with government agencies and operatives to censor and shape the information battlefield to justify certain actions. For example, when the president of the United States threatens the unvaccinated, saying ‘Our patience is wearing thin,’ and accuses them of putting communities at risk, his words are designed to justify hatred, censorship and intimidation.”

According to Logan, a network of nonprofit organizations whose purpose is to stifle free speech is contributing to information warfare:

For too long we have allowed nonprofit organizations to masquerade as nonpartisan media watchdogs, when in fact they are a little more than highly paid political propagandists and assassins whose entire reason for being is to crush anyone who stands in their way and along with them, the long-held and cherished ideas of free speech, free thinking and free minds.”

These groups “are part of a vast censorship network that includes government agencies,” Logan said. “They use deception to mask their actions with lofty goals likepreventing the spread of misinformation, disinformation [and] hate speech.’ They use phrases like ‘protecting democracy.’”

Logan cited “Defeat Disinfo,” a nonprofit that “claims to be a PAC [political action committee]” and was established to target alleged “misinformation” related to COVID-19 and to support Biden’s presidential campaign in 2020.

According to a May 2020 report by The Washington Post, Defeat Disinfo was headed by retired Army Gen. Stanley McChrystal, who formerly led U.S. forces in Afghanistan.

Defeat Disinfo “is planning to deploy technology originally developed to counter Islamic State propaganda in service of a domestic political goalto combat online efforts to promote President Trump’s handling of the coronavirus pandemic,” the Post reported.

It’s not a secret that these organizations exist,” Logan said, addressing Johnson. “What is not widely known and talked about is that it’s paid for by us. It’s paid for by the taxpayers in your omnibus spending bills that get shoved through the House and the Senate, against the will of the people.”

Logan said these congressional spending bills contain “cutouts for these NGOs,” (nongovernmental organizations) which “launder this money, they pass it from one NGO to the next, and in the name of ‘preventing the spread of disinformation,’ they censor, silence, intimidate and punish.”

Logan called such initiatives “a death sentence for journalists.”

It’s how you murder a journalist without killing them,” she said. “It’s how you murder a scientist without killing them. It’s how you murder a doctor without killing them. It’s how you murder the vaccine injured when they haven’t died yet.”

She added:

This is a blood sport for them, their political allies and their puppetmasters. They know how to kill a journalist without murdering them. We call it ‘cancel culture’They get away with it because they have information dominance.”

Reporters ‘colluding with their sponsors’ to violate drug advertising laws

Journalist Rodney Palmer had a 20-year career with the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (CBC), but as the COVID-19 pandemic progressed, he increasingly began to question the narrative promoted by the network and other mainstream news outlets.

Palmer participated in the Canadian Freedom Convoy in February 2022.

Speaking at the roundtable, Palmer focused on censorship in television news, which he called “a new super weapon aimed at the citizens of this country.”

Referring to COVID-19 vaccine deaths and injuries, Palmer said, “Censorship is what actually caused these deaths. It was the lie that assured us it was ‘safe’ when it wasn’t … The lie killed them as much as the vaccine because it tricked [people] into taking it.”

Palmer said that this situation is further exacerbated in the U.S., which is one of a small number of countries that allows Big Pharma advertising on television.

“The vaccine companies are allowed to sponsor the news directly,” he said. “It appears that the reporters are actually colluding with their sponsors to break FDA [U.S. Food and Drug Administration] advertising laws. FDA law requires them to conspicuously describe the known risks of any pharmaceutical product.”

Palmer proposed the prohibition of Big Pharma advertising. He said:

I respectfully recommend that the Senate investigate the role of American television news networks in colluding with pharmaceutical advertisers to skirt the FDA laws that require them to declare the known risks of a pharmaceutical product. This investigation should extend to any reporters, news anchors, editors and executives who lied to their audience about the safety of the COVID vaccines.

“I also recommend investigating the total prohibition of pharmaceutical advertising on television in alignment with almost every country in the world.”

Modern censorship ‘weaponized’ to ‘hijack’ the human mind

Jason Christoff is a self-sabotage coach who produces and hosts “The Psychology of Freedom” podcast. During Monday’s roundtable, he said that “what looks like censorship is the documented hijacking of the subconscious mind pathway.”

This is one of the primary objectives of modern censorship, according to Christoff.

Humans are proven to copy, mimic, emulate and mirror the most repetitive content of their environment as a way to find safety with the bigger group and to achieve increased security,” Christoff said. Modern censorship targets this human trait.

Modern censorship isn’t just about hiding the truth or creating spin for one political agenda or another,” he said. “Modern censorship is part and parcel of hijacking the genetic group pressure mechanisms and group affiliation software which all humans hold within each cell in their bodies.”

He added:

He who controls the environment in which a human resides controls the perceptions, beliefs and behaviors of that human. Modern censorship today is clearly about upregulating disempowering negative content and turning down empowering positive content.

Today’s censorship is weaponized to define and create an inverted and extremely dark reality inside which no human can ever be happy, healthy or prosperous.”

Responding to Johnson’s question about who is responsible for “pulling the strings on this,” Christoff said he “couldn’t say for sure, but they’re well above government.”

Censorship leading to afully-fledged totalitarian system’

Mattias Desmet, Ph.D., is a lecturer of psychoanalytic psychotherapy at Ghent University in Belgium, who became widely known for popularizing the phrase “mass formation” to describe the public’s response to COVID-19 restrictions and countermeasures early during the pandemic.

During Monday’s roundtable, he said his focus was not so much on “what they [governments] were hiding” but “how it was possible that so many people refuse to see what they were hiding.”

Desmet cited widely used narratives in 2020 and 2021 that overstated COVID-19 mortality rates “by a factor of 10” and that continued to be employed even after it became evident mortality rates were being inflated.

The story continued as if the models had been right,” Desmet said. “That, for me, was the moment when I decided to take the perspective of a mass psychologist and to try to show the people what psychological mechanisms could explain how an entire society was in the grip of a narrative which was utterly absurd.”

Desmet said his research led him to conclude that “we were witnessing … the emergence of a fully-fledged totalitarian system in our society” and said its effects on the population were akin to a “hypnotic state.”

He said:

You need two things for a totalitarian system. On the one hand, you need an elite that excessively and relentlessly uses propaganda to keep control over the population. And then you need a part of the population, 20-30% usually, to go along with that propaganda and to buy fanatically into the narrative.”

We’ve seen, I think, both components of a totalitarian system in this crisis,” he added.

Desmet said society’s emphasis on “rationalism” rather than ethical principles, which he said is “conveyed by people like [author] Yuval Noah Harari,” has paved the way for transhumanism, technocracy and totalitarianism.

It always starts from the idea that on the basis of rational knowledge, a new paradise will be created,” he said. “Such rationalism in the end always lapses into radical irrationality, and that’s what we are seeing now.”

Appealing to the mob’s fear’ seen as ‘politically beneficial’

Several participants at Monday’s roundtable shared examples of censorship and propaganda that occurred during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Del Bigtree, CEO of the Informed Consent Action Network, referred to a recent study published in the journal Vaccine, claiming that there were increased risks of several serious adverse events following COVID-19 vaccination, but that these conditions are very rare and the benefits of vaccination still outweigh the risks.

According to Bigtree, mainstream media jumped on this narrative.

“But what does rare actually mean?” Bigtree asked. Citing the study’s findings, he said this includes a 378% increased risk of brain and spinal cord swelling, a 286% increased risk of Guillain-Barré syndrome and sixfold increases in myocarditis and pericarditis.

“The question no one in the media seems to be asking is, if each of these potential injuries is rare, is it still rare [when] you add them all together?” Bigtree asked. “Further still, how high is the risk when you multiply all of these risks by five doses of the COVID vaccine? Are we still in the ballpark of ‘rare’?”

Randy Hillier, formerly a member of the provincial parliament of Ontario, said his first-hand experience during the COVID-19 pandemic revealed that politicians “knew from extensive daily polling that appealing to the mob’s fear was politically beneficial.”

However, he said that four staffers close to Ontario’s Premier Doug Ford privately confided in him that they “feared the long-term damage would be horrendous to themselves, to their families and the province.” Yet, they rejected his advice to be truthful with the public, claiming that “the truth could not be told.”

Gastroenterologist Dr. Sabine Hazan told the panel that her research on hydroxychloroquine was censored, because “the media created fear.”

It was impossible to recruit [to clinical trials],” she said, adding that her clinical trial companies were “banned and censored from advertising” on social media.

It is nearly impossible to publish data that goes against the national public health narrative,” she said. “If doctors cannot publish the data, they cannot find solutions.”

Journalists also were targeted, Logan said. “For almost a decade, I have been targeted and falsely branded and accused of many things that I did not do. They have attacked my work, my character, my sanity, and my marriage, and I am not alone.”

Swiss lawyer Philipp Kruse told the panel the World Health Organization’s (WHO) proposed “pandemic agreement” and amendments to the International Health Regulations will scale up such censorship globally.

According to Kruse, these proposals will grant the WHO “the global supreme authority to define truth and science and to eliminate free speech and free exchange of information under the title of ‘misinformation.’”

Christoff said, “The solution will revolve around each and every citizen taking their own personal power back within their own home, becoming ethical, becoming moral.”

Logan said the same is true for journalists.

We as journalists should stand together united and regardless of politics,” Logan said. “We should fight for the truth [and] for freedom … We are many and we will not give up and we will not give in to those who wish to censor the idea of free speech.”

As an Amazon Associate I Earn from Qualifying Purchases

----------------------------------------------------

It is my sincere desire to provide readers of this site with the best unbiased information available, and a forum where it can be discussed openly, as our Founders intended. But it is not easy nor inexpensive to do so, especially when those who wish to prevent us from making the truth known, attack us without mercy on all fronts on a daily basis. So each time you visit the site, I would ask that you consider the value that you receive and have received from The Burning Platform and the community of which you are a vital part. I can't do it all alone, and I need your help and support to keep it alive. Please consider contributing an amount commensurate to the value that you receive from this site and community, or even by becoming a sustaining supporter through periodic contributions. [Burning Platform LLC - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2024/02/29/a-war-for-our-minds-journalists-warn-of-vast-propaganda-censorship-

network-unlike-any-before-in-human-history/ 

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

:: 2-27-24 End Time Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Houthis just knocked out underwater cables linking Europe to Asia

Four underwater communications cables between Saudi Arabia and Djibouti have been struck out of commission in recent months, presumably as a result of attacks by Yemen’s Iranian-backed Houthi rebels, according to an exclusive report in the Israeli news site Globes.

The successful targeting of the four cables, which are believed to belong to the AAE-1, Seacom, EIG, and TGN systems, marks a serious disruption of communications between Europe and Asia. Most of the immediate harm will be absorbed by the Gulf states and India, Globes said.

The AAE-1 cable connects East Asia to Europe via Egypt, connecting China to the West through countries such as Pakistan and Qatar. The Europe India Gateway (EIG) cable system connects southern Europe to Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Djibouti, the UAE, and India.

The Seacom cable connects Europe, Africa, and India, and is connected to South Africa. Yemen’s Iranian-backed Houthi movement, which is not the internationally recognized government of the Arab country but which controls its most populous segments, has been attacking international trade for months, proclaiming solidarity with Palestinians as Israel wages war against Hamas in the Gaza Strip.

https://endtimeheadlines.org/2024/02/houthis-just-knocked-out-underwater-cables-linking-europe-to-asia/ 

[ :: 10-21-07  am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Etc For truly the whole world is seeing end time signs, from the very skies to the depths of the oceans. They are seeing the global warming, they are seeing the drought, they are seeing the loss of water all over and they recognize that truly it is taking place and they do not know which way to turn. They see the wars, the rumors of wars; they see Iraq and Iran as they continue to go their evil ways. They see Russia as she joins with Iran speaking out boldly against the United States; they see all the signs that are there. They are seeing even the EU as it now meets with Iran and talks with them. When will they wake up, when will they recognize that truly it is the last days, etc

:: 2-24-24 Diss Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America’s Critical Underground Water Stores in Rapid Decline, Study

By Michael Taylor  9:06 pm 01/24/2024

Any opinions expressed by authors in this article do not necessarily represent the views of Disswire.com

More than half of America’s underground water sources are rapidly drying up, putting the country’s food system at enormous risk, according to a new study.

Over 50 percent of aquifers in the U.S. are losing water at an unprecedented rate, the research paper revealed on Wednesday in Nature.

According to researchers, the collapse of underground water levels has increased during the 21st century.

The aquifers, which supply most U.S. water systems and are responsible for keeping vast amounts of farmland manageable, are now severely depleted.

The decline is so dire, it even threatens to cause irreversible damage to the American economy.

In states like Kansas, such groundwater loss is so bad that the major aquifer beneath its land can no longer support industrial-scale agriculture. As a result, corn yields have plummeted, a stark warning to America’s status as a ‘food superpower,’ especially if it were to spread through the country.

Meanwhile, in New York State, years of overpumping are now threatening drinking water wells.

Over in Phoenix, the crisis is so severe the state announced there is not enough groundwater to build houses that require aquifers to function as liveable homes.

In parts of Utah, California, and Texas, so much water is being pumped that it’s causing foundations to crack and roads to buckle, while rivers that once relied on groundwater have become dry.

The pace of groundwater depletion in California’s Central Valley was made worse by the drought in 2022, along with heavy agricultural pumping.

The Los Angeles Times reported:

The research shows that chronic declines in groundwater levels, which have plagued the Central Valley for decades, have worsened significantly in recent years, with particularly rapid declines occurring since 2019.

We have a full-on crisis,” said Jay Famiglietti, a hydrology professor and executive director of the University of Saskatchewan’s Global Institute for Water Security. “California’s groundwater, and groundwater across the southwestern U.S., is disappearing much faster than most people realize.”

Co-author Scott Jasechko of the University of California, Santa Barbara, told The Hill that “groundwater levels are declining rapidly in many areas.”

“And what’s worse, the rate of groundwater decline is accelerating in a large portion of areas,” Jasechko said.

The aquifers don’t just support clean water for many Americans, they also support much of the country’s food system.

However, the problem isn’t just isolated to the U.S.; the impacted water aquifers affect millions of people worldwide.

But despite the alarming findings, researchers said many of the once-declining regions have bucked the trend.

“Long-term groundwater losses,” they wrote, “are neither universal nor inevitable.”

Hydrologists refer to aquifers asdeepening” or “shallowing” to describe how close groundwater is or is further from the surface.

Researchers found the prime culprit to “shallowing” was agriculture, with 70 percent of global withdrawals going toward irrigation. So, the decline in aquifers that support U.S. agriculture and cities is self-explanatory.

“We’re finding that in dry places where a large portion of the land is under cultivation, groundwater level declines are, if anything, accelerating over time,” Jasechko said.

Regions that suffered a decrease in rain in the early 21st century compared with a much wetter late 20th century were likely to see aquifers declining more quickly.

Because less rain is entering the system to fill up the aquifers, farmers are forced to turn to groundwater to make up for what precipitation the surface water can no longer provide.

According to USGS:

“The water stored in the ground can be compared to money kept in a bank account. If you withdraw money at a faster rate than you deposit new money you will eventually start having account-supply problems. Pumping water out of the ground faster than it is replenished over the long term causes similar problems. The volume of groundwater in storage is decreasing in many areas of the United States in response to pumping.”

“Wells are only so deep,” Jasechko said, adding, “They get rendered useless for extracting groundwater.”

Jasechko also notes that when an aquifer deepens into the earth’s surface, structural problems start.

As the ground sags, the structure fails, while creeks and rivers leak into the ground where groundwater levels fall, causing sinkholes.

Unfortunately, in many parts of the U.S., groundwater needs is not managed properly, putting the country at serious risk.

Michael Taylor is the Editor-in-Chief at Disswire.com and specializes in media, tech and U.S. politics. He grew up outside Pennsylvania before moving to Washington D.C. in the early 2000s to work for various local newspapers. Michael is also an amateur historian with special interests in Colonial America, the Civil War, and the Great Depression.

https://disswire.com/americas-critical-underground-water-stores-in-rapid-decline-study/ 

:: 1-26-24 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 6 states facing the most serious groundwater crises

by Saul Elbein - 01/26/24 5:30 AM ET

A heating planet and expanding commercial agriculture are putting increasing pressure on America’s vital aquifers — underground reservoirs that supply water to an estimated 145 million Americans, as well as supporting much of the nation’s food supply.

New research published Tuesday in Nature uncovered rapid and accelerating declines in underground water sources across the world, with some of the fastest and most significant collapses impacting aquifers that supply the American West.

Researchers told The Hill that declines aren’t inevitable, and that they can be reversed — but doing so requires a clear understanding of where the losses are happening, and what is driving them.

Based on the data gathered by the scientists behind the Nature study, here are six states where the collapse of groundwater supplies poses the biggest challenge.

California

The collapse of groundwater reserves beneath California’s Central Valley stands out as particularly severe — even among all the global losses.

The state, which has for years struggled with drought, depends more heavily on its underground water stores than any other in the country: Currently, California accounts for 21 percent of total groundwater usage in the U.S., and draws about 67 percent of its fresh water from its groundwater reserves.

That reliance is taking a toll: Of California’s 183 groundwater basins evaluated by the Nature team, three-quarters are in decline — and for many, that decline is occurring very quickly.

The most significant of the losses are hitting the state’s Central Valley — a result of 25 percent of the nation’s agriculture being concentrated in less than 1 percent of its area, in a region that combines near-desert aboveground conditions with rich reserves of underground water that have accumulated over thousands of years.

Or at least, once-rich reserves.

The Nature team considered groundwater “deepening” — or the dropping of groundwater levels further into the earth — to be rapid when it surpassed 0.5 meters, or 19 inches, per year.

The team found that 15 of California’s basins showed rapid decline — virtually all of which are beneath its Central Valley.

Flourish logoA Flourish map

For five of these, decline was particularly fast: Water levels were dropping at more than a meter a year (36 inches) in the Cuyama Valley, White Wolf Basin, San Pasqual Valley, Chowchilla Basin and Northern Kern Basin.

Of these, the Cuyama Valley — where farms, homes and businesses alike must draw all their water from wells — is experiencing particularly quick losses of 1.45 meters (almost 5 feet) per year.

But all five of these rapidly depleted areas are part of the San Joaquin Valley, which accounts for half of California’s agricultural production.

That connection isn’t a coincidence. Eighty percent of the groundwater California uses goes to agriculture, according to data from the United States Geological Survey (USGS).

Both for Central Valley farms and for the rest of California, the state’s reliance on underground water stores poses a particular concern as its other water sources are becoming ever more scarce: The Colorado River, the source of 15 percent of the fresh water California doesn’t get from groundwater, is declining, and a heating planet is pushing the state’s vital snowpack — a kind of water battery that slowly drips water down into the lowlands that would otherwise disappear into flash floods — higher and higher into the mountains.

Texas

While the aquifers beneath Texas don’t face the level of critical collapse that California’s do, the hot, dry Southwestern state is also facing a thirsty century

According to the Nature researchers’ data, 82 percent of Texas’s aquifers are in some form of decline. Of these, one — Lobo Flat, the site of a ghost town that once thrived when the water did — is in rapid decline, losing 0.6 meters (23 inches) per year.

Another, the Edwards-Trinity or High Plains aquifer, is just below that threshold, with annual losses of 0.45 meters (just under 18 inches).

As The Hill reported in 2022, that region has faced the twin onslaughts of drought and a boom in water-hungry dairies — both of which have put added pressure on the already declining aquifers, and stirred fears about agriculture in the Texas High Plains coming to an end.

While the story for most state aquifers is a more protracted decline than punctuated drop-off, in more than a quarter of Texas’s underground basins — 28 percent — groundwater loss is speeding up. Levels in those basins are receding at twice the rate in the 21st century as they did at the end of the 20th.

In some, the decline is accelerating even faster than that.

One example: the Edwards Aquifer, which supplies the expanding subdivisions sprouting up on the old cattle ranches in the hills west of the state capital of Austin — and its old colonial capital of San Antonio.

In the 1990s, that pumping was already taking its toll, with water levels dropping 0.06 meters (2 inches) per year. But in this century it’s expanded threefold to losses of 0.17 meters (about 7 inches) per year — enough that the region’s beloved springs are beginning to go dry.

Idaho

This state has the dubious honor of hosting the fastest collapsing aquifer in the Nature researchers’ dataset: the Mill Creek Aquifer, which is losing 2.17 meters (more than 7 feet) of water per year — a serious concern for the 200,000 people who rely on it for drinking water.

While Mill Creek is the only aquifer in Idaho experiencing rapid decline, levels are falling in 60 percent of the state’s other groundwater stores, and in 11 percent of them that decline has more than doubled since the last century.

As elsewhere, this decline is driven by farming. Despite having a population of less than 2 million, Idaho accounts for 6 percent of the nation’s total groundwater usage, 92 percent of which it puts toward crops and livestock.

Arizona

The driving forces behind Arizona’s water woes are a mix of those causing the losses in California and the Texas High Plains: declines in the Colorado River, which supplies Arizona with more than a third of its water, booming cities and an agriculture industry that is growing thirsty crops such as alfalfa using sparsely regulated groundwater.

With surface water supplies diminishing and rain famously scarce in the desert, 41 percent of Arizona’s water supply comes from wells — and according to the Nature study, 70 percent of these are in decline across the state.

One farming region, the Gila Bend Basin, has become a “top priority” for state water managers due to the precipitous collapse in its aquifer levels, which have fallen nearly 300 feet since the 1990s.

According to the Nature researchers’ data, that basin has seen 1.21 meters (47 inches) of deepening per year — marking the most dramatic decline in any of the state’s basins, but far from the only one.

Another basin, the Ranegras Plain aquifer, is showing deepening rates just a bit under the rate of rapid decline, according to the Nature study.

While state water managers have attempted to create rural water management districts to regulate the pumping of groundwater, so far they haven’t been able to so much as get a committee hearing in Arizona’s conservative Legislature — though they are trying again this week.

Utah

For now, Utah’s big cities can rely on the snowmelt that comes off the Wasatch Front, which looms above the urban corridor that includes Salt Lake City — a metropolis that gets just 10 percent of its water from underground.

But the state as a whole depends on groundwater to meet 60 percent of its water needs — of which 80 percent is consumed by agriculture.

Under pressure from both growing cities and irrigation, 82 percent of Utah’s aquifers are in a state of decline — 11 of them at twice the rate of last century.

Two of these deepening aquifers, the Parowan and Goshen Valley, are declining at either just above or just below the rate the Nature researchers consider rapid.

Coincidentally, neighboring New Mexico has exactly the same share of declining aquifers — 82 percent — though they are not failing at quite the same rate as in Utah.

These declines are concerning because like California, Utah can expect its patterns of precipitation to change as the climate heats up — and while more water may fall from the sky than does currently, a greater share will fall as easily lost rain, rather than the steady, reliable drip of snowpack.

Mississippi

Despite Mississippi’s position beside the enormous river that gives the state its name, groundwater provides its residents with 82 percent of their fresh water.

That level of dependence on underground water is unparalleled in the eastern U.S. And it’s exacerbated by the fact that farmers and cities in neighboring states — from the rice farmers of Arkansas to the city of Memphis, Tenn. — depend on many of the same subterranean reservoirs.

One of these in particular — the Middle Claiborne, which stretches in a vast rounded triangle from Jackson, Miss., to Memphis almost to Little Rock, Ark., but was owned by Mississippi — was the cause of a suit between Mississippi and Memphis that reached the Supreme Court in 2021.

In that case, Mississippi complained that Memphis’s use of the Claiborne water beneath Tennessee was sucking its own resources dryforcing the high court to determine whether aquifers were governed by the same rules as interstate surface river basins like the Colorado.

It ruled they were, and that the two states must share the water by equitable apportionment. But Mississippi has less and less to share.

According to the Nature researchers’ data, 57 percent of the state’s aquifers are in decline. The part of the Middle Claiborne that lies just outside Jackson, Miss., is dropping by 0.72 meters (28 inches, or a little more than two feet) per year.

That decline is sufficient to make the Jackson region’s artesian wells — those that bubble forth on their own from water pressure beneath — stop flowing entirely, according to 2023 research by one of the Nature study’s co-authors.

As agriculture is the primary driver of this decline, the U.S. Forest Service has proposed one possible solution for the region: turn marginal croplands back into forests.

A 2021 study found that areas with new forests on them lost groundwater at one-eighth the rate of croplands — which Forest Service scientists ascribed to the fact that after the trees were planted, no more groundwater pumping was being pumped to prop up “less productive croplands.”

Honorable mentions

While these states are facing particularly urgent water crises, many of their neighbors are experiencing widespread declines of their own.

In Oklahoma, where more than half of state water comes from underground, 82 percent of aquifers are in decline.

That share of decline is matched by New Mexico, where 7 state aquifers are dropping at more than twice the rate they were in the late 20th century.

And in Kansas, where 71 percent of water comes from groundwater, 65 percent of state aquifers are deepening.

https://thehill.com/policy/equilibrium-sustainability/4429352-states-facing-most-serious-groundwater-crises/ 

[:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

"We have no government armed with power capable of contending with human passions, unbridled by morality and religion.  Avarice ambition revenge and licentiousness would break the strongest cords of our constitution, as a whale goes through a net.  Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people.  It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other."  

John Adams first Vice President (1789–1797), and as second President of the United States(1797–1801)  

:: 2-27-24 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Potential Collapse of American Society: Are the people in this country oblivious to any reality or truth, or are they simply consumed by ignorance, passivity, cowardice, and mediocrity?

Jack Metir Alternative February 27, 2024

If there’s anything that certain, it’s that nothing is permanent. When we look back through history, we find that many great societies succumbed to societal collapse. Some have been conquered by outside forces, while others have decayed from within. In either case, the society or civilization has ceased to exist as it was once known. To think that the same can’t or won’t happen to us, is to deny one of the most important lessons of history.

The big question for you and I to consider, is whether it will be internal or external forces that ultimately bring about the demise of the Untied States of America. Currently there are no nation-states with a large enough or powerful enough a military to defeat us. Even if Russia and China were to join together to attack us, it is unlikely that they could mount a big enough amphibious force to guarantee success in invading our shores. The two nations together don’t have anywhere near the amphibious capability that was required to invade Europe on D-day, during World War II.

About the only way that a foreign nation could successfully attack the United States and defeat it would be via an attack by high-altitude EMP. That’s a very real possibility, which has been discussed elsewhere; so, I’m not going to bother spending time on it here.

But it may not be necessary for any foreign power to attack the United States, as we may very well tear ourselves apart, without their help. The political divide that is so prevalent in the US today is tearing this country apart, without any other help. The big question now, is whether it will continue or whether we will find some common ground again, where we can continue functioning as a nation.

We were treated to a sample of how this country could be torn apart a couple of years ago with all the Black Lives Matter demonstrations, a fair number of which turned into riots. I have nothing against demonstrations and believe that our First Amendment right to Freedom of Speech includes the right to peacefully protest. But that’s not the same as having a riot, especially a riot that is identified by theft, destruction and arson.

MUST WATCH! THE HUNGER GAME HAS BEGUN: THE ELITE HAVE BEGUN THEIR FULL SCALE EXECUTION AND DECIMATION OF THE MIDDLE CLASS! FAMINE OF GODS WORD IN AMERICAS PULPITS ,WILL LEAD TO LITERAL FAMINE AND STARVATION IN THE U.S.A

Unfortunately, we have those in the political system who see it as their duty to use their position to encourage unstable people in their following to engage in these sorts of activities. Not only that, but they are protecting those followers from paying the price for their crimes, while at the same time calling the January 6th incursion in the Capital building an “insurrection,” even though it was unarmed and the only person who was killed was a veteran woman, shot by the police. Justice in this country, at least when it is connected to politics, has become a two-tiered system, with the enforcement of the law being based on one’s political affiliation.

With that being the case, there are more and more people saying that we are headed towards another civil war. Should that war break out, it will be much nastier than the previous one, simply because the battle lines won’t be as obvious. Rather than the north verses the south, it will be the political left verses the political right and while there is some territorial division between the two, it isn’t as clear as it was in the last Civil War.

That lack of clearcut battle lines is what’s going to cause the biggest problem with the next civil war. Battles will break out in random places, as the opposing sides bump up against each other. Little of it will be cohesive warfare, fought by organized troops. Rather, it will be more on the order of ongoing riots, like what we saw with Black Lives Matter.

Should such a war start, it will not only take many lives, but destroy American society as we know it today. Law and order would be largely out the window, not only from the fighting, but from bureaucrats who try and use their position to further the cause of their side. We can pretty much forget about being able to count on the government for anything.

When Might This Happen?

The truth of the matter is that we have no way of knowing when such a breakdown might happen. From what we’ve seen in the last several years, there are plenty of people on both sides of the political divide who are more than ready to turn to violence when things don’t go their party’s way. While almost all of the rioting that has happened can be attributed to one side of that divide, most of the guns belong to the other.

One likely scenario is for the riot side to start tearing things up, due to something happening in the country which they don’t believe in. Interestingly enough, they only seem to do that in cities which are controlled by politicians who are agreeable to their cause. You don’t find such riots happening in cities where law-and-order politicians are in control, because they know that the price of their rioting will be a trip to jail.

If you don’t believe me, just look at what happened in Washington, DC on January 6th and the Congressional hearings that followed. The DC city government is in the hands of Democrats, as was Congress at that time. So the same politicians who winked at the riots which sprung out of the Black Lives Matter protests, were quick to arrest those who unlawfully entered the capital, calling it an “insurrection,” and spreading stories about how dangerous it was for Congress, even though none of those who entered the capital were apparently armed.

If there’s anything in this country which could lead to mass rioting it would be former President Trump winning the 2024 general elections. There is so much hatred focused against Trump in our country today, that there’s a good chance of his winning being all that is needed to cause widespread rioting. Considering how the hate towards him continued through his presidency, I doubt that there’s much anyone can do to keep almost constant protests and rioting from happening during his second term in office.

What Should We Do?

I think it’s necessary to say that it’s not our job to keep the peace or defend our country from those who would destroy it. As tempting as it might be to get directly involved, doing so carries a lot of risk. Remember Kyle Rittenhouse? He eventually won in court, since he didn’t break any laws and only shot in what can very clearly be seen as self-defense. But it could very easily have gone the other way. The mainstream media attempted to try him in the court of public opinion and had declared him guilty even before the bodies could cool. That attempt has cost those news outlets plenty, settling with Kyle for their underhanded attempts at character assassination.

On the other hand, we all have a God-given right to defend home and family. So, regardless of where you live, you need to be ready to do just that. If you happen to live nearby potential targets areas for rioting, either due to the political leadership there or the potential targets for the rioters to go after, you want to be doubly sure that you’re ready to defend your home.

Even with being prepared, the best protection you can possibly have isn’t standing there with guns locked and cocked, it’s not letting the rioters know that you are there. If they don’t know you’re there, they’re much more likely to leave you alone.

That means being able to lock yourself in your home and not come out until the riots are over. More than that, you need to be able to make it look as if nobody is home. That requires things like blackout curtains over the windows and noise discipline to keep them from hearing your television and your kids. At the same time, you don’t want to leave anything outside where they can steal it. Even your cars should be in the garage or hidden away behind the fence, in your backyard.

It’s hard to say just how long you need to be prepared to stay hidden away like that; but figure on a couple of weeks. If there’s one thing that can be said for any mob, it’s that they lose interest just about as fast as they come together to destroy. It’s unlikely that any riot will last more than a couple of days; but as I said, be ready for a couple of weeks.

In this short VIDEO, I will unearth A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago

In the next crisis these lost skills will be more valuable than gold, food supplies and survival equipment combined. These skills have been tested and proven to work for centuries.

The other thing we have to realize is that it may take months for any sort of true stability to be reestablished. If the rioting starts because of Donald Trump being elected as president, then it might very well continue throughout his term in office. That will make for a very long four years for anyone living in cities controlled by his political opposition. It’s really hard to estimate just how big the price tag will be on the destruction that is wrought by those who are enraged by his success.

Written By Bill White

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2024/02/27/the-potential-collapse-of-american/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

:: 2-27-24 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Macron: "Russia Will Attack 10 More Countries" -- Slovakia PM: "Zero Talk of Peace at NATO Meeting"

World Hal Turner 27 February 2024 Hits: 2819

French President Emmanuel Macron has publicly claimed Russia will attack ten more countries unless stopped in Ukraine. He said this at a conference where the Prime Minister of Slovakia revealed there is "Zero talk of peace" at the NATO Conference.

Here is video of Macron making the claim himself:

Macron went on to say that several NATO countries have chosen to INDIVIDUALLY sign "Security Agreements" with Ukraine, and then he dropped a rhetorical bombshell by announcing some NATO countries may choose send their own troops into Ukraine to join the fight.

The implications of such a move are staggering, and the reactions from Russia are just as staggering.

The possible decision to send ground troops to Ukraine by NATO countries could be interpreted as the alliance’s direct participation in hostilities and even as a declaration of war, Konstantin Kosachev, the deputy speaker of the Federation Council, said following the statement by French President Emmanuel Macron, who stated after a meeting of European leaders in Paris that such a scenario had been discussed, but the participants failed to reach a consensus.

"This is a point where not just NATO's participation in the war begins (it started a long time ago), but can be interpreted as the alliance’s direct involvement in hostilities, or even as a declaration of war," Kosachev said on his Telegram channel.

He described the French leader's logic as dangerous: those who deny the possibility of sending Western ground troops to the conflict zone today once denied the possibility of supplying tanks, airplanes and long-range missiles.

"This logic is not just faulty, but dangerous and fraught with a catastrophic scenario. Which, as we can see ever more often, some Western leaders absolutely do not understand. The tactic of "slowly boiling a frog" by no means "persuades" Russia that it can accept anything, provided it is done gradually," Kosachev said.

He pointed out that competent Western experts knew perfectly well in the past that there was a limit to patience or a so-called red line.

"This is exactly what happened with the expansion of NATO and the beginning of the special military operation, which became simply inevitable at a certain stage. At some point NATO thought that since the Baltic countries were in NATO, Moscow would agree to Ukraine’s role of "Anti-Russia" quite calmly. Russia refused to reconcile itself with the gradual increase of threats to its security and did its utmost to express its position to the Western countries and offer real agreements on the security architecture in the Euro-Atlantic. They turned a deaf ear to this and preferred to ‘boil the frog.’ The same will happen should NATO intervention occur in Ukraine," Kosachev said.

Macron told a news conference following a meeting of the European leaders that there was no consensus on officially sending ground troops to Ukraine today, but he did not rule out such a possibility in the future. He added that Western countries "intend to do whatever is necessary to prevent Russia" from gaining the upper hand in the conflict.

KREMLIN: "Would Make Direct War Inevitable"

The Kremlin warned on Tuesday that conflict between Russia and the U.S.-led NATO military alliance would be inevitable if European members of NATO sent troops to fight in Ukraine.

The war in Ukraine has triggered the worst crisis in Russia's relations with the West since the 1962 Cuban Missile Crisis and President Vladimir Putin has previously warned of the dangers of a direct confrontation between NATO and Russia.

"The very fact of discussing the possibility of sending certain contingents to Ukraine from NATO countries is a very important new element," Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov told reporters when asked about Macron's remarks.

Asked by reporters about the risks if NATO members sent their troops to fight in Ukraine, Peskov said:

"In that case, we would need to talk not about the probability, but about the inevitability (of a direct conflict)."

Peskov said that the West should ask themselves if such a scenario was in the interests of their countries and their peoples.

Even talk of a confrontation between Russia and NATO - a Cold War nightmare of leaders and populations alike - indicates the dangers of escalation as the West grapples with a resurgent Russia 32 years after the 1991 fall of the Soviet Union.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/macron-russia-will-attack

-10-more-countries-slovakia-pm-zero-talk-of-peace-at-nato-meeting 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 2-27-24 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

12-SIGMA EVENT” — And it could get worse!

February 27, 2024

Insurance Industry’s Actuarial Data Reveals

True Scope Of Exploding Public Health

Disaster Caused By Covid ‘Vaccines’

Editor’s Note: Decades prior to serving as one of the editors of State of the Nation, I was a both a Personal Financial Planner and Business Financial Consultant. During the estate planning aspects of servicing my clients needs I was involved with all the different types of insurance products and services. My father was a Chartered Financial Consultant and a crackerjack insurance broker, so I learned that business early on from him before joining his firm. The key point here is that I became acutely aware of the industry fact that “actuarial data” is taken very seriously or else the company can go bust.

t worse!

The Lump Of Worms Will Come Out Of You In The Morning. Try It

Via State of the Nation

Insurance Industry’s Actuarial Data Reveals

True Scope Of Exploding Public Health

Disaster Caused By Covid ‘Vaccines’

Editor’s Note: Decades prior to serving as one of the editors of State of the Nation, I was a both a Personal Financial Planner and Business Financial Consultant. During the estate planning aspects of servicing my clients needs I was involved with all the different types of insurance products and services. My father was a Chartered Financial Consultant and a crackerjack insurance broker, so I learned that business early on from him before joining his firm. The key point here is that I became acutely aware of the industry fact that “actuarial data” is taken very seriously or else the company can go bust.

So, when SOTN received the following submission, we knew just how serious a situation we were facing in the aftermath of the implementation of the Covid Super Vaccination Agenda. For the hard actuarial data does not lie. Yes, it can somehow be suppressed; but eventually talk of the unheard of “12-SIGMA EVENT” will leak out and eventually cause a sea change insurance industry-wide…which will then ripple through the Reinsurance Industry, and then through the entire Financial Services Industry.

In light of the early information published by VAERS concerning the Covid vaccine-induced deaths and injuries nationwide, it was clear from the outset that the U.S. military deployment of the weaponized Covid injections was a premeditated genocide of the American people. However, the much greater manmade tragedy here concerns the countless vax-induced medical ailments and health conditions which have been reported by VAERS. In point of fact , it has been proven that even the VAERS statistics only account for 1% to 10% of the actual deaths and vaccine injuries caused by the Covid shots.

In short, we have no idea just how big this thing yet. For not only was OPERATION WARP SPEED rolled out as a full-blown depopulation scheme, it was also designed to irreversibly debilitate and incapacitate as many ‘vaccine’ victims as possible. What this really does is that it ties up the great majority of US citizens so that they have no time or energy to hold their murderous government accountable. Likewise, all the institutional co-conspirators such as Big Pharma, Big Medical, Big Media, Big Tech, etc. skate… should the perps be successful in effectively covering up this highly organized and long-planned criminal conspiracy to commit mass murder.

N.B. The well stated points made below are very important for everyone to be aware of, so please disseminate this post far and wide—thank you.

The Ongoing Carnage From the Covid Injections

Submitted by an Insurance Industry Retiree

We are now a few months into year four since the Covid injections were rolled out in December 2020. There is now insurmountable evidence that the injections are not vaccines; they are an experiment in gene therapy that turns the human body into spike protein-producing factories, and these proteins accumulate and attack every organ in our bodies.

As I write in February, 2024, hardly a day goes by without more damning information being revealed about the tragic consequences of these injections. The evidence can be found everywhere, except of course in the controlled mainstream media which continues pushing this fraudulent narrative; but cracks in the MSM narrative are now everywhere, and the truth is slowly but surely coming to light.

I spent thirty-two years of my forty-five year career in the insurance and reinsurance industries, the last 19 years with one of the two largest reinsurance companies in the world. I was an underwriter, not an actuary, but I worked with actuaries every day, and the main point of this article concerns actuarial data confirming the devastating effects of the Covid injections on the global population. But before I get to that data, I want to share the most recent information about the catastrophic impact of these so-called vaccines.

In just the first few weeks of February, numerous oncologists have revealed a new epidemic of rapidly metastasizing cancers that have exploded across the population, particularly among younger people. This has never been seen before.

Renowned Canadian oncologist and radiologist Dr. William Makis, who has diagnosed 20,000 cancer cases of all kinds during his career, recently stated on camera at The People’s Voice, that he and his colleagues feel like “kindergartners” trying to explain what they are seeing. He reports many of these “turbo cancers”, as some have begun calling them, metastasize so rapidly that patients often die within days of diagnosis. He further reports that many of these new cases present at stage 4 at initial diagnosis, which he has also never seen before. Makis believes the Covid injections are the proximate cause of this explosion in cancer cases.

According to Makis, the pressure for Canadian doctors to get the Covid injections was so overwhelming that more than 99% complied. Within months of the injection campaign, Canadian doctors began dying, many at very young ages in their twenties and thirties. Many died shortly after being injected, and virtually all deaths occurred within a year of receiving the injections.

Some of the most disturbing data has been reported by the US Group Life Insurance Industry. On 1/1/2022, a little over a year after the December, 2020 rollout of the Covid injections, the CEO of OneAmerica Life Insurance, Scott Davidson reported startling financial results. He reported death claims increased by 40% in the previous two quarters for policyholders in the company’s group life division. This group of insureds is covered by group policies issued to corporations, and consist of what has historically been the healthiest population segment of 18-64 year olds.

Quoting Davidson:

“Just to give an idea of how bad that is, a three-sigma or a

one-in-200 year catastrophe would be a 10% increase over

pre-pandemic, so 40% is just unheard of”.

Extrapolating from the numbers Davidson provided, if a 10% increase represents a three-sigma, or a one in 200 year event, a 40% increase represents a twelve-sigma, or a one in 800 year event. Nothing like this has ever been witnessed in the history of actuarial science But perhaps his most disturbing statement is that “most of the claims for deaths are not classified as COVID-19 deaths”, but from a myriad of other causes. Myocarditis has been the most widely publicized cause of death among the vaccinated. The UK-based website expose-news.com published a report on February 10th titled ‘Shocking CDC ReportAutoimmune Heart Disease Skyrockets Post-Covid Vaccination’. The report states that the risk of suffering myocarditis following mRNA vaccination is around 133x, which means that COVID-19 vaccination increases the risk of suffering myocarditis by 13,000 percent.

If the Covid injections were safe and effective as advertised, one would expect to have seen the number of deaths level off, then decrease from pre-pandemic levels, but the opposite has happened. This has literally blown up the actuarial tables of the life insurance industry. The findings of this study are corroborated by Ed Dowd’s important book: Cause Unknown — The Epidemic of Sudden Deaths in 2021 and 2022.

The numbers Davidson reported are now a little over two years old, so the recent explosion in cancer deaths is not included in the numbers. At this point there is no telling how much worse the actuarial data will get as this new wave of cancer deaths become known.

I expect the life insurance industry will be under intense pressure to suppress this information, but financial results speak for themselves, so it’s just a matter of time until this worsening picture is revealed. The criminal Pfizer organization has already positioned themselves to profit from this coming wave of cancer deaths caused by their mRNA injections, having completed a $43 billion acquisition of Seagen in December of last year, thereby doubling their oncology pipeline. This is yet another case of problem-reaction-solution at work.

In conclusion, I would like to share a post from Rense.com from February 14th.

A Final Warning From The Late Dr. Luc Montaignier

Contrary to what was said at the beginning, these vaccines do not protect at all, and this is slowly emerging. This is scientifically recognized by all today. It is not only scientific experiments that say it, but also all patients on whom the effects have been analyzed to prove it. Instead, to protect as it was said, it can even promote other infections.

The protein that was used in vaccines for this virus is actually toxic, it is a poison. The vaccine was not born to kill, but to protect and there have been many deaths, even young sportsmen who have important problems, due to this vaccine. It is an absolute crime to give these vaccines to children today.

“Let’s stop mass vaccination

It can also cause very serious nerve diseases in the brain. Due to the long-term effects of this vaccine, there are a lot of people who are dying. Neurological disorders can also occur from the first dose, and not only from the second. Even today, no one can predict how many of these people who have been vaccinated now will have major neurological problems in the future.

I ask all my colleagues to absolutely stop vaccinating with this type of vaccine. Doctors today are perfectly informed of what I am saying, and therefore they should intervene immediately because the future of humanity is at stake. Many countries have forgotten about treatments, there is not only the vaccine, there are drugs that have not been used and that work very well, such as antibiotics.

“The unvaccinated will save humanity.” It depends on you, especially on the unvaccinated, who will be able to save humanity one day. Only the unvaccinated will be able to save the vaccinated. Vaccinated who will, in any case, contact the medical centers to be saved. We must avoid listening and giving a voice to those who do not have the right to do so and let science speak. I repeat: it is the unvaccinated who will be able to save humanity.

May God deliver us from this most egregious crime against humanity in world history.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2024/02/27/12-sigma-event-and-it-could-get-worse/ 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

:: 2--24 Y Net news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Violent riots erupt at UC Berkeley over Israeli speaker

Pro-Palestinian activists surround the venue, banging on the doors, spitting on students and breaking windows, which led to physical confrontations; 'I'm just scared to death to be an Israeli or Jewish student at Berkeley now'

Daniel Edelson, New York|13:30

Violent riots erupted Monday night on the campus of the University of California at Berkeley after attorney Ran Bar-Yoshafat, deputy director of the Kohelet Policy Forum, arrived on campus after being invited by Jewish organizations on campus to speak to students about Israel advocacy during the war.

Dozens of pro-Palestinian activists who heard about the event, titled "Israel at War: Combat the Lies," gathered outside the Zellerbach Playhouse event hall and tried to prevent students from entering. They shouted "global intifada," spit on the students, banged on the doors and broke windows, which then led to physical confrontations.

"They grabbed me by the neck and pushed me against the wall. A student shouted at me 'dirty Jewess' and spat at me. It was pure antisemitism," said one Jewish student. An Israeli student said that they heard chants of "global intifada" all over campus. "I'm just scared to death to be an Israeli or Jewish student at Berkeley now," the student said.

Police forces were called to the scene to separate the Jewish students and the protesters. Police estimated that there were between 100 and 250 protesters throughout the evening.

The Berkeley Hillel Jewish Student Center on campus called on students who feel distressed following the event to contact them for emotional support.

"We are saddened and horrified that an event with Israeli speaker Ron Bar-Yoshafat was shut down by protesters on the evening of February 26, 2024, at Zellerbach Playhouse. Breaking windows, intimidating students, and inciting a mob are never acceptable and have no place in civil discourse. We are proud of the students who organized the event and remained steadfast in the face of bullying and intimidation of Jewish and Israeli students. Berkeley Hillel remains committed every day to supporting Jewish students' ability to fully express their Jewish identity without fear," Hillel said in a statement.

"We appreciate the UC Berkeley's administration and UCPD who were present and attempted to maintain order and see that the event could take place, even though they were unsuccessful. We support the university in holding these disruptors accountable for their actions and destruction of university property," the statement also said.

Idan Harel, 36, Bay Area regional manager of the Club Z organization that invited Bar-Yoshafat, emphasizes that the speaker's identity was not the trigger for the riots.

"In the past we also brought speakers from the Israeli left and there were also calls against it then. It's irrelevant. We are in the most antisemitic area in the United States, we need to understand that. Today it is dangerous to be a Jew here on campus. A student who was attacked is in intensive care. They spat on us. And students who stayed on campus have to deal with it every day. But we will not be silenced," Harel said.

"It feels like Germany in the 1930s here, there is silence from the authorities and they don't try to make us feel safe," he added. "I personally requested that there be increased policing at the event because I knew what awaited us, but I was ignored. Miraculously, more serious injuries were avoided. They came with clubs and sticks and were very violent. What will happen next?"

Bar-Yoshafat served for several weeks in Gaza in an IDF special forces unit following the Hamas massacre on October 7.

Israel's deputy consul general in San Francisco, Matan Zamir, said in response to the riots that "the consulate takes seriously the incident that occurred yesterday evening at the University of Berkeley. This event is the latest in a series of similar events on campuses across the U.S., which reflect a sharp and dangerous increase in the threat to the safety and security of Jewish and Israeli students, just because of their identity and their opinions. In a country that sanctifies freedom of expression and at a prestigious university that sanctifies academic freedom, a situation where violent and angry crowds is an impossible one meant dictate the policy on campus, as happened last night. The consulate is in contact with the organizers of the event and the campus authorities and continues, as in the past, to demand from the law enforcement authorities at Berkeley to quickly identify and punish all those involved in the incident, both on the criminal and the disciplinary level."

The university has not yet responded to a request for comment.

https://www.ynetnews.com/article/hyqen9ont#autoplay 

 [ :: 2-25-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.    

:: 2--24 american military news.com/ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

24,000 US Army positions cut amid recruitment woes

The United States Army is reducing the size of its force by roughly 24,000 troops as the military service continues to struggle to meet recruitment goals.

According to a new document on the structural transformation of the U.S. Army, the decrease in the size of military service is intended to position the Army to be better equipped to fight future wars. While the document outlined multiple ways the Army is planning to invest in a restructuring of the force, it claimed that force reductions were necessary.

“While making these investments and adding formations, the Army must also reduce force structure to protect readiness in light of decreased end strength,” the Army stated. “The Army is currently significantly over-structured, meaning there are not enough soldiers to fill out existing units and organizations.”

Fox News reported that a considerable portion of the jobs that will be eliminated by the Army were counter-insurgency positions that increased during the Iraq War and Afghanistan War. The Army noted that most of the positions are already empty and that the Army “is not asking current soldiers to leave.”

The Army added, “As the Army builds back end strength over the next few years, most installations will likely see an increase in the number of soldiers actually stationed there.”

READ MORE: US Army facing major decline in white recruits: Report

The Army’s plan includes the reduction of approximately 10,000 positions connected with counter-insurgency operations, 2,700 positions from units that are not regularly deployed, and 6,500 additional posts and training positions. Additionally, roughly 10,000 positions from cavalry squadrons, security force assistance brigades, infantry brigade combat teams, and Stryker brigade combat teams will be cut.

On the other hand, the Army’s plan also announced the addition of 7,500 troops for critical operations, such as counter-drone units, air-defense units, and five new task forces.

The Army’s plan to reduce the size of its military force comes amid persistent recruitment challenges that have resulted in the Army missing its recruitment goals over the past two years.

The Department of Defense previously reported that the Army, Navy, and Air Force fell short of their recruitment goals for Fiscal Year 2023, which ended in September. While the Army gained over 50,000 recruits, it was well short of its goal of 65,000 new recruits. According to The Associated Press, the Army also missed its Fiscal Year 2022 recruitment goal by roughly 15,000 troops.

The Army announced that while the current structure of the military service is designed to have 494,000 soldiers, the total number of active-duty soldiers is currently 445,000. Based on the restructuring plan, the Army is striving to achieve a goal of 470,000 active-duty troops by Fiscal Year 2029.

https://americanmilitarynews.com/2024/02/24000-us-army-positions-cut-amid-recruitment-woes/?utm_source=

quayle&utm_campaign=alt&utm_medium=facebook 

[:: 3-31-19 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are living in a time of great deception, a time when the enemy is working harder than he has ever worked before in the history of man and yet my people don’t seem to understand that. etc.

:: 2-27-24 The Post Millennial.com/ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American News Feb 27, 2024

JUST IN: Google loses $70 BILLION in market value after Gemini AI exposed as woke

"We have taken the feature offline while we fix that. We are hoping to have that back online very shortly in the next couple of weeks, few weeks," Hassabis said.

Google parent company Alphabet lost over $70 billion in market value, with stock prices falling as much as 4.4 percent on Monday following the pause on Google Gemini’s AI image creator and posts surfaced of Gemini’s responses in the chat feature.

According to Bloomberg, Melius Research analyst Ben Reitzes warned in a research note that problems that have arisen with Gemini may fuel the perception that Google is "an unreliable source for AI," as many companies try to launch their own AI platforms.

"We have been arguing that Search behavior is about to change - with new AI-infused features," said Reitzes. "This ‘once in a generation’ change by itself creates opportunities for competitors, but even more if a meaningful portion of users grow concerned about Google’s hallucinations and bias."

The plunge came as Google DeepMind CEO Demis Hassabis said on Monday that Gemini’s image generating feature would be offline for a "few weeks" to address issues raised, according to the New York Post.

“We have taken the feature offline while we fix that. We are hoping to have that back online very shortly in the next couple of weeks, few weeks,” Hassabis said.

Images generated by the feature included a female pope, a black George Washington, and other racially diverse recreations of historic figures.

During his appearance at the Mobile World Congress in Barcelona, Hassabis said that the feature was "not working in the way we intended."

Gemini’s chat feature has also refused to say that pedophilia is wrong but had no trouble condemning the use of the n-word. It also could not define what a woman is.

Gemini has also refused to give a straightforward answer when asked whether popular conservative figures were better or worse than dictators of the past such as Hitler and Stalin.

https://thepostmillennial.com/just-in-google-loses-70-billion-in-market-value-after-gemini-ai-exposed-as-woke 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

 [ ::  10-8-2023 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For even the novice can see the events that have started are not going to stop, but these events have been recorded in my word that they would take place and they will continue to take place.  For only if you were fast asleep could you miss what is going on right now, for I have called for my church to be watchman, I’ve called for you to be awake and know and see the hour that you are living in.  For it is very, very clear now.  For I gave you the sign and my word even tells you about the fig tree, for that is the most important thing and as you see what is taking place right now it will not stop, but it will continue right on through the events that I said would take place for this time and this hour. etc

:: 2-26-24 Y Net News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Precision strikes on Iranian, Hezbollah assets in Syria send stark warning to Tehran

In 2024 alone, 35 members from Hezbollah, IRGC and pro-Iran militias eliminated in Israel-linked strikes on Syrian soil; IDF also found two stone structures within Israeli borders near Syria

Lior Ben Ari, Yair Kraus|Yesterday | 17:35

Hezbollah reported Sunday two fatalities from its ranks in an airstrike on the Lebanon-Syria border attributed to Israel. Shortly before, sources in Damascus attributed to Israel another attack in the Homs region near the border between Syria and its neighbor, where the heart of the Shiite terrorist organization is located.

Since the outbreak of the war, Hezbollah's activity in the territory under the control of Bashar al-Assad's regime has repeatedly been exposed, but Iranian elements and pro-Iranian militias loyal to the "Axis of Resistance" also operate in the area and enjoy the support of the Tehran regime.

Hassan Nasrallah's organization did not link in its official statements between the deaths of its two operatives and the attack in the area straddling the Syria-Lebanon border. However, the Syrian Observatory For Human Rights, a London-based opposition war monitor, linked all the details that were published. A photo documenting a truck engulfed in flames after the airstrike attributed to Israel was circulated on social media.

Hezbollah operatives are scattered along the southern border of Lebanon as well as in areas bordering Syria. They reside in villages near the border fence and operate when necessary. The presence of Hezbollah in the Al-Biqa'a district in Lebanon, which borders Syria, may provide convenient access to the neighboring country for activities such as arms smuggling and training.

Attack attributed to Israel in Syria

Numerous pro-Iranian militias operate in Syrian territory, some of which have been involved in attacks on U.S. military bases in recent months. According to recent reports on Sky News in Arabic, Hezbollah uses its operations in Syria through military units of the local army and relies on civilian houses in the Sayyidah Zaynab area to establish temporary headquarters that vary from time to time.

According to data from the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights, Israel has carried out 16 attacks in Syria since the beginning of the year, with 10 being aerial and six ground-based. These attacks reportedly damaged or destroyed 34 targets, including key weapon depots and ammunition caches.

Additionally, the opposition watchdog reported that since the beginning of 2024, 35 operatives from various organizations have been killed in Syrian territory: eight of them affiliated with Hezbollah, seven Iranians linked to the Revolutionary Guards and the rest associated with pro-Iranian militias.

The Lebanon-Syria border has made headlines in recent days not only regarding assassinations. According to Arab reports, the Syrian government sent an official memorandum to the Lebanese government regarding surveillance towers spread between the two countries. Syria claims that these towers, erected by the British for the Lebanese army, pose a threat to its national security.

According to Hezbollah-affiliated newspaper Al Akhbar, Damascus alleges that the towers contain intelligence and reconnaissance equipment that could aid in gathering information about Syrian affairs. Damascus indicates that the information collected from these towers reaches not only Britain but also Israel, which, according to them, the IDF uses to conduct operations within Syrian territory. The official memorandum also criticizes the presence of British officers in the towers during a period when London played a negative role vis-à-vis Damascus.

The allegations from Syria were not made in a vacuum. Over the weekend, Al Akhbar reported that discussions are underway regarding the construction of additional towers that will strengthen control in additional areas along the Lebanon-Syria border, extending toward the border area with Israel in the Golan Heights. Earlier this month, a Hezbollah official said that similar towers are also planned for the southern Lebanon-Israel border.

According to the weekend report in the Lebanese newspaper, the surveillance towers will be erected five kilometers deep into Lebanon and five kilometers deep into Israel. Additionally, the Hezbollah-affiliated newspaper noted that Israel is unlikely to agree to such a move. Conversely, Western diplomatic sources indicated over the weekend that Israel mocked the proposal.

Beirut has yet to issue an official response to Syria's allegations regarding the letter against the tower activity on the Lebanese border. However, Saudi newspaper Asharq Al Awsat reported on Saturday that the response would include clarification that the towers, which have been operational for over 10 years under Lebanese army management, are not affiliated with any foreign country and greatly assist in reducing smuggling.

Meanwhile, the IDF continues to monitor activities near the Israeli border. In recent weeks, two stone structures were built in Israeli territory in the rugged terrain near the Syrian border. These structures were used for covert observation and surveillance purposes toward Israel.

On Friday morning, forces from the 474th Brigade demolished the structures near Tel Faher in the southern Golan Heights, mere yards from the border fence. This action addressed a clear breach of the border, following close surveillance of infiltrators who crossed the international demarcation line, knowingly entering the country's territory.

"We identified in recent weeks that they were under construction, monitored the building process, gathered all the information and decided not to allow the continuation of this activity once their construction was completed," recounted Major (res.) Nadav, a commander in the 474th Brigade, to Ynet.

"On Friday morning, we breached the fence and detonated both structures with explosives, then left the area. At dawn, we demolished both structures. It's undoubtedly a nefarious act, and any approach of shepherds or civilians to the fence is likely part of a collaboration in the area. These weren't buildings meant for occupancy, but rather structures that could serve the other side for residence and military purposes."

Since the outbreak of the war, the IDF has identified attempts to establish and create a terror front along the Syrian border by organizations dispatched to the Syrian sector, Lebanon, Iran, Iraq, and beyond. Their presence is closely monitored, and military forces study and investigate their activities.

https://www.ynetnews.com/article/sye8r4fh6#autoplay 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 2--24 PNW :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Leftists Propagandize A 'Christian Nationalist' Scare

Hollywood director Rob Reiner's new documentary, "God & Country," released in theaters this weekend, warning Americans of an impending "Christian nationalist" takeover of the country. The Associated Press declared Saturday, "Many believe the founders wanted a Christian America. Some want the government to declare one now." On Tuesday Alexander Ward and Heidi Przybyla warned in Politico, "Trump allies prepare to infuse 'Christian nationalism' in second administration."

Such manufactures represent "a coordinated effort" to stoke fear before the 2024 elections, declared Family Research Council Action President Jody Hice, guest host of "Washington Watch" on Wednesday. Their purpose is not just "to rally the Left but, probably even more so ... to intimidate and silence Christians who embrace a biblical worldview," he said.

The purpose of this yellow journalism is more concerning than its aim. The Left's "definition of Christian nationalism ... tends to be a coat that is cut to fit whatever it needs to fit at any given time," Regent University professor Dr. A.J. Nolte said on "Washington Watch." As with donkeys and tails, it gets harder to pin the scare on the elephant after you've been blindfolded and spun in circles.

Some leftist definitions of "Christian nationalism" have little in common with Christianity. Take Reiner's perspective, "The idea is that America was a born as a white Christian nation, and these people are virulent about returning to that, and they'll do it at any means necessary, including ... violence. And we saw this happen on January 6th."

Most Christians would have difficulty recognizing themselves in this description. For starters, Christianity knows no ethnic barriers (Revelation 7:9), Christians are commanded to submit to the government (Romans 13:1), and violence disqualifies a man from Christian leadership (1 Timothy 3:3).

Reiner's definition wasn't particularly concerned with scriptural accuracy, as the entire documentary really served as a "Trojan horse for progressive ideology," wrote Southern Seminary professor Andrew Walker. His documentary painted institutions as disparate as The Heritage Foundation, Turning Point USA, and Hillsdale College with the same, broad brush, even though the first two aren't sectarian, and the third isn't political. Reiner "gives the game away when he talks about 'white' Christian nationalism," Nolte noted, a mistaken "conflation of white ethnic nationalism with Christian nationalism."

Some leftist definitions simply equate "Christian nationalism" with social conservatism. Nolte described a book titled, "'Taking America Back for God,' by two scholars named Perry and Whitehead." In the book, "They took six questions, which are generally good questions if you're trying to measure social conservatism," and used them as "measures for Christian nationalism."

These measures included support for prayer in schools, opposition to abortion and same-sex marriage, and an acknowledgement of Christian principles in America's founding. "So, what you often find is that Christian nationalism is basically just ... social conservatism, sort of relabeled," Nolte concluded.

This definition becomes increasingly unrealistic as left-wing extremism puts more and more Americans on the "Right" side of social and cultural policy disputes, particularly where transgender ideology is at play. The coalition opposed to pornographic books in school libraries, for instance, includes not just Christians, but also Jews like Ben Shapiro, Muslims like the parents in Dearborn, Mich. or Montgomery County, Md., and agnostics like Jordan Peterson. The term "Christian nationalism" approaches meaninglessness when used to describe people who are not Christians and might not even be nationalists.

Some leftist definitions of "Christian nationalism" combine biblical positions with non-biblical ones. Thus, Przybyla (co-author of the Politico piece mentioned above) stated Tuesday, "We're talking about here not just isolationism, immigration. We're talking about ending same-sex marriage, abortion, reducing access to contraceptives, but also surrogacy, no fault divorce, sex education in public schools."

But not so fast! Those are "two separate issue sets," Nolte pointed out. Opposition to immigration and an isolationist foreign policy are the preferred policies of a populist segment of the contemporary American Right, but they shouldn't be lumped together with what Nolte called "family-oriented, social conservative policies."

Even if both sets of positions are found on the political Right, they are espoused by "two separate groups of social conservatives," Nolte explained. Again quoting Perry and Whitehead, Nolte said that, "Among regular church attenders, they actually found less hostility toward those of different racial groups, toward immigrants ... but there was more opposition to same-sex marriage, abortion," while "among those who were socially conservative but did not attend church, what they found was the exact opposite."

At the risk of committing an overgeneralization, one might say there was an inverse relationship between the depth of a person's Christian walk and their espousal of "nationalist policies." Does that sound like "Christian nationalism?"

Some leftist definitions of "Christian nationalism" simply mean that it's bad for Christians to be involved in politics. For instance, "They're all after Speaker Mike Johnson for his Christian faith," said Hice. "He's a Christian statesman who is certainly influenced and guided by his faith," but "that's no different from the liberal Left being guided by their secular, or whatever, worldview that they embrace."

"This really galls the Left, that Mike Johnson has the unmitigated temerity to be a fairly conventional Southern Baptist," Nolte agreed, with a touch of sarcasm. "Yes, he's quite conservative on family issues. ... But, as a conventional Baptist, he also stands with an over 200-year tradition of Baptists supporting religious liberty." (Make that nearly 400 years in America since Baptist minister Roger Williams founded the colony of Rhode Island as a haven for freedom of conscience.) The point is, "If somebody is truly committed to religious liberty, you never have to worry about them imposing Christianity," Nolte argued. "They want to protect your freedom to believe or not believe as you choose."

Yet no leftist definitions of "Christian nationalism" acknowledge its presence on the political Left. Follow along, if you will, with this thought experiment Nolte set forth:

"Imagine a situation in which a Republican president goes to a church -- a church that has been prominently associated with a Republican politics in the past -- on a federal holiday, and gives a speech where he talks about how New Testament principles ought to be the basis of our politics here in America. Would the media label that as Christian nationalism, do you think?"

Over Martin Luther King, Jr. Day weekend in 2023, President Joe Biden spoke from that man's one-time pulpit in Atlanta's Ebenezer Baptist Church, declaring that certain passages of the New Testament described "the essence of the American promise" and inspired his vision to "redeem the soul of America." Yet, according to the propagandists now loudly decrying Christian nationalism, "that, somehow, was not considered Christian nationalism," Nolte observed. So, when defining the term, "it kind of depends on who is using the New Testament and whether the media outlets in question like the use to which the New Testament is being put."

Nolte suggested the entire project was political. His dissertation had examined how secularists in Turkey, France, and other countries have used "extreme fear language" about "religious reactionaries" to "mobilize constituencies that supported ... secularism." He warned that this strategy backfired in Turkey, where it "generally pushed most of the Islamic believers in Turkey more toward radicalism."

Nolte argued leftists in America have made a "deliberate attempt" to craft a similar narrative. In particular, he pointed to "The Handmaid's Tale," a tailor-made scarytale "that's going to appeal particularly to secular educated women who do not attend church and are not familiar with Christian belief." Nolte criticized the way it twisted Scripture to depict a "misogynistic, theocratic society" that has nothing in common with the policy goals of socially conservative Christians in America.

Ultimately, fearmongering about the slur "Christian nationalism" says far more about those who wield it than those they aim to describe. In the "Red Scares" of the 1920s-50s, allegations that there was a communist under every rock, tree, bush, government desk, and movie script did little to inform the American public about which people really were communists.

But they did inform Americans that the accusers were anti-communists. Similarly, accusations of "Christian nationalism" don't inform Americans about which politicians, if any, wish to establish a theocracy; but they do help Americans understand that the people making the accusations are anti-Christian and anti-nationalist.

One final accusation lobbed against Christianity came from UC Riverside professor Reza Aslan, a Christian apostate. "The biggest sin, if you will, of Christian nationalism, is that it sees pluralism as a weakness, and not what it is: the foundation of what it means to be American," Aslan insisted. The irony in this inverted statement is so thick you could ice it and slice it.

Not only did Aslan overlook the Christian origins of American pluralism, but he also missed the fact that American Christians are still pleading for a pluralistic society, "that we may lead a peaceful and quiet life, godly and dignified in every way" (1 Timothy 2:2). It is totalitarian leftists who seek to de-pluralize American public life by banishing Christians from the public square -- and scaremongering about "Christian nationalism" is simply their latest attempt to do so.

Originally published at The Washington Stand

Liked this article? Don't miss an

https://www.prophecynewswatch.com/article.cfm?recent_news_id=6711 

[ :: 10-11-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. The world walks in confusion, there are those countries that desire their own monetary system to choke out others, and then there are those that desire a world monetary system, and the world monitory system will be the one that wins out, my word calls it the mark of the beast, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 2-25-24 Watcher Guru :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BRICS: 30 New Countries Prepare To Join Alliance in 2024

Vinod Dsouza February 25, 2024

A handful of developing countries are preparing to join the BRICS alliance in 2024. Developing countries from Asia, the global south, Africa, and even Europe are considering securing a spot in BRICS this year. The upcoming BRICS summit will be held in October 2024 in the Kazan region of Russia. The 16th summit will see a new influx of applications from countries that are preparing to join BRICS this year.

Also Read: When Will Saudi Arabia Join BRICS?

India’s Foreign Affairs Minister S Jaishankar confirmed that more than 2 dozen countries want to join BRICS in 2024. The development indicates that developing countries trust the alliance and want to distance themselves from the US dollar. The spiraling debt of $34 trillion is a burden to developing countries that hold billions in US dollars as reserves.

Therefore, developing nations are aiming to reduce the risk of debt by putting their local currencies first for trade. Read here to know how many sectors in the US will be affected if BRICS ditches the dollar for trade.

S Jaishankar said in a recent press conference that BRICS expansion could be on the cards in 2024. He explained that the alliance tested its mettle last year by asking how many countries wanted to join the bloc. To his surprise, he said that 30 countries expressed their interest and submitted their applications to join BRICS in 2024.

Also Read: BRICS: Analyst Predicts US Dollar Crash Similar to Roman Empire’s End

The Foreign Minister said that the new applications speak for themselves as countries see value in the BRICS alliance. “We tested it last year in the market, asking how many want to join BRICS. We got almost 30 countries who were willing to join BRICS. Clearly, 30 countries saw value in it, there must be something good with that,” he said to ANI.

Read here to know the full list of 30 countries that are preparing to join the BRICS alliance this year in 2024. Another round of expansion could take the alliance a notch higher making it financially stronger to take on the West.

https://watcher.guru/news/brics-30-new-countries-prepare-to-join-alliance-in-2024#google_vignette 

:: 2-22-24 Brownstone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Digital Coup d’Etat

By Jeffrey A. Tucker February 22, 2024

There was a time. What seemed to be unfolding was a huge intellectual error for the history books. A new virus had come along and everyone was freaking out and smashing all normal social functioning.

The excuse turns out just to be the cover story. Still, it bears examination.

Even though plenty of outside commentators said the pathogen should be handled in the normal way – with known treatment and calm while those most susceptible stayed cautious until endemicity – some people on the inside fell prey to a great fallacy. They had come to believe computer models over known realities. They thought that you could separate everyone, drive down infections, and then the virus would die out.

This was never a plausible scenario, as anyone who knew something about the history of pandemics would report. All known experience stood against this cockmamie scheme. The science was very clear and widely available: lockdowns do not work. Physical interventions in general achieve nothing.

But, hey, they said it was an experiment born of new thinking. They would give it a whirl.

When it became clear that the lockdowners had gained sway over policy, many of us thought, truly, how long can this really last? A week, maybe two. Then we would be done. But then something strange happened. The money began to flow. And flow. The states thought that was awesome so they kept it up. The money printers got to work. And general chaos broke out: social, cultural, educational, economic, and political.

It all happened so fast. The months rolled on with no break in the narrative. It became crazy after a time. There were so few critics. We didn’t know it but they were being silenced by a new machinery that had already been constructed for this purpose.

Among that which was censored was criticism of the inoculation potion that was being rolled out and which would eventually be forced on populations all over the world. They said it was 95 percent effective, but it wasn’t clear what that could mean. No coronavirus had ever been controlled by any vaccination. How could this be true? It wasn’t true. Nor did the shot stop the spread.

Many people said this at the time. But we couldn’t hear them. Their voices were muffled or silenced. The social media companies had already been taken over by government-connected interests working on behalf of intelligence agencies. We had believed that these tools were designed to increase our connections with others and enable free speech. Now they were being used to broadcast a preset regime narrative.

Strange industrial shifts took place. Gas cars were deprecated in favor of a new experiment in electric vehicles, thanks to intense consumer demand caused by shortages owing to supply chain breakages. Digital learning platforms got a huge boost because physical classrooms were closed. Online ordering and doorstep delivery became the rage because people were told not to leave their homes and small businesses were forcibly closed.

The pharma companies were riding high of course, gradually acculturating the population to a subscription model. There were attempts to convert whole countries to a health passport system. New York City tried this, along with actual physical segregation of the entire city, with the vaccinated considered clean while the unvaccinated were not allowed into restaurants, libraries, or theaters. The digital app didn’t work however, so that plan fell apart quickly.

All of this happened in less than one year. What began as an intellectual error in public health ended up looking like a digital coup d’etat.

Coups of the past featured rebel armies from the hills storming the cities and joined by the military as they invaded the palace and the leader and his family fled in a carriage or helicopter depending on the epoch.

This was different. It was organized and planned by intelligence agencies within the structure of the global state, a great reset to reject the forms of the past and replace them all with a new dystopia.

Initially, the people who said this was a great reset were derided as crazed conspiracy theorists. But then it turned out that the head of the World Economic Forum, Klaus Schwab, had written a book by the very title that you could buy from Amazon. It turns out to be HG Wells’s The Open Conspiracy updated for the 21st-century technology.

There turns out to be much more than that. There was an angle to all of this that impacts the mechanisms we use for democratic control of societies. Buried in the flurry of bills shoved through in March 2020 was a liberalization of balloting and voting that would never have been tolerated before. In the name of social distancing, mail-in ballots would become the norm, along with the known irregularities they introduce.

Implausibly, this too was part of the plan.

Researching and realizing all of this in real time has been a bit much. It has shattered the old ideological paradigms. The old theories no longer explain the world as it is unfolding. It causes all of us to revisit our priors, at least those with minds adaptable enough to pay attention. For vast swaths of the intellectual class, this is not possible.

Looking back, we should have known something was up at the outset. There were too many anomalies. Were the people in charge really so stupid as to believe that you can make a virus go away by making everyone stay home? It’s absurd. You cannot control the microbial kingdom this way, and surely everyone with a modicum of intelligence knows this.

Another clue: there never was an exit plan. What exactly was fourteen days of frozen activity going to achieve? What was the benchmark of success? We were never told. Instead, the elites in media and government simply encouraged fear. And then met that fear with ridiculous protocols like dousing ourselves with sanitizer, masking while walking, and presuming every other person is a disease vector.

This was psychological warfare. To what end and how ambitious are these hidden plans for us?

Only four years later, we are grasping the fullness of what was going down.

For those of us schooled in the persistent incompetence of government to get anything right, much less deploy a plan with anything like precision, elaborate conspiracy theories of plots and schemes always seem implausible. We just don’t believe them.

This is why it took us so long to see the fullness of what was deployed in March 2020, a scheme that combined a plethora of seemingly disparate governmental/industrial ambitions including:

1) rollout of subscription/platform model of Pharma distribution,

2) mass censorship,

3) election management/rigging,

4) universal basic income,

5) industrial subsidies to digital platforms,

6) mass population surveillance,

7) cartelization of industry,

8) shift in income distribution and entrenchment of administrative state power,

9) crushing of ‘populist’ movements worldwide, and

10) the centralization of power generally speaking.

To top it off, all these efforts were global in scope. This whole model truly stretches the bounds of plausibility. And yet all the evidence points to exactly the above. It just goes to show that even if you don’t believe in conspiracies, conspiracies believe in you. It was a digital-age coup d’etat unlike anything humanity has ever experienced.

How long will it take us to process this reality? We seem to be only at the early stages of understanding, much less resisting.

Author Jeffrey Tucker is Founder, Author, and President at Brownstone Institute. He is also Senior Economics Columnist for Epoch Times, author of 10 books, including Liberty or Lockdown, and thousands of articles in the scholarly and popular press. He speaks widely on topics of economics, technology, social philosophy, and culture.

https://brownstone.org/articles/a-digital-coup-detat/ 

[ :: 4-12-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it.  For the world has gone crazy, etc

:: 2-25-24 leohohmann.substack.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Banks will 'tokenize' customer deposits to pave way for CBDCs

Digital tokenization explained in simple, plain English

Leo Hohmann Feb 25, 2024

Christine LeGarde, a globalist French politician who has been president of the European Central Bank since 2019, has recently announced that the European Union is getting closer to launching its new central bank digital currency.

Once this happens, you can bet the U.S. Federal Reserve will feel more pressure to launch its CBDC.

LeGarde, using classic political posturing, speaks out of both sides of her mouth. On the one side, she promises the new digital euro will be purely voluntary and that paper cash will always be an available option. On the other, she says that she has no real control over the details of the new digital currency because that will be left up to E.U. legislators.

Watch this report from CPA Lena Petrova, who says banks will tokenize customer deposits before they roll out their CBDCs.

Petrova laid out the key to the coming digital system. They will tokenize your assets. The other part of the deal is that they will also tokenize your existence through the issuance of a digital ID. Any asset, living or nonliving, can be tokenized.

What is a digital token?

Wireless token technology has been around since 2008. A wireless token is like a serial number printed on a dollar bill, including a series of letters and numbers, only with tokenization those letters and numbers can change every ten seconds. These changes provide authentication.

The powers who are pushing the world into a one-world digitized economy don’t want to admit it yet but this is a system meant to replace all of the world’s paper fiat currencies. All of those paper currencies are destined for the dust bin.

At some point they will engineer a switcheroo, offering you X amount of tokenized assets in return for your paper dollars.

Let’s face it, the central banks can easily nudge people into the digital currency simply by devaluing the paper dollars through hyper inflation. If the paper dollars and euros become basically worthless, most people will leap at the opportunity to convert those worthless pieces of paper into what will be seen as the next big thing, the solution to hyper inflation — which will be CBDCs. These CBDCs may even be backed by gold, silver or some other hard asset, making them appear much more “safe and secure.”

As I discussed in my previous article, the catch is that the new digital tokenized “cash” will come with many restrictions on how and where and with whom it can be spent.

So do not believe the lies from Christine LeGarde or any other globalist bureaucrat who say we “will always have cash.”

You can count on the big switcheroo, whether it’s part of a incremental process over a period of years or whether it’s done quickly in the midst of a financial crisis, the cashless society of the future is about to be rolled out.

https://leohohmann.substack.com/p/banks-will-tokenize-customer-deposits?r=qrouj&utm_medium=ios&utm_

campaign=post&open=false 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc    

:: 2-25-24 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WARNING: The Greatest Bubble In World History Is Beginning To Burst

February 25, 2024

As we get ready to head into March, the greatest bubble in world history is now beginning to burst.

February 25 (King World News) – Matthew Piepenburg, partner at Matterhorn Asset Management: It’s almost comical to watch policy makers of all stripes and country codes caught in a corner yet pretending we don’t notice.

Children In Charge

I’m reminded of the kid with his hand in the cookie jar while pretending his parents can’t see him—denying his guilt despite the crumbs falling from his face.

Again: It’s almost comical.

But there’s really nothing funny at all about major economies crawling into recession (Germany, Japan, UK, China) or denying recession (USA) while our mental midgets from DC to the EU play with bonds, inflation currency and war like kindergarteners with gas and matches.

Can’t Hide the Debt Cookie Crumbs

Speaking of kids caught with crumbs on their face while denying responsibility, it seems that even our central bankers can’t keep hiding the facts of now “unsustainable debt” (Powell) with clever lies, such as they had tried to do in the past:

In short, the days of hiding bad math behind empty words are now coming to an end, as most recently evidenced by another comical treasury market auction (below).

Keep It Simple: Debt & Bonds

As we’ve repeated ad nauseum, “the bond market is the thing,” and its survival, like a diesel V8 engine, lives and dies on liquidity/grease—i.e. dollars.

After trillions in outright grotesque QE grease following the bond crisis of 2020 and a hidden TBTF bank bailout (disguised as pandemic relief), the combined efforts of the Fed and Treasury Dept (i.e., the yin and yang of Powell and Yellen) to provide backdoor liquidity to this thirsty market are both tragic and remarkable.

Despite Powell’s headline tightening since 2022, the level of direct Fed liquidity is still tens of billions per month, and the hundreds of billions provisionally drawn from the reverse repo markets, the Treasury General Account (TGA), the Bank Term Funding Program (BTFP) are just QE by another pathway.

In addition to these tricks, tack on Yellen’s desperate attempt to issue trillions from the short end of the yield curve to take supply (and price) pressure off the sacred U.S. 10-Year, we can trace more examples of open desperation and backdoor liquidity by another name.

But at some point, all these liquidity tricks (as well as liquidity) run dry

And when this “grease” runs out, that is when the bond engine stalls and the global financial system, led by a broke(n) U.S.A, starts its slow stall to the side of the proverbial road as the engine hisses, coughs and then dies.

Stated otherwise, the kids in DC are running out of cookies and jars (i.e., liquidity), and their lies and excuses are getting harder to hide.

Don’t believe it? Just look at the unloved US bond market.

A Very Telling & Embarrassing Treasury Auction

Having issued too many IOU’s (T-Bills) from the short end of the yield curve, Yellen’s Treasury Dept recently tried to auction off some IOUs from the longer end, namely the US 20Y UST.

Folks: It was embarrassing.

Foreign bidders for Uncle Sam’s 20-Year bond dropped to under 60% (they were 74% of the bidders in November).

This means that primary dealers (i.e., big banks) were forced to fill the gap by purchasing almost 22% of Uncle Sam’s increasingly unloved bar-tab of 20Y IOUs…

In simple speak, this is an open sign that the bond market is cracking. In fact, however, it has been cracking for a while…

Memories are short, as many have already forgotten the extreme dysfunction on the short end of the curve in Q1 of 2023 (not to mention the bank failures that followed, and with more to come, as warned…).

A similar disfunction is now openly obvious on the long-end of the bond curve, at least for those paying attention.

When bonds are unloved, their prices begin to fall, and their yields, which move inversely to price, start to rise, which means their interest rates rise tooadding more pressure (and cost) on Uncle Sam’s ability to repay the same.

Fiscal Dominance—More Than Just a Term of Art

This moment of interest expenseuh-oh” for DC is what the St. Louis Fed described in June of last year as “Fiscal Dominance,” namely that point where rising rates (and debt costs) get so high (i.e., dysfunctional), that the only option (and source) for more “greasy liquidity” (i.e., USDs) to support those ugly bonds is with money “clicked” out of thin air.

In short: More QE to the moon is inevitable, not debatable.

This QE inevitability is inherently inflationary, and this by the way, is the end-game for the Dis-United States, even if we experience a dis-inflationary recession somewhere in the middle of this tragic playing field.

Dollar Debasement—Right Before Our Eyes

Needless to say, such fake liquidity in the form of an increasingly weaponized (and hence unloved) USD, places even more negative pressure on a DXY, which at the time of the aforementioned (and embarrassing) auction, was at 104, down from its 110+ levels of Q3 2022…

In the last four years of increasing bond dysfunction in the wake of drying liquidity, DC has shown five times in a row that it will come quickly and aggressively to the rescue to provide more fake grease (again, from the TGA, the BTFP, the repo markets etc.) to “save” the bond market at the expense of the currency.

Soon, we’ll just see plain ol’ QE, which will debase the USD even more, regardless of its “relative strength” to other equally, if not more, debased global currencies.

Such currency debasement, again, fits the pattern of all nations slowly dying from their own debt sins.

For now, of course, the markets are expecting Powell’s promised rate cuts to become actual rate cuts.

As a result, these markets are just giddy in anticipation and have recently hit all-time-highs on Powell words rather than Fed actions.

These already dangerously bloated markets will rise even further whenever the Fed has no choice but to hit the QE red button at the Eccles Building.

Tread Carefully You Top-Chasers

For those few, very few, who know how to trade nose-bleed tops without getting burned when net-incomes/margins trend south, the speculation and momentum trade juices are flowing.

But as I recently warned with evidence rather than hyperbole, today’s S&P, which is little more than a glorified tech ETF lead by 5 names, is the most dangerous bubble I’ve ever seen, traded or studied.

That Clever Pet Rock

Gold, meanwhile, will clearly get, and is already getting, the last laugh as stock bubbles inflate and bond markets scream for more debased USD grease.

The recent 20Y bond auction, above, with its foretelling of rising yields, should have been a massive headwind for that “yield-less pet rock.”

But as I argued from Vancouver in January, gold is breaking away from the standard correlations to rate, currency and inflation/deflation indicators.

Why?

For the simple reason that the overall system is now so openly broken, cracked, and dis-trusted that gold’s historically trusted (as well as speculator-ignored) role as a provider of real value (and 52-week highs) in world of diluted yet inflated currencies and bubble assets is becoming more obvious.

Again, this easily explains why central banks are stacking (and TRUSTING) this pet rock and dumping Uncle Sam’s IOUs at record levels.

That is, the world’s central banks (and leaders) see a US Humpty Dumpty about to fall off a wall, and when it does, gold will do far more to protect investors and sovereigns than bad IOUs and bubble assets measured in paper “money.”

Not surprisingly, the 0.5% of global financial assets allocated to gold are and will be rewarded not because they are just “contrarian for contrarian’s sake,” but because this remarkably small/informed minority are wise enough to think ahead rather just follow the sell-side sirens (and the crowd).

Which Needle Will Pop the Red Debt Ballon?

For now, and in the surreal backdrop of spiking markets and a Main Street on its knees and waiting for the “wealth effect” of a feudalistic rather that capitalistic financial system, all we can do is stare at the greatest debt bubble in history and guestimate which needle will “pop” it…

Will it be spiking rates colliding with the white swan of unprecedented global debt? A derivative market implosion? A geopolitical black swan? Another war? A collapsing Japan? China? America? A fractured/fragile EU? An immigration-lead fracturing of social order?

Who knows.

With so many needles pointed at a now historically unfathomable (and mathematically unpayable) red debt balloon, the actual needle that pricks us is rarely the one we see coming…

A Bank Needle?

As in 2008, the next crisis may come from where most crises are born, namely behind the glass doors of our stupid (and system-protected) banks…

The commercial real estate (CRE) crisis, of which I warned as far back as 2020, is anything but a minor matter.

The CRE losses on non-performing loans (NPLs) now exceeds the loss reserves at many of the largest US banks (Citi, Goldman, Wells, Morgan Stanley, JP Morgan etc.)

The Fed’s Real Mandate

Ironically, however, I don’t worry about these silly banks, because their Rich Uncle Fed’s real mandate is not inflation and employment, but making sure the foregoing banks, from which the Fed was un-naturally spawned, do not fail.

Bank regulators, who are just former bank executives, will meet FOMC and Treasury “experts” in DC and paste-together more back-room extend and pretend programs (which is how all failed banks deal with their failing loans and leadership) to provide the bigger boys with needed “grease” (i.e., liquidity) to stay alive (via forced yet subsidized UST, MBS and syndicated CRE/ABS purchases) as the Fed, once again, decides between saving the banking system or the currency.

Needless to stay, the suspense is hardly killing any of us who know how DC and Wall Street work.

In other words, expect more mouse-clicked trillions to save Uncle Fed’s spoiled banking nephews in a NYC which has slowly become not only a den of thieves, but a half-way house for millions of illegals which we like to call “asylum seekers” …

Ah, the American Dream, ah, the city that never sleeps…and the nightmare that never ends for every inflation-braced Main Street from Sea to Shining Sea.

Big Trouble in Little China

Of course, the US is not alone with yet another real estate cancer. China’s CRE crisis is arguably and mathematically worse.

But is that any real consolation to those facing an increasingly debased Greenback and unloved UST?

Are we supposed to be happy that our currency and bonds, though awful, are still better (for now, at least) than China’s?

Well, if our Dollar and IOU are so relatively special, why are the yields on our 10Y UST spiking 200 basis points above the CGB (Chinese Government Bond) yields?

Well, unlike the US, China is not pretending to be above total control over its markets and people, a trend which will come to the West once its childish leaders are forced into a debt corner.

History’s Sad Pattern

As I’ve warned for years, the syllogism from debt-crisis to market-crisis to currency and inflation crisis, followed by social unrest and then increased centralization from the extreme left or right is a pattern as old as history itself.

China has no shame about overt capital controls or state-owned banking.

But are our Fed-supported TBTF banks any less “centralized” just because their CEO’s get paid like capitalists despite being bailed out like state-sponsored entities?

We have had Wall Street socialism for years, but have put a nice “free market” lipstick on what is in essence just an “insider” pig.

Based on the trends above, and the pattern just described, the slow-drip toward more currency debasement, inflation and centralized (and capital) controls (think CBDC) in the wake of social unrest (from truckers and tractors fighting their “lords” from NYC to Berlin) is not only here and now, but the tragic road ahead.

This pattern of centralization, sadly, is just history and math. The cycles will play out. And gold, though no cure-all for all the overt and covert sins of our failed leadership, will at least be a cure for our failed currency. This will link you directly to more fantastic articles from Matthew Piepenburg and Egon von Greyerz CLICK HERE.

https://kingworldnews.com/warning-the-greatest-bubble-in-world-history-is-beginning-to-burst/ 

[:: 3-31-19 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are living in a time of great deception, a time when the enemy is working harder than he has ever worked before in the history of man and yet my people don’t seem to understand that. etc.

:: 2-25-24 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In Almost Any Other Place And Any Other Time Period, 'Mass Murderers' In High Places Would Have Been Hunted Down And Hung For Carrying Out Crimes Of Genocide Upon 'The People'

- Mass murderers get a free pass to continue exterminating us

By Stefan Stanford - Live Free Or Die - All News Pipeline February 25, 2024

According to this alarming new story over at the Daily Mail (saved here at Archive,) there's been over a 200% explosion in young women and girls getting pancreatic cancer, with the so-called 'experts' admitting they're 'frightened' and 'baffled' by the skyrocketing number of cases of the deadly disease, though as these 'cancer experts' claim, they have no idea what's causing this shocking rise.

Reporting in their story that soaring obesity rates MAY be behind the startling rise, but they're not quite sure why men aren't experiencing the same shocking percentage increase in the numbers of such cancer cases as women, that story none-the-less took a shot at 'conspiracy theories' that 'the jabs' are causing an alarming rise in cancer cases of all kinds, and in both men and women, and all around the world, reporting such claims have not been proven.

And while the commenters on that story were quick to call out the DM for pushing the 'party line of the eugenicists' and ignoring the fact that millions have died from the devastating 'adverse effects' of 'the vax,' we see once again that 'the experts' claim to be clueless while ignoring the gargantuan elephant in the room that most can now see as clear as day, that all of these 'sudden and unexpected deaths,' and an explosion in 'turbo cancers,' only began soon after the rollout of 'the vax,' and that every day, this looks more and more like an intentional 'culling' of the population, a very real 'war' upon humanity.

And we keep getting more and more proof that this 'bioweapon attack' upon the human race is a very real attempt by those 'eugenicists' who believe the world is 'overpopulated' and that the population must be 'whittled down' to 'save the planet' as seen in the must-watch 1st video at the bottom of this story featuring Tucker Carlson interviewing Steve Kirsch who warns us we've got clear proof 'the vax' comes along with well over 770 'adverse effects,' and that the CDC and other government agencies have been trying their very best to hide them. Just think about that! Over 770 adverse health effects!!! And all being hidden away from the population by 'the powers that be'!

Leading to a massive censorship campaign all across the board, from the White House to the US military to our public health agencies to the mainstream media to our local doctors and hospitals, in almost any other country and almost any other period of time, very real 'health terrorists' would be hunted down and hung for carrying out genocide upon their very own people, but for some bizarre reason, these mass murderers are getting a free pass to continue their rampage upon us in 2024.

(ANP Emergency!: PLEASE donate to ANP! Due to the globalists war upon truth and the independent media, our monthly revenue has been cut by more than 80% so we need your help more now than ever before. Anything at all ANP readers can do to help us is hugely appreciated.)

As one commenter on this Rumble video of Tucker Carlson interviewing Steve Kirsch had pointed out perfectly, "Everyone who lied or failed to uphold their "DO NO HARM" oath should be fired, charged, and potentially hung for genocide."

With another commenter on that video pointing out "Crimes committed in a global war would be charged with crimes against humanity. Those who pushed and censored the truth that led to millions dying should be held accountable by the same standards," until people like Dr. Fauci and Bill Gates, just to name a few, are held accountable for this genocide, these eugenicists will continue to get away with mass murder.

As Expose-News reported in this must-read new story titled "DIED SUDDENLY: Fauci Lied & Hundreds of Thousands of Children Died due to COVID Vaccination according to Secret CDC Report," using propaganda, lies and outright manipulation, those who 10's of millions of Americans trusted pushed a countless number of innocent children into harms way, not to mention all of the adults who since they've taken their 'clot shots' have died, suddenly and unexpectedly, despite many of them being in excellent physical condition before taking 'the vax'.

Hence the reason why this 'injection' has garnered the perfect 'nickname' of 'the kill shot,' as this new story over at Vigilant News, originally published by the Epoch Times, titled "Disturbing Truth About COVID “Vaccines” — Worse Than Ever" has warned, we keep getting more and more proof this attack upon humanity was very intentional, with more and more evidence the 'shots' were intentionally bioengineered to cause mass illnesses and deaths. Below is an important excerpt from their story.:

Since the rollout of COVID-19 vaccines, a significant number of vaccinated people have reported various adverse reactions.

Some adverse events are widely acknowledged, like blood clots and myocarditis. Others are less publicly discussed but are still present in the research literature.

The Epoch Times reviewed the U.S. Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS), the United Kingdom’s Yellow Card Reporting system, South Africa’s VAERS database, and numerous peer-reviewed studies, selecting the top reported adverse events with literature support. Their severity determines the order of the events.

Chest pain may be a sign of myocarditis, but it can also be due to inflamed rib joints, lung inflammation, or neuropathy in the chest—all of which will be explained later in the article.

Fatigue after vaccination is mostly transient. However, some people may experience persistent and debilitating fatigue, where even taking showers or doing a basic chore leaves them exhausted for the remainder of the day. Around 8 percent to 80 percent of vaccinated individuals report fatigue as a side effect, with most cases being mild. However, for some people, fatigue may never seem to get better. A study that followed 498 vaccinated physicians and dentists showed that around 6 percent reported long-term fatigue post-vaccination. One possible reason for the fatigue is mitochondrial dysfunction. Mitochondria are the body’s cellular powerhouse, present in most cells and responsible for producing energy for the body.

Fever and chills may manifest due to the body’s immune system fighting off the vaccine and are usually transient.

Swelling and pain at the injection site is usually transient. Pain can also happen throughout the body.

Armpit pain may indicate that the body’s immunity is fighting off infections. The armpit area houses a cluster of lymph nodes that contain immune cells. These lymph nodes can become swollen after infection and vaccinations, leading to pain in the underarm area.

Nervous System Disorders

Nervous system disorders are some of the most common adverse events reported. In the Pfizer trials, these disorders were the third most common, coming after general and muscle-related adverse events, while they were the second most common in the Moderna trials.

Guillain-Barré Syndrome

Dementia

Seizures

Gait Disturbance

Bell’s Palsy

Tremors

Sensory Changes

Headaches and Dizziness

Fainting

Cardiac Disorders

Cardiac Arrest

Cardiomyopathy

Heart Attack

Myocarditis and Pericarditis

Postural Orthostatic Tachycardia Syndrome (POTS)

Arrhythmia

Hypertension

Heart Palpitations

Blood Disorders

Stroke

Pulmonary Embolism

Deep Vein Thrombosis

Vasculitis

And just think! Those are just a few of the 770+ 'adverse effects' of the vaxxes that Tucker Carlson and Steve Kirsch speak about in the 1st video below! All of those 'adverse effects' listed above are explained in much more detail at this Epoch Times story.

So, if you were one of those who got 'the vax' for work, travel or one of the many other reasons why people were conned into getting it, did you 'sign up' for all of those 'adverse effects' as well? And keep in mind, with 'shedding' of the vax now proven, it's not just 'the vaxxed' who have been suffering.

And while we'd never expect the mainstream media to admit to covering up the global genocide being carried out on their watch because they'd know what the likely repercussions would be, and we'd never expect those who weaponized these 'injections' to kill to admit to their crimes because they also know they're carrying out very real crimes upon humanity that would see them all executed for their crimes if there were any true 'rule of law,' we must continue to hammer at them for carrying out genocide as long as we are able.

With more and more Americans and people all across the planet now 'awakening' to the damage that was caused by the 'injections,' largely because more and more people have been falling incredibly ill with symptoms such as those mentioned above, symptoms which they never had before they were forced to take 'the vax,' it may be only a matter of time before 'the guilty' are hunted down and held accountable.

And while we here at ANP are definitely NOT advocating for the American people to take the law into their own hands at this time and merely arguing that these crimes upon humanity MUST BE investigated at the very highest levels, with 'the guilty' held accountable, even when 'the guilty' are sitting in the very highest seats of power here in the USA, until that is done, there'll clearly be no 'moving forward' for America when such a huge number of Americans clearly see what's going on all around them.

As we're warned in each of the videos below, this is one of the biggest crimes upon humanity that we have ever witnessed, carried out by those who Americans actually trusted at one point in time, with estimates of well over 17 million people murdered and clear signs it'll only get worse in the months and years ahead.

With the 'terrorist government' here in the USA having a very long history of carrying out illegal biological warfare and developing illegal biological weapons of mass destruction, programs led by the Department of Defense and the CIA as reported in this Gateway Pundit story, it's long past time that heads roll.

ANP is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program.

ANP EMERGENCY Fundraiser: ‘Dangerous, Derogatory, Harmful, Unreliable!’ Those are some of the exact words used by Google’s censors, aka 'Orwellian content police,' in describing many of our controversial stories. Stories later proven to be truthful and light years ahead of the mainstream media. But because we reported those 'inconvenient truths' they're still trying to hide, they pulled their ads from ANP.

So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP.

All donations are greatly appreciated and will absolutely be used to keep us in this fight for the future of America.

Thank you and God Bless. Susan and Stefan.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Mass_Murderers_Get_A_Free_Pass_To_Continue_Their_Extermination.php 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

[:: 3-31-19 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are living in a time of great deception, a time when the enemy is working harder than he has ever worked before in the history of man and yet my people don’t seem to understand that. etc.

:: 2-24-24 Slay :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canadian Doctors Admit Covid ‘Booster’ Shot Paralyzed Woman, Offer to Euthanize Her to ‘Make Up for It’

Frank Bergman February 24, 2024 - 12:28 pm

Canadian doctors have admitted that a Covid “booster” shot from Moderna is responsible for a young Ontario woman now being paralyzed for the rest of her life.

37-year-old mother Kayla Pollock is now paralyzed from the neck down after receiving the mRNA injection and says her life has become a “living hell.”

According to a report from The Liberty Daily, however, doctors have offered to “make up for it” by euthanizing the young mom.

The doctors suggested that Pollock should apply for Canada’s controversial Medical Assistance in Dying (MAID) program and said they would help her application get accepted.

As Slay News has reported, Canada has some of the most liberal euthanasia laws in the world.

In recent years, the government has been increasingly relaxing the laws that were originally meant to give terminally ill people an option for dying.

However, the expansion of the laws means people can now be euthanized for far less severe issues such as depression, homelessness, or mental illness.

The laws have even been expanded to include “mature minors” with a push to expand to infants.

In recent months, the North American nation has been ramping up efforts to accelerate the euthanasia of mentally ill citizens.

However, Canada’s government has recently been forced to halt its controversial program to euthanize mentally ill patients after large numbers of doctors have refused to participate in the scheme.

Nevertheless, applications for euthanizing disabled Canadians have never been simpler.

In fact, Canada is now euthanizing dozens of citizens every single day.

According to The Canadian Independent, Pollock’s life took a drastic turn after receiving a Moderna Covid mRNA “booster” shot.

She experienced paralysis from the neck down and has been enduring a challenging ordeal ever since.

When the pandemic struck, Kayla recalls the mainstream media, politicians, and public health officials emphasizing the severity of the virus and urging everyone to get vaccinated.

She remembers health officials specifically advising that those at highest risk should prioritize getting vaccinated.

Kayla heeded the advice of health officials and received the first two Pfizer shots in the middle of 2021 and didn’t experience any issues.

JOIN THE FIGHT - DONATE TO SLAY NEWS TODAY!

Additionally, she mentions another reason for getting vaccinated was because her father resided in a long-term care facility with dementia, and vaccination was going to be a requirement for entry into the care home.

Kayla then decided to take a booster, but this time it was a Moderna booster shot.

According to Kayla, Moderna was being given out instead of Pfizer.

Kayla says that something didn’t sit right in her gut, but she went ahead with the Moderna booster shot anyway.

Kayla heeded the advice of health officials and received the first two Pfizer shots in the middle of 2021 and didn’t experience any issues.

JOIN THE FIGHT - DONATE TO SLAY NEWS TODAY!

Additionally, she mentions another reason for getting vaccinated was because her father resided in a long-term care facility with dementia, and vaccination was going to be a requirement for entry into the care home.

Kayla then decided to take a booster, but this time it was a Moderna booster shot.

According to Kayla, Moderna was being given out instead of Pfizer.

Kayla says that something didn’t sit right in her gut, but she went ahead with the Moderna booster shot anyway.

She explains her reasoning for getting the third shot was because she felt like a third one would be mandated at some point to get access to her dad’s long-term care home.

She received the Moderna booster shot on January 11, 2022.

Four days later, Kayla described a situation where her legs just gave out, and she collapsed, but all seemed fine a short time later.

Then, nine days later, she experienced a similar event, and at that time, she called her doctor, asking to see a neurologist because she suspected something wasn’t right.

On the morning of February 22, 2022, Kayla’s life took an irreversible turn.

As she awoke, she couldn’t move her body.

Later, Kayla would learn that she had developed transverse myelitis, a condition that interrupts the transmission of messages along the spinal cord nerves throughout the body.

She would go on to spend several months in the hospital.

During her hospital stay, she said she came under increasing pressure from doctors to submit to euthanasia.

She revealed that she was forced to reject offers to be put in for MAID on two occasions during her hospital stay.

After being released from the hospital, doctors have told her that she will never walk again.

They also admitted that the “booster” was to blame and again offered to help her get approved for MAID, which she rejected, again.

An organization called Veterans 4 Freedom has stepped in to help Kayla and has set up a GiveSendGo campaign to help her raise funds for a service dog.

As The Liberty Daily notes, the story serves as a “damnation of Canada’s socialized healthcare system.”

https://slaynews.com/news/canadian-doctors-admit-covid-booster-shot-paralyzed-woman-offer-euthanize/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

:: 2--24 The Zone of Truth :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

THE BIDEN REGIME'S WAR ON CHRISTIANS

By Shawn Fleetwood - thefederalist.com

"The left is trying to shame Christians, to silence you, demoralize you, and keep you out of politics. But Christians cannot afford to sit on the sidelines in this fight. ... Ultimately, the radical left is coming after all of us, because they know that our allegiance is not to them - our allegiance is to our country and to our Creator."

The remarks from former President Donald Trump during the National Religious Broadcasters Convention on Thursday will likely generate scoffs and eye rolls from members of America's corrupt media. But for millions of faithful Christians throughout the country, the former president's comments contain bold truths the left will brush aside as "conspiracy theories." That is, since taking office, President Joe Biden and his regime apparatchiks are hellbent on persecuting conservative Christians who defy their extremist agenda.

Despite casting himself as a devoted Catholic, Biden has presided over what has arguably been the most antagonistic administration toward faithful Christians in the modern era.

In January 2023, for example, the FBI issued a memo revealing that the agency's field office in Richmond, Virginia, was tasked with investigating the alleged threat of "white supremacy" among Catholics who attend Latin Mass. As Evita Duffy-Alfonso previously wrote in these pages, the memo said the FBI "may potentially mitigate" the supposed "threat" of "Radical-Traditionalist Catholics" with "'tripwire and source development,' which means further infiltration into Catholic communities using various kinds of informants."

While FBI Director Christopher Wray claimed during congressional testimony that the memo was "a single product by a single field office," House Republicans later uncovered that multiple FBI field offices were involved in the document's creation, including those in Los Angeles and Portland.

But the Biden administration's weaponization of government agencies against Christians doesn't stop there. The Department of Justice (DOJ) has egregiously attempted to imprison Christians for publicly expressing their faith.

In October 2022, the agency charged six pro-lifers under the unconstitutional Freedom of Access to Clinic Entrances (FACE) Act. Their crime? Peacefully praying, reading the Bible, and singing hymns in the hallway of an abortion facility in Nashville, Tennessee. A federal jury convicted these individuals last month. Participants such as Paul Vaughn could face up to 11 years in prison and $260,000 in fines should his likely decision to appeal the charges fail.

Meanwhile, Biden's Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and other agencies have been busy harassing the largest Christian college in America. In December, the FTC filed a lawsuit against Grand Canyon University, alleging the school, "its marketer Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and its president and CEO Brian Mueller ... used deceptive advertising and engaged in illegal telemarketing," according to Fox Business. The lawsuit came several weeks after the Biden Department of Education fined GCU $37.7 million for allegedly lying to "over 7,500 former and current students about the cost of its doctoral programs over several years."

Mueller previously told The Federalist he believes the administration's targeting of GCU is "obviously political" and an act of retaliation for the university suing the Education Department over its nonprofit status.

In addition to signing legislation that assists leftist lawfare against Christians and religious organizations that uphold the true meaning of marriage, Biden has also used his presidency as a bully pulpit to condemn court decisions defending religious freedom.

For example, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled last year that the government cannot force Americans and private businesses to provide services (i.e. personal expression) that violate their religious beliefs, such as the traditional view that marriage is between one man and one woman. In an attempt to undermine, Biden issued a statement attacking the court and affirming his belief that the state should be able to force religious worshippers to violate their sincerely held beliefs to cater to radical LGBT activists.

Funny how Biden wasn't as interested in using his platform to draw attention to the horrific shooting at a Christian school in Nashville last year, in which a woman pretending to be a man killed three children and three adults. Biden not only declined to visit the families of the victims, but it's also unclear if the president even bothered to call these families to offer his condolences. Worse, in the aftermath of the shooting, the White House attempted to victimize the shooter by claiming the so-called "trans community" was "under attack."

While the FBI and local law enforcement have kept the shooter's manifesto hidden from the public, alleged pages from the document released in November indicate the trans-identifying shooter targeted the Christian Covenant School children because they are white.

Biden's actions are egregious but not surprising. Throughout Scripture, Jesus makes clear that Christians will be persecuted for following him, for the world "hated [him] before it hated [us]" and we "are not of the world" (John 15:18-19).

Biden and his regime's ongoing war against Christians is just history repeating itself. Those who follow God and His Word will be targeted, harassed, attacked, and worse. Whatever barbaric actions the administration may take next, it is incumbent upon all Christians to pick up their crosses and follow Christ, for his graciousness is greater than the suffering endured in this world.

http://nstarzone.com/NEWS/101.html 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand.

:: 2-25-24 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

One of the world’s biggest cities may be just months away from running out of water

Laura Paddison, Jack Guy and Fidel Gutiérrez, CNN

Sun, February 25, 2024, 9:23 AM EST·9 min read

2.6k

Alejandro Gomez has been without proper running water for more than three months. Sometimes it comes on for an hour or two, but only a small trickle, barely enough to fill a couple of buckets. Then nothing for many days.

Gomez, who lives in Mexico City’s Tlalpan district, doesn’t have a big storage tank so can’t get water truck deliveries — there’s simply nowhere to store it. Instead, he and his family eke out what they can buy and store.

When they wash themselves, they capture the runoff to flush the toilet. It’s hard, he told CNN. “We need water, it’s essential for everything.”

Water shortages are not uncommon in this neighborhood, but this time feels different, Gomez said. “Right now, we are getting this hot weather. It’s even worse, things are more complicated.”

Mexico City, a sprawling metropolis of nearly 22 million people and one of the world’s biggest cities, is facing a severe water crisis as a tangle of problems — including geography, chaotic urban development and leaky infrastructure — are compounded by the impacts of climate change.

Years of abnormally low rainfall, longer dry periods and high temperatures have added stress to a water system already straining to cope with increased demand. Authorities have been forced to introduce significant restrictions on the water pumped from reservoirs.

“Several neighborhoods have suffered from a lack of water for weeks, and there are still four months left for the rains to start,” said Christian Domínguez Sarmiento, an atmospheric scientist at the National Autonomous University of Mexico (UNAM).

Politicians are downplaying any sense of crisis, but some experts say the situation has now reached such critical levels that Mexico City could be barreling towards “day zero” in a matter of months — where the taps run dry for huge swaths of the city.

Historic lows

Densely populated Mexico City stretches out across a high-altitude lake bed, around 7,300 feet above sea level. It was built on clay-rich soil — into which it is now sinking — and is prone to earthquakes and highly vulnerable to climate change. It’s perhaps one of the last places anyone would choose to build a megacity today.

The Aztecs chose this spot to build their city of Tenochtitlan in 1325, when it was a series of lakes. They built on an island, expanding the city outwards, constructing networks of canals and bridges to work with the water.

But when the Spanish arrived in the early 16th century, they tore down much of the city, drained the lakebed, filled in canals and ripped out forests. They saw “water as an enemy to overcome for the city to thrive,” said Jose Alfredo Ramirez, an architect and co-director of Groundlab, a design and policy research organization.

Their decision paved the way for many of Mexico City’s modern problems. Wetlands and rivers have been replaced with concrete and asphalt. In the rainy season, it floods. In the dry season, it’s parched.

Around 60% of Mexico City’s water comes from its underground aquifer, but this has been so over-extracted that the city is sinking at a frightening rate — around 20 inches a year, according to recent research. And the aquifer is not being replenished anywhere near fast enough. The rainwater rolls off the city’s hard, impermeable surfaces, rather than sinking into the ground.

The rest of the city’s water is pumped vast distances uphill from sources outside the city, in an incredibly inefficient process, during which around 40% of the water is lost through leaks.

The Cutzamala water system, a network of reservoirs, pumping stations, canals and tunnels, supplies about 25% of the water used by the Valley of Mexico, which includes Mexico City. But severe drought has taken its toll. Currently, at around 39% of capacity, it’s been languishing at a historic low.

“It’s almost half of the amount of water that we should have,” said Fabiola Sosa-Rodríguez, head of economic growth and environment at the Metropolitan Autonomous University in Mexico City.

In October, Conagua, the country’s national water commission, announced it would restrict water from Cutzamala by 8% “to ensure the supply of drinking water to the population given the severe drought.”

Just a few weeks later, officials significantly tightened restrictions, reducing the water supplied by the system by nearly 25%, blaming extreme weather conditions.

Measures will have to be taken to be able to distribute the water that Cutzamala has over time, to ensure that it does not run out,” Germán Arturo Martínez Santoyo, the director general of Conagua, said in a statement at the time.

Around 60% of Mexico is experiencing moderate to exceptional drought, according to a February report. Nearly 90% of Mexico City is in severe drought — and it’s set to get worse with the start of the rainy season still months away.

“We are around the middle of the dry season with sustained temperature increases expected until April or May,” said June Garcia-Becerra, an assistant professor in engineering at the University of Northern British Columbia.

Natural climate variability heavily affects this part of Mexico. Three years of La Niña brought drought to the region, and then the arrival of El Niño last year helped deliver a painfully short rainy season that failed to replenish the reservoirs.

But the long-term trend of human-caused global warming hums in the background, fueling longer droughts and fiercer heat waves, as well as heavier rains when they do arrive.

Climate change has made droughts increasingly severe due to the lack of water,” said UNAM’s Sarmiento. Added to this, high temperatures “have caused the water that is available in the Cutzamala system to evaporate,” she said.

Last summer saw brutal heat waves roil large parts of the country, which claimed at least 200 lives. These heat waves would have been “virtually impossible” without climate change, according to an analysis by scientists.

The climate impacts have collided with the growing pains of a fast-expanding city. As the population booms, experts say the centralized water system has not kept pace.

‘Day zero?’

The crisis has set up a fierce debate about whether the city will reach a “day zero,” where the Cutzamala system falls to such low levels that it will be unable to provide any water to the city’s residents.

Local media widely reported in early February that an official from a branch of Conagua said that without significant rain, “day zero” could arrive as early as June 26.

But authorities have since sought to assure residents there will be no day zero. In a press conference on February 14, Mexican President Andrés Manuel López Obrador said that work was underway to address the water problems. Mexico City’s mayor, Martí Batres Guadarrama, said in a recent press conference that reports of day zero were “fake news” spread by political opponents.

Conagua declined CNN’s interview requests and did not answer specific questions on the prospect of a day zero.

But many experts warn of a spiraling crisis. Mexico City could run out of water before the rainy season arrives if it carries on using it in the same way, Sosa-Rodríguez said. “It’s probable that we will face a day zero,” she added.

This doesn’t mean a complete collapse of the water system, she said, because the city isn’t dependent on just one source. It won’t be the same as when Cape Town in South Africa came perilously close to running totally dry in 2018 following a severe multi-year drought. “Some groups will still have water,” she said, “but most of the people won’t.”

Raúl Rodríguez Márquez, president of the non-profit Water Advisory Council, said he doesn’t believe the city will reach a day zero this year — but, he warned, it will if changes are not made.

“We are in a critical situation, and we could reach an extreme situation in the next few months,” he told CNN.

‘I don’t think anyone is prepared’

For nearly a decade, Sosa-Rodríguez said she has been warning officials of the danger of a day zero for Mexico City.

She said the solutions are clear: Better wastewater treatment would both increase water availability and decrease pollution, while rainwater harvesting systems could capture and treat the rain, and allow residents to reduce their reliance on the water network or water trucks by 30%.

Fixing leaks would make the system much more efficient and reduce the volume of water that has to be extracted from the aquifer. And nature-based solutions, such as restoring rivers and wetlands, would help provide and purify water, she said, with the added advantage of greening and cooling the city.

In a statement on its website, Conagua said it is undertaking a 3-year project to install, develop and improve water infrastructure to help the city cope with decreases in the Cutzamala system, including adding new wells and commissioning water treatment plants.

But in the meantime, tensions are rising as some residents are forced to cope with shortages, while others — often in the wealthier enclaves — remain mostly unaffected.

“There is a clear unequal access to water in the city and this is related to people’s income,” Sosa-Rodríguez said. While day zero might not be here yet for the whole of Mexico City, some neighborhoods have been grappling with it for years, she added.

Amanda Martínez, another resident of the city’s Tlalpan district, said for people here, water shortages are nothing new. She and her family often have to pay more than $100 for a tank of water from one of the city’s water trucks. But it’s getting worse. Sometimes more than two weeks can go by without water and she fears what may be coming, she told CNN.

“I don’t think anyone is prepared.”

CNN’s Laura Paddison and Jack Guy reported from London, and Fidel Gutiérrez reported from Mexico City.

https://www.yahoo.com/news/one-world-biggest-cities-may-103023024.html 

[ :: 10-21-07  am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Etc For truly the whole world is seeing end time signs, from the very skies to the depths of the oceans. They are seeing the global warming, they are seeing the drought, they are seeing the loss of water all over and they recognize that truly it is taking place and they do not know which way to turn. They see the wars, the rumors of wars; they see Iraq and Iran as they continue to go their evil ways. They see Russia as she joins with Iran speaking out boldly against the United States; they see all the signs that are there. They are seeing even the EU as it now meets with Iran and talks with them. When will they wake up, when will they recognize that truly it is the last days, etc

:: 2-22-24 syracuse.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lakes in the Adirondacks are getting browner. Here’s why that’s bad.

Published: Feb. 22, 2024, 10:00 a.m.

By Steve Featherstone | sfeatherstone@syracuse.com

Adirondack lakes are turning browner, warmer, and less oxygenated according to a new study by researchers at Cornell University.

The phenomenon, known as “lake browning,” has dark implications for cold-water fish species central to the Adirondack region’s identity and economy, particularly brook trout, the official New York State fish.

Brook trout prefer cold, well-oxygenated water, which is why they’re most often found in fast running streams and rivers amply shaded by trees. New York is one of only two states—the other being Maine—with lakes that support wild brook trout populations.

But if current warming and browning trends continue, 95% of Adirondack lakes won’t support brook trout populations in the near future, said Stephen Jane, lead author of the study and a post-doctoral fellow at Cornell’s Atkinson Center for Sustainability from 2021-23.

It may not take a whole lot of warming or browning to really put fish into a real squeeze,” he said. “If it’s bad enough they’re just not going to be able to survive.”

Most adirondack lakes may lose brook trout populations, new study says

Stephen Jane, a post-doctoral fellow at Cornell’s Atkinson Center for Sustainability from 2021-23, published a paper in January showing that 95% of Adirondack lakes won't be able to support brook trout in the near future due to a phenomenon called 'lake browning.'Thomas Detmer

Lake browning

Most Adirondack lakes have a sepia tint similar to weak tea, a byproduct of dissolved organic matter leaching into aquatic systems from the surrounding landscape. Think of it as tea brewed from leaves decaying on the forest floor.

“Just like you put a tea bag in a cup of water and the water becomes brown, it’s the same concept,” Jane said. “The brown water that becomes tea is dissolved organic matter.”

Lake browning is an accelerated version of this otherwise natural process. Let a tea bag steep too long and you get a darker brew. That brown water traps heat at the surface and prevents light from penetrating into the water column, expanding the volume of cool water near the bottom.

The result is lakes divided into hot and cold zones that don’t mix. Oxygen can’t reach lower depths. That’s bad for brook trout, Atlantic salmon, and other cold-water fish species. Surface waters become too hot, and deep water has no oxygen, forcing fish to seek refuge somewhere in the shrinking middle.

Jane calls this dynamic “the oxythermal squeeze” and estimates that about half of all Adirondack lakes already contain no hospitable zone for brook trout in late summer.

Jane found that deep lakes over 30 meters seem to be resistant to both warming and browning, but they’re extremely rare. Less than one percent of Adirondack lakes fall into this category, he says.

“The best-case scenario for Adirondack brook trout is to be in one of the 1% of lakes that are big and deep and well-oxygenated all the way to the bottom. Most fish are not that lucky,” said Peter McIntyre, an aquatic biologist at Cornell. “They’re in the other 99% of the lakes that show these browning trends.”

Apart from a handful of deepwater lakes, researchers determined that less than five percent of Adirondack lakes host a hospitable zone for brook trout year-round. And that zone is typically no thicker than five feet during the warm season.

“If the inhospitable layers touch at some point, then you’re likely to see some mortality of the fish,” said McIntyre.

Evidence shows that climate change is super charging the problem by prolonging the time period that lake bottoms remain anoxic, and by flushing ever more organic matter into lakes through extreme precipitation events—like pouring hot water on a tea bag.

“Currently [brook trout] are hanging on,” Jane said, “but they’re certainly going to get squeezed into a smaller and smaller space, and that’s going to likely reduce populations sizes.”

Most adirondack lakes may lose brook trout populations, new study says

A new Cornell University study shows that Adirondack lakes like the one shown here are growing darker, warmer, and less oxygenated due to climate change and a phenomenon called 'lake browning.'Eileen Randall

Acid rain’s legacy

When scientists began studying the impact of air pollution on Northeast ecosystems in the 1970s, the public was confronted with alarming images of denuded Adirondack forests and crystal-clear mountain lakes bleached of all life.

The phenomenon had a sinister name: acid rain. If you thought the problem of acid rain was solved decades ago, you’d be half right.

Amendments to the Clean Air Act in 1990 greatly curtailed pollutants that caused acid rain. Ecosystems began to recover. Once dead Adirondack lakes came back to life and regained their natural sepia hue.

What scientists didn’t fully understand until now is that acid rain had altered the region’s soil chemistry, causing dissolved organic matter—the stuff inside the tea bag—to leach into aquatic systems at very high levels.

Researchers might have overlooked lake browning altogether if Jane and his team hadn’t dropped high frequency oxygen sensors into 15 remote Adirondack lakes in the spring of 2021 to explore another legacy of acid rain: mercury contamination.

“It quickly became obvious that several of the lakes had extensive anoxia,” Jane said.

Jane’s sensors revealed for the first time the full extent of a problem that had been growing unnoticed for decades and has no end in sight.

“These sorts of processes never continue forever,” said McIntyre. “It’ll be reined in at some point, but we have no idea what that point will be.”

Sign up for the CNY Outdoors Newsletter

Enter your email address to get weekly updates on CNY outdoors news delivered to your inbox:

https://www.syracuse.com/outdoors/2024/02/lakes-in-the-adirondacks-are-getting-browner-heres-why-thats-bad.html 

[ :: 6-25-2023 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For do you not realize how late the hour is, for the signs are very clear and evident, darkness seems to be growing more and more each day as my word says and you are seeing those things that my word talks about. etc

:: 2-23-24 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tens of thousands of pharmacies across America unable to get prescriptions to patients after major cyberattack by 'foreign nation' - a day after cellphone services went down

A cyber attack left pharmacies nationwide unable to process prescriptions

UnitedHealth said that the attack was from a 'suspected nation-state'

READ MORE: What caused the nationwide AT&T outage? Experts weigh in

HAVE YOU STRUGGLED TO GET YOUR PRESCRIPTION? EMAIL HEALTH@DAILYMAIL.COM

By Emily Joshu Health Reporter For Dailymail.Com and Reuters

Published: 08:33 EST, 23 February 2024 | Updated: 10:42 EST, 23 February 2024

A cyberattack on America's biggest health insurer has left pharmacies unable to fill prescriptions across the country.

UnitedHealth said tens of thousands of pharmacies were impacted by the hack it suspects was a state-sponsored attack.

The hack began on Wednesday, preventing several pharmacies from processing prescriptions to insurance companies.

It is unclear how many patients are affected but UnitedHealth serves about 7.7 million customers nationwide.

The incident coincided with a nationwide cell outage at AT&T Thursday, which left more than 70,000 customers without cell service.

There is no evidence that the two events are related, but the FBI and Homeland Security is investigating the latter.

UnitedHealth said Thursday that its Change Healthcare unit, which processes prescriptions to pharmacies across the country, was compromised by a 'suspected nation-state associated cyber security threat actor.'

Several prescription providers announced that they were impacted by the hack.

CVS Health, which has more than 9,000 pharmacies, said that the hack meant that, 'in certain cases' it was unable to process insurance claims.

'We're committed to ensuring access to care as we navigate through this interruption,' the company's statement said. A spokesman for the chain did not immediately provide further details.

Walgreens, which serves nine million customers, said a 'small percentage' of its prescriptions 'may be affected,' but that the company had safeguards in place to process and fill them 'with minimal delay or interruption.'

The company said it had no additional information to share about the incident.

Publix Super Markets didn't immediately respond to a request for comment, but on social media some users complained of issues when trying to fill their prescriptions.

'This is a nationwide disruption,' Publix said in a response to one user on X, formerly known as Twitter.

Other companies including GoodRX and BlueCross BlueShield of Montana also flagged potential disruptions on social media.

'We apologize for any outages you have been experiencing while at the pharmacy,' GoodRx wrote on X.

'Unfortunately, the issue is an external one impacting both GoodRx and a multitude of providers.'

'Our team is aware of the issue and working to ensure it is resolved. We appreciate your patience!'

Naval Hospital Camp Pendleton, a military health system in California, wrote on X: 'Due to an ongoing enterprise-wide issue, all Camp Pendleton and associated pharmacies are unable to process any prescription claims.'

'We are only able to assist patients with emergency and urgent prescriptions from hospital providers at this time.'

The hospital's website states that 'Naval Hospital Camp Pendleton and associated pharmacies will provide outpatient prescriptions through a manual procedure until this issue is resolved.'

'Priority will be given to urgent prescriptions followed by routine prescriptions as manning and resources allow.'

Independent pharmacies also reported issues.

'Please be patient with us and all of the pharmacies affected by this,' Dayton Drug and Wellness, a community pharmacy in Dayton, Tennessee, wrote on its Facebook page.

'There have been/will be delays until this resolves,' Skippack Pharmacy in Skippack, Pennsylvania, said in another message posted to Facebook. 'Pharmacies around the country are affected.'

'There have been/will be delays until this resolves,' Skippack Pharmacy in Skippack, Pennsylvania said in another message posted to Facebook. 'Pharmacies around the country are affected.'

This is far from the first time a health system has been the target of a cyber attack.

In 2022, an attack was carried out against CommonSpirit Health, a system that runs 140 hospitals and 1,000 care sites across 21 states.

This resulted in dangerous consequences for patients, including a three-year-old boy in Iowa who was accidentally given a megadose of opioids when the computer system dictating dosing was shot down.

And in August, hospital computer systems operated by Prospect Medical Holdings were compromised, wreaking havoc in hospitals across five states.

In 2022, an analysis from researchers from the University of Minnesota in Minneapolis looked at 374 ransomware attacks across the US between January 2016 and December 2021.

Results showed that the frequency of the hacks more than doubled in that time — from 43 breaches in 2016 to 91 in 2021.

Almost half (44 percent) of ransomware attacks disrupted the delivery of health care, with one in 10 leading to canceled appointments or operations and four percent causing ambulance diversions.

In total, the medical records of 41.9million Americans were accessed in that time, but hackers became much more adept at obtaining patient information.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/health/article-13117877/pharmacies-delay-prescriptions-cyberattack-network-cell-outage.html 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 12-31-17/1-1-18 New Year’s Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you are going to see as they try to shoot down your satellites that are up there, you are going to see as they try to knock out your electrical grids, etc.

:: 2-22-24 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Was America Just Attacked? We Have Now Been Put On Notice That Our Communication Infrastructure Is Extremely Vulnerable

February 22, 2024 by Michael

What would we do if we suddenly couldn’t use the Internet or our phones any longer? For a lot of people, such a scenario would be unthinkable. In fact, it felt like the “world is ending” for many AT&T customers on Thursday. The disruption to AT&T’s network only lasted for a few hours, but it created quite a frenzy. If we are going to see this much panic for an outage that happens for just a few hours, what would our society look like if Internet and phone communication was down for days, weeks or even months?

Once the outage began, federal authorities moved very rapidly to determine whether it was a cyberattack or not…

Federal agencies are ‘urgently investigating’ whether the massive cellular outage that plagued Americans on Thursday was a cyberattack.

The Federal Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and Department of Homeland Security (DHS) are on the hunt to track down what disrupted service AT&T, Verizon, T-Mobile and a dozen other cellular providers.

While the agencies have not shared details, a security expert told DailyMail.com that the outage has hallmarks of a hack.

Lee McKnight, associate professor at Syracuse University in New York, said the widespread nature appears to be ‘a massive Distributed Denial of Service (DDOS) attack on core Internet infrastructure.’

I have a feeling that they will assure the general public that it was not a cyberattack no matter what they discover.

In situations such as these, keeping everyone calm is often deemed more important than telling them the truth.

Interestingly, pharmacies all over the U.S. were also having major problems on Thursday due to a cyberattack against “one of the biggest healthcare technology companies in the nation”…

Pharmacies all over the country are experiencing delays in prescription orders due to a cyberattack on one of the biggest healthcare technology companies in the nation, Change Healthcare.

Change Healthcare first noticed the “cyber security issueaffecting its networks on Wednesday morning on the East Coast.

According to Change Healthcare, it appears that a “nation-state associated cyber security threat actor” was involved in that attack

In a statement the firm says it had ‘identified a suspected nation-state associated cyber security threat actor had gained access to some of the Change Healthcare information technology systems.’

Are the issues at AT&T and the issues at Change Healthcare related?

I have a feeling that they are, but I certainly cannot prove that.

In any event, the truth is that we have just been put on notice.

Our communication infrastructure is extremely vulnerable, and it can be attacked at literally any moment.

Today, there are a number of foreign powers that possess very robust cyberattack capabilities.

One of them is China, and the Washington Post is reporting on a trove of leaked documents that show that the Chinese “are attempting large-scale, systematic cyber intrusions against foreign governments, companies and infrastructure”…

A trove of leaked documents from a Chinese state-linked hacking group shows that Beijing’s intelligence and military groups are attempting large-scale, systematic cyber intrusions against foreign governments, companies and infrastructure — with hackers of one company claiming to be able to target users of Microsoft, Apple and Google.

The cache — containing more than 570 files, images and chat logs — offers an unprecedented look inside the operations of one of the firms that Chinese government agencies hire for on-demand, mass data-collecting operations.

Of course I have no idea if China was involved in the incidents that we witnessed today.

But without a doubt the Chinese have some of the most advanced cyberattack capabilities in the entire world.

On Thursday, U.S. Senator Marco Rubio ominously warned about what China could do to us if a full-scale war breaks out…

‘I don’t know the cause of the AT&T outage,’ said Sen. Marco Rubio, Fla., top Republican on the Intelligence Committee.

‘But I do know it will be 100 times worse when #China launches a cyber attack on America on the eve of a #Taiwan invasion. And it won’t be just cell service they hit, it will be your power, your water and your bank,’ he went on.

He is right.

But the Russians have similar capabilities.

So do the North Koreans.

Needless to say, it isn’t just our enemies that we need to be concerned about. An article that USA Today just posted explained that there are many ways that natural disasters could cause communication disruptions “for an extended period of time”…

While cell service in the U.S. is typically fairly dependable and Thursday’s issues were limited in scope, there’s a long list of potential emergency situations when cell phones could become unreliable, according to Alyssa Provencio, professor at the University of Central Oklahoma who oversees the disaster management certificate program.

Communication issues are the norm in a disaster, not an anomaly, Provencio said. Some scenarios like snow storms, strong wind, torrential rain, fire, and tornadoes may affect a small number of people. Others, like major earthquakes, solar flares or cyberattacks, have the potential to disrupt communications for millions of people for an extended period of time.

Let’s talk about solar activity for a moment.

Because it is just a matter of time before a massive solar storm fries our communication infrastructure, and our politicians have not been preparing for such an event.

The Earth experienced a direct hit from an enormous solar storm in 1859, and if such a storm hit us today the consequences would be catastrophic

AT&T fell victim to a solar flare in 1972 that interrupted landline services.

The storm that hit Earth was compared to the event in 1859 known as the Carrington Event, which saw the most intense geomagnetic storm in recorded history.

If such a solar storm were to happen in today’s world, the effects would be catastrophic on our communications systems.

A meteorologist shared online that a solar flare had erupted from the sun around midnight on Thursday, noting that the ‘timing is interesting.’

This is one of the reasons why many of us are watching solar activity so closely.

On Thursday, the most powerful flare of Solar Cycle 25 was unleashed, and if scientists determine that it is heading directly toward Earth we could have a major problem on our hands…

Earth-orbiting satellites have just detected an X6.3-class solar flare from sunspot AR3590 (Feb. 22 @ 2234 UT). This is the strongest flare of Solar Cycle 25, and the third X-flare the sunspot has produced in a 24 hour period. Stay tuned for updates about this explosion, especially whether or not it has hurled a CME toward Earth.

Hopefully we will not have to face such a scenario any time soon.

But USA Today says that there are some things that all of us should be doing to prepare for the day when some type of emergency does cause extended disruptions…

Cash: It’s a good idea to have cash on hand in case you can’t use mobile payment options or ATMs are down, said James Kendra, co-director of the Disaster Research Center at the University of Delaware.

Paper copies of important documents: “One of the things that I stress to everybody is to have paper copies of all of your important documents,” he also said. That means a printed out bank statement so you have all your account numbers, a printed insurance statement, phone bill and mortgage or rent documents, so that you have the numbers available you might typically go online to get.

Landline: If you don’t have a landline, you might still be able to use your cell to send SMS text messages or use Wi-Fi to send messages or make calls.

A radio: This is always a good thing to have to receive emergency updates, Provencio said, but if you don’t have one in your home, chances are you do have one in your car.

I think that having a solar-powered radio is so important.

When global events spin wildly out of control, you will want to have access to news and information.

We really are living in unprecedented times.

In all of human history, there has never been a “cyberwar”, and so we don’t know exactly what one would look like.

But it is clear that our communication infrastructure is extremely vulnerable, and what we just witnessed should definitely be a wake up call for all of us.

Michael’s new book entitled “Chaos” is available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.com, and you can check out his new Substack newsletter right here.

About the Author: Michael Snyder’s extremely controversial new book entitled “Chaos” is available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.com. He has also written seven other books that are available on Amazon.com including “End Times”, “7 Year Apocalypse”, “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America”, “The Beginning Of The End”, and “Living A Life That Really Matters”. (#CommissionsEarned) When you purchase any of Michael’s books you help to support the work that he is doing. You can also get his articles by email as soon as he publishes them by subscribing to his Substack newsletter. Michael has published thousands of articles on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and he always freely and happily allows others to republish those articles on their own websites. You can connect with Michael on YouTube, Facebook and Twitter, and sharing his articles on your own social media accounts is definitely a great help. These are such troubled times, and people need hope. John 3:16 tells us about the hope that God has given us through Jesus Christ: “For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” If you have not already done so, we strongly urge you to invite Jesus Christ to be your Lord and Savior today.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/was-america-just-attacked-we-have-now-been-put-on-notice-that-our-communication

-infrastructure-is-extremely-vulnerable/ 

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc    

:: 2-23-24 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bank Collapse Imminent: 90% Facing Risk Of Failure

Epic Economist

595K subscribers

30,267 views Feb 23, 2024

In this video, you will see the impact bank failures have on the housing market and the broader economy. These Bank failures shocked the US Citizen's occurrence, often causing ripples throughout the economy.

Besides the economy, the housing market, in particular, is vulnerable to the effects of bank failures. The collapse of banks like Citizens Bank in Sac City, Silicon Bank, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (N.A.), Columbus, Ohio, and more had a significant impact on the housing market.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q1iD_-oJn1M 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 2--23 Global Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gene-Edited Catastrophe in Brazil. Mosquitoes. A Gates Foundation Project

Update

The CBC Reports (April 2023)

“It may sound like the premise for a horror movie, or a biblical plague, but the World Mosquito Program plans to release five billion mosquitos into Brazil. And the hope is they will help save lives.

The billions of bugs will be released with a bacteria called Wolbachia, all in an effort to slow the transmission of dengue fever in the country.”

“In March 2023, Brazil approved a vaccine against dengue and became the first country in the world to offer one through the public health system, according to the health ministry.

More than 3 million people were due to receive a jab in 2024.

According to The Guardian, “in the first five weeks of this year, 364,855 cases of infection have been reported, the health ministry said, four times more than dengue cases in the same period of 2023.”

The Gates Foundation’s Dengue and Malaria Vaccine

Both the genetically modified mosquitos project and well as The Dengue Vaccine are generously funded by Bill Gates

Why Did Gates and the Pentagon Release “Gene Edited” (GMO) Mosquitoes in Florida Keys?

By F. William Engdahl, November 18, 2023

A British-American gene-editing company has released millions of genetically modified mosquitoes containing a dominant lethal gene, each week for 27 months in the Bahia, Brazil region in a test to see if the gene-edited mosquitoes would mate with local mosquitoes carrying Zika, malaria or other mosquito-borne diseases.

A new study documents the alarming fact that following an initial reduction of the target population of mosquitoes, after some months the “population which had been greatly suppressed rebounded to nearly pre-release levels.” Scientists to date have no idea what dangers are presented by the new mutations. This once more highlights the dangers of uncontrolled gene-editing of species.

Is Gene Editing the New Name for Eugenics? “Enter Bill Gates”

According to a new published study in Nature Reports journal, genetically engineered mosquitoes produced by the biotech company, Oxitec, now part of the US company Intrexon, have escaped human control after trials in Brazil and are now spreading in the environment.

On paper the theory was brilliant. Strains of “yellow fever” male mosquitoes taken from Cuba and Mexico were altered using gene-editing to make it impossible for their offspring to survive. Oxitec then began a systematic release of tens of millions of the manipulated mosquitoes over more than two years in the the city of Jacobina in the region of Bahia in Brazil. The Oxitec theory was the altered mosquitoes would mate with normal females of the same type which carry infectious diseases like dengue fever, and kill them off in the process.

‘Unanticipated Outcome…’

A team of scientists from Yale University and several scientific institutes in Brazil monitored the progress of the experiment. What they found is alarming in the extreme. After an initial period in which the target mosquito population markedly declined, after about 18 months the mosquito population recovered to pre-release levels. Not only that, the paper notes that some of the mosquitos likely have “hybrid vigor,” in which a hybrid of the natural with the gene-edited has created “a more robust population than the pre-release population” which may be more resistant to insecticides, in short, resistant “super mosquitoes.”

The scientists note that,

“Genetic sampling from the target population six, 12, and 27–30 months after releases commenced provides clear evidence that portions of the transgenic strain genome have been incorporated into the target population. Evidently, rare viable hybrid offspring between the release strain and the Jacobina population are sufficiently robust to be able to reproduce in nature…” They continue, “Thus, Jacobina Ae. aegypti are now a mix of three populations. It is unclear how this may affect disease transmission or affect other efforts to control these dangerous vectors.”

They estimate that between 10% and 60% of the Bahia natural Ae. Aegypti mosquitoes now had some gene-edited OX513A genome. They conclude that “The three populations forming the tri-hybrid population now in Jacobina (Cuba/Mexico/Brazil) are genetically quite distinct, very likely resulting in a more robust population than the pre-release population due to hybrid vigor.”

This was not supposed to happen. Professor of ecology and evolutionary biology, Jeffrey Powell, senior author of the study, remarked on the findings:

“The claim was that genes from the release strain would not get into the general population because offspring would die. That obviously was not what happened.” Powell went on to note, “But it is the unanticipated outcome that is concerning.

A Gates Foundation Project

The Brazil study deals a major alarm signal on the uncontrolled release of gene-edited species into nature. It calls to mind the horror plot of Michael Crichton’s 1969 science fiction novel, Andromeda Strain. Only it is no novel.

The Oxitec mosquitoes were developed using a highly controversial form of gene-editing known as gene drive. Gene Drive, which is also being heavily funded by the Pentagon’s DARPA, combined with CRISPR gene-editing, aims to force a genetic modification to spread through an entire population, whether of mosquitoes or potentially humans, in just a few generations.

The scientist who first suggested developing gene drives in gene-editing, Harvard biologist Kevin Esvelt, has publicly warned that development of gene editing in conjunction with gene drive technologies has alarming potential to go awry. He notes how often CRISPR messes up and the likelihood of protective mutations arising, making even benign gene drives aggressive. He stresses,

Just a few engineered organisms could irrevocably alter an ecosystem.”

Esvelt’s computer gene drive simulations calculated that a resulting edited gene “can spread to 99 percent of a population in as few as 10 generations, and persist for more than 200 generations.” This is very much what has now been demonstrated in the mosquito experiment in Brazil.

Notable is the fact that the Oxitec Brazil mosquito experiment was funded by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation. In June, 2018 Oxitec announced a joint venture with the Gates Foundation, “to develop a new strain of Oxitec’s self-limiting Friendly™ Mosquitoes to combat a mosquito species that spreads malaria in the Western Hemisphere.” The Brazil results show the experiment is a catastrophic failure as the new strain is anything but self-limiting.

The Gates Foundation and Bill Gates have been backing development of the radical gene-editing technology and gene drive technology for more than a decade. Gates, a long-time advocate of eugenics, population control and of GMO, is a strong gene-editing promoter.

In an article in the May/June 2018 magazine of the New York Council on Foreign Relations, Foreign Affairs, Gates hails gene editing technologies, explicitly CRISPR. In the article Gates argues that CRISPR and other gene-editing techniques should be used globally to meet growing demand for food and to improve disease prevention, particularly for malaria. In his article he adds, “there is reason to be optimistic that creating gene drives in malaria-spreading mosquitoes will not do much, if any, harm to the environment.”

Every bit as alarming as the failure of the Brazil gene-editing mosquito experiment is the fact that this technology is being spread with virtually no prior health or safety testing by truly independent government institutions. To date the US Government relies only on industry safety assurances. The EU, while formally responsible to treat gene-edited species similarly to GMO plants, is reportedly trying to loosen the regulations. China, a major research center for gene-editing, has extremely lax controls. Recently a Chinese scientist announced an experiment in human gene-editing allegedly to make newborn twins resistant to HIV. Other experiments are proliferating around the world with gene-edited animals and even salmon. The precautionary principle has been thrown to the winds when it comes to the new gene-editing revolution, not a reassuring situation.

Currently Oxitec, which denies that the Brazil results show failure, is now trying to get regulatory approval from the US Environmental Protection Agency to conduct a similar experiment with the same gene-edited species in Texas and Florida. One of the people involved in the attempt, Texan Roy Bailey, is a Washington lobbyist and close friend of Randal Kirk, the billionaire CEO of Intrexon, owner of Oxitec. Bailey is also a major Trump fundraiser. Let’s hope that regulatory prudence and not politics decide the outcome.

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

F. William Engdahl is strategic risk consultant and lecturer, he holds a degree in politics from Princeton University and is a best-selling author on oil and geopolitics, exclusively for the online magazine “New Eastern Outlook” where this article was originally published. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

https://www.globalresearch.ca/gene-edited-catastrophe-brazil/5690917 

[ ::  2-4-24 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For there is none other that takes you through the days and the hours that you’re living in other than me, for man does not have an answer to the problems that the world is facing.  He cannot stop the wars, for when he intervenes they only get worse, he cannot stop what is going on in the environment with the weather and other things, the earthquakes, the flooding, man cannot stop what is happening.  For when he intervenes he only makes worse but I your Father God, when I intervene the very wind and the waves stand at my attention.  etc

:: 2-22-24 Slay :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canada Backs Bill Gates’ Scheme to Block the Sun

Frank BergmanFebruary 22, 2024 - 12:59 pm

The Canadian government has announced that the country will be investing millions of dollars in taxpayer money into a scheme championed by Bill Gates that seeks to “fight climate change” by blocking out the Sun.

The government’s Environment and Climate Change Canada (ECCC) released a 5-year plan for tackling so-called “global warming.”

As part of the plan, the ECCC revealed that major investments will be made into technologies that block the Sun’s light and heat from reaching the surface of the Earth.

According to Gates and other globalist scientists promoting the plan, the idea involves “saving the planet” from the alleged threat of “manmade global warming” by cooling the Earth instead.

Gates and his allies, including billionaire George Soros and the World Economic Forum (WEF), believe they can “reverse global warming” by blocking out the Sun.

The idea was outlined in the Canadian government’s “Science Strategy 2024 to 2029” plan released by the ECCC.

The report from the country’s ruling Liberal Party reveals the plan seeks to “Understand the potential for climate engineering and determine the implications of technologies that aim to deliberately alter the climate system, typically to counteract climate warming (e.g., solar radiation modification, marine geoengineering, carbon dioxide removal techniques).”

Environment Canada is also experimenting with cloud whitening, which uses sea salt to brighten the clouds above the ocean to increase electricity and reduce solar absorption.

As Slay News recently reported, these methods have now started being deployed around the world as part of efforts to promote “global cooling.”

Gates’s radical plan was officially launched last week as scientists began pumping chemicals into the sky.

The idea, promoted by Gates and leftist billionaire George Soros, involves pumping manmade white clouds into the atmosphere to reflect sunlight away from the planet’s surface.

The radical scheme would lower the planet’s temperature and allegedly “combat global warming.”

Soros claims the technology will help to prevent ice sheets from melting.

Our civilization is in danger of collapsing because of the inexorable advance of climate change,” Soros warned while announcing investments in Sun-blocking schemes.

As Slay News has previously reported, Gates has long been advocating for the plan to fight “global warming” using experimental geoengineering to block the Sun.

The method pushed by Bill Gates involves increasing aerosol concentrations in the stratosphere to reflect solar radiation away from the Earth.

JOIN THE FIGHT - DONATE TO SLAY NEWS TODAY!

Gates has been funding a major project at Harvard using balloons to deploy aerosols.

Unfortunately for Gates, his Harvard project was shut down following pushback from the public over the plan.

Nevertheless, another group of scientists has now been advancing Gates’s plan, the Wall Street Journal is reporting.

The scientists are injecting reflective particles into the sky, dumping chemicals in the ocean, and spraying saltwater in the air in a desperate effort to stop or reverse “climate change.”

These geoengineering approaches were once considered taboo by scientists and regulators who feared that tinkering with the environment could have unintended consequences.

However, researchers are now receiving taxpayer funds and private investments to advance Gates’s ideas for “global cooling.”

Some critics claim that the use of aerosols in our stratosphere could make climate change worse, damage the ozone layer, or pose other unknown health concerns.

The Carnegie Climate Governance Initiative warned that if the process suddenly stopped, it “could cause rapid temperature rise that would be disruptive to human society and be dangerous for many species.”

Other risks include changes to rain patterns, UV levels, animal life cycles, and plant growth.

Others, like Daniel Schrag, director of the Harvard University Center for the Environment, admit that the idea of blocking out the Sun could be a terrible idea — but still insist that it’s needed.

“Doing this sounds like a terrible idea, and it may be a terrible idea — except for the alternative, which is that we’re going to let the Earth roast,” Schrag said last year.

https://slaynews.com/news/canada-backs-bill-gates-scheme-block-the-sun/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 2-22-24 The People's Voice :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trudeau: ‘Independent Media Threatens To Destroy WEF Agenda’

Fact checked

February 22, 2024 Sean Adl-Tabatabai News, World 31 Comments

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau has warned that independent media outlets represent a threat to the WEF’s Great Reset agenda that the global elites are working so hard to implement.

There is out there a deliberate undermining of mainstream propaganda,Trudeau declared on Wednesday in an interview with Real Talk Ryan Jespersen.

“There are the conspiracy theorists, there are the social media drivers who are trying to do everything they can to keep people in their little filter bubbles that prevent people from actually agreeing on a common set of facts the way CBC and CTV, when they were our only sources of news, used to project across the country.”

Infowars.com reports: Trust in the mainstream media, which was already on the decline, cratered amid the COVID-19 plandemic as they constantly pushed false government narratives, such as the experimental mRNA vaccine being safe and effective and that the coronavirus came from a wet market in Wuhan, China.

The fake news and propaganda dissemination by the mainstream media was so insidious and blatant that a Gallup poll last year found at least half of Americans believed the media was deliberately misleading them.

That may help explain why mainstream media outlets, from CNN to the Washington Post, are issuing widespread layoffs across the board in recent months.

It would also explain why the establishment is hellbent on passing laws criminalizing dissenting viewpoints under the guise of combatting “misinformation” surrounding COVID, the mRNA vaccines, the Ukraine war, and more.

https://thepeoplesvoice.tv/trudeau-independent-media-threatens-to-destroy-wef-agenda/ 

[:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Matthew 24:3        Now as He sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to Him privately, saying, "Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?"                                                                                                                                                                                     verse 7        "For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. And there will be famines, pestilences, and earthquakes in various places.

[ :: 10-21-07  am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Etc For truly the whole world is seeing end time signs, from the very skies to the depths of the oceans. They are seeing the global warming, they are seeing the drought, they are seeing the loss of water all over and they recognize that truly it is taking place and they do not know which way to turn. They see the wars, the rumors of wars; they see Iraq and Iran as they continue to go their evil ways. They see Russia as she joins with Iran speaking out boldly against the United States; they see all the signs that are there. They are seeing even the EU as it now meets with Iran and talks with them. When will they wake up, when will they recognize that truly it is the last days, etc

[ ::  2-4-24 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For there is none other that takes you through the days and the hours that you’re living in other than me, for man does not have an answer to the problems that the world is facing.  He cannot stop the wars, for when he intervenes they only get worse, he cannot stop what is going on in the environment with the weather and other things, the earthquakes, the flooding, man cannot stop what is happening.  For when he intervenes he only makes worse but I your Father God, when I intervene the very wind and the waves stand at my attention.  etc

:: 2-21-24 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Yemen's Houthis Now Have Drone Submarines, Likely From Iran

by Tyler Durden

Wednesday, Feb 21, 2024 - 01:00 AM

Yemen's Iran-linked Houthis have already been deploying both aerial and sea drones (or boat/surface drones) against international vessels and warships in the Red Sea, alongside ballistic missiles. The last several days have seen direct hits on commercial tankers, as we've detailed.

But there are new reports the Houthis have yet another 'toy' in their arsenal, with help from Iran, and it has been used in attacks this past weekend: an unmanned submarine. "The U.S. conducted what it called self-defense strikes on five targets in the Houthi-controlled area of Yemen after the Houthis employed an unmanned submarine for the first time since attacks in the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden began, the Pentagon said," according to ABC, detailing events which happened Sunday.

So far, the US-led coalition has had to defend primarily against surface boat drones, which are easier to spot, but now the Houthis have something harder to detect in their ongoing war on Red Sea shipping in response to Israel's war in Gaza.

ABC News national security and defense analyst Mick Mulroy, who formerly worked at the CIA and the Pentagon, has described that the Houthis are escalating their efforts to strike a US warship.

"The Houthis and the IRGC [Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps] are adjusting their strategy, apparently because they haven't been successful in striking a U.S. naval vessel," Mulroy said. "If one or more of these weapons get through and kill U.S. sailors, Iran should expect to be held directly responsible."

"The Houthis are not likely capable of manufacturing these weapons on their own, so they are probably coming from Iran," he explained, and went on to describe the Houthi strategy as seeking to "overwhelm the ship's defenses" in a "swarm attack."

Thus it appears the Houthis are now capable of mounting more sophisticated, multi-dimensional attacks by air, water's surface, and from under the water.

It was only in December of last year that Iranian state media unveiled the domestic development of the country's first underwater drone (UUV):

The homegrown UUV, also known as an underwater drone that can operate without a human occupant, was unveiled in an exhibition of the Iranian Navy’s achievements on Saturday.

The underwater vehicle can discover and terminate various underwater mines by carrying a wide range of equipment. The Iranian UUV can go as deep as 200 meters with an endurance of 24 hours.

Since the Persian Gulf is relatively shallow, it may contain a series of underwater mines laid at depths of 10 to 50 meters, which could cause serious damage to vessels as heavy as 250 tons.

#BREAKING HOUTHIS HAVE SUBMARINE DRONES

US CENTCOM: "The Houthis used a drone submarine for the first time since the start of their attacks."

Source: AlArabiya#Yemen #Redsea #Gaza #GazaGeniocide #Houthi #HouthiDrone #UAV pic.twitter.com/h13ClO6eXL

— Dailyfusenews (@dailyfusenews) February 18, 2024

Recent reports from the region say that Iran's navy has at least one spy ship operating in the Red Sea area. Previously US officials said the spy ship is likely assisting the Houthis with targeting information.

If these fresh reports that Tehran is supplying the Houthis with underwater drones are true, there's a likelihood that the drones could be assisted from Iranian reconnaissance assets in the region.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/yemens-houthis-now-have-drone-submarines-likely-iran 

:: 2--24 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Businessmen Say They Will No Longer Invest in New York After Justice Engoron’s Trump Ruling

The justice’s finding that former President Donald Trump is liable for fraud has some investors taking their business elsewhere.

Some real estate investors are losing interest in investing in the Big Apple after New York Supreme Court Justice Arthur Engoron’s staggering ruling last week in a civil fraud case against President Donald Trump.

President Trump and Trump Organization executives were ordered on Feb. 16 to pay $355 million in fines, plus interest, after Justice Engoron found them liable for inflating the values of their assets to obtain better rates from lenders and insurers.

The judge also barred the former president and his sons from managing their businesses in New York for three years.

“I’m shocked at this. I can’t even understand or fathom the decision at all. There’s no rationale for it,” “Shark Tank” investor Kevin O’Leary told Fox Business on Feb. 19.

The Canadian businessman, often called “Mr. Wonderful,” described New York as a “mega loser state” for business.

New York was already a loser state, like California’s a loser state,” he said. “There are many loser states because of policy, high taxes, uncompetitive regulation. It was already on the top of the list of being a loser state. I would never invest in New York now.”

opportunities.

“Those are winner states. They don’t do things like this.”

President Trump expressed appreciation for Mr. O’Leary’s comments in a post on his Truth Social platform.

“Kevin O’Leary is so great, and tells it like it is,” he wrote. “Businesses will flee NYC & State after the Corrupt Judge’s ruling!”

And at least one other investor is doing just that.

Grant Cardone, a private equity fund manager and owner of real estate investment firm Cardone Capital, said he was considering investing in New York before Justice Engoron’s ruling.

“CardoneCapital just started to research real estate investments in New York believing it was time to get into the market,” Mr. Cardone said in an X post. “After the over reach [sic.] by the judge in the Trump case & penalties imposed of $355M I told them team do NOT waste time in New York.”

The real estate mogul added that his companies would now be doubling their efforts in Florida, Arizona, Texas, and Tennessee instead.

Mr. Cardone’s comments follow his wife’s creation of a GoFundMe campaign to help raise the $355 million President Trump was fined. More than $660,000 has been raised in the four days since the fundraiser was launched.

I stand unwaveringly with President Donald Trump in the face of what I see as unprecedented and unfair treatment by certain judicial elements in New York,” Elena Cardone wrote on the GoFundMe webpage. “The recent legal battles he faces are not just an attack on him but an attack on the very ideals of fairness and due process that every American deserves.”

Ms. Cardone also stressed that the purpose of the fundraiser was to defend not only the 45th president but all businesses against “a system that increasingly seeks to penalize dissent and curb our freedoms.”

President Trump’s latest fine adds to the more than $83 million in damages he was recently ordered to pay writer E. Jean Carroll in a defamation case over his denials that he sexually assaulted her. He has pledged to appeal both rulings as he simultaneously fends off four criminal indictments.

The former president maintains that all of his current legal troubles are nothing more than an attempt by Democrats to thwart his campaign to reclaim the White House.

In a Truth Social post, he reiterated that belief and called for an immediate end to “all political prosecutions” against him.

I should not have to go through any fake prosecutions before the election,” he wrote in all caps on Feb. 19. “This is communism, and a threat to democracy. Our country will not stand for it. Make America great again!!!”

https://www.theepochtimes.com/us/businessmen-say-they-will-no-longer-invest-in-new-york-after-justice-engorons-

trump-ruling-5590942?utm_source=Goodevening&src_src=Goodevening&utm_campaign=gv-02-20-2024&src_cmp=gv-

02-20-2024&utm_medium=email&est=AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAbKwqZx4f3dPH4rRd7zF5DLl7wk9AJCYDRKPekR6SH0Eg%2BERURwIxEQ%3D%3D 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 2-20-24 Life Site News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Proposed Canadian law could see Christians jailed for quoting the Bible

If the Bloc Quebecois Bill C-367 passes, religious exemptions under the 'hate speech' section of the Criminal Code would be removed, which could see Christians arrested for quoting Scripture or publicly voicing opposition to sin.

Tue Feb 20, 2024 - 12:28 pm EST

Send an urgent message to Canadian legislators urging them to stop more online censorship laws

(Campaign Life Coalition) — Should Christians be arrested for quoting portions of the Bible in public? Should pastors be charged with a “hate crime” when they preach against certain sins? Should churches be closed if the government does not approve of their beliefs?

You might think these are ridiculous questions. After all, this is Canada – the “true north strong and free”! Our national motto is “a mari usque ad mare,” quoted from Psalm 72:8, which says that Christ shall have dominion “from sea to sea.” This is not communist China!

However, with the introduction of Bill C-367, all these questions are on the table. I call this bill the “Closet the Christians Bill,” because that is exactly what it intends to do – put Christians in the closet. Under threat of jail-time, it will silence believers who oppose the woke ideology that is overrunning our country.

This repressive, Christophobic proposal from Bloc Québécois leader Yves-François Blanchet is currently before Parliament and may be voted on shortly. If the Trudeau Liberals support this bill, it will most certainly pass, striking a fatal blow against freedom of religion and freedom of expression in this Dominion.

We need to speak up while we still can and call on our Members of Parliament to reject Bill C-367. You can do that right now via our Action Alert Email page.

Christians know the Bible is a powerful book. As someone once said, “When you open your Bible, God opens His mouth.” It is a book full of hope, wisdom, peace, and God’s message of salvation. However, the Bible is also a book of warning and correction for those who wander astray. It’s a book that tells us: “Say to them: ‘As I live,’ says the Lord God, ‘I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but that the wicked turn from his way and live. Turn, turn from your evil ways!’” (Ezekiel 33:11).

For some people in Canada, the Bible’s message is an affront to their lifestyle and pride. They don’t want to hear it, their consciences can’t tolerate it, and they will try to silence those who proclaim it.

For example, LGBT activists have gone after one courageous Christian named Bill Whatcott for many years, whom they accuse of “hate crimes” against homosexuals. When he handed out leaflets that warned about the medical and spiritual dangers of LGBT practices at the Toronto “pride parade” in 2016, those LGBT activists were furious. They clamoured for his arrest in 2018 under the government of Kathleen Wynne, who was then-premier of Ontario and an open lesbian.

Mr. Whatcott went to trial two years later and was finally found not guilty in December of 2021. However, the government of Doug Ford has appealed his acquittal and is continuing to prosecute Mr. Whatcott for sharing what the Bible says about sexual sin.

A number of Canadian pastors have also faced “hate crime” charges for their public witness against sexual immorality and child sexualization. Pastor Derek Reimer and Pastor David Lynn are just two examples, both of whom were vindicated from the accusation of “hate.”

So far, “hate crime” charges against Christians have been very difficult to prove because of an important protection in our Canadian Criminal Code. There is a “religious exemption” in Section 319 that states: “No person shall be convicted of a [hate crime] offense… if, in good faith, the person expressed or attempted to establish by an argument an opinion on a religious subject or an opinion based on a belief in a religious text.”

In other words, if you are saying what the Bible says about sexuality, gender, marriage, family, or anything – no matter how unpopular, offensive, or “hateful” it might sound to someone else, you have the freedom to express yourself under Canadian law. Christians have the right to quote the Bible in Canada.

But if Bill C-367 passes, that protection will be removed from the Criminal Code. We will then expect to see a flurry of charges against pastors, churches, Christian organizations, and ordinary believers who dare to speak the truth in love in the public square. This will, in turn, create a chilling effect that will diminish everyone’s freedom of speech.

No longer will we be allowed to share God’s design for human sexuality and marriage in public. No longer will we be able to speak out in the name of God against drag shows for kids, child drag, or child “sex changes.” All this could be misconstrued as “hate speech” against the LGBT community. Even our pro-life message could be spun as a “hate crime” against women.

Christians may possibly be charged for claiming that Jesus is “the way, the truth, and the life” (John 14:6), because it discriminates against other religions. In fact, to criticize the teachings and practices of other religions may be tantamount to a “hate crime!Will pastors who refuse to comply be hauled off to prison from their pulpits?

The ostensible reason for Bill C-367 is the recent rise in antisemitic demonstrations in Canada. Some politicians would claim extremists are being allowed to call for the annihilation of the Jews because our Criminal Code protects religious speech, so religious speech must be silenced. But, really, this is just an excuse for an opportunistic attack on the religious freedom of Christians (and other faiths too).

But is the answer to antisemitic rhetoric in Canada the elimination of everyone’s religious freedom? Rather, if the government truly believes that someone is advocating or promoting the annihilation of Jews, should it not enforce existing laws which already make that illegal? It is already illegal to advocate genocide according to Section 318 of the Criminal Code! Clearly, this proposal is just a cynical attack on people of faith by the anti-religious Bloc Québécois leader.

In fact, if Bill C-367 were to pass, I can almost guarantee you that antisemitic demonstrations would still be permitted to continue as “political” protests, while the changes to the Criminal Code would be used to prosecute Christian pastors and laypeople for proclaiming Bible-based truths about sexual morality. In time, Jewish rabbis and Muslim imams would not be exempt, and they would also come under the hammer of the state.

No, Bill C-367 is a dangerous threat to every citizen’s freedom of expression and religion. It will only serve the nefarious agenda of pro-LGBT activists and Christophobic politicians who want to impose their woke ideology on our country and silence all opposition.

Bill C-367 must be stopped, and we need your help to stop it! Take a moment to send an Action Alert Email to your Member of Parliament today and ask him or her to stand up for our right to share our Christian values and beliefs in the public square.

If we want to keep Canada free – both for ourselves and our children – we need to speak up now.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/opinion/proposed-canadian-law-could-see-christians-jailed-for-quoting-the-bible/?utm

_source=daily-usa-2024-02-21&utm_medium=emailIf%20the%20Bloc%20Quebecois%20Bill%20C-367%20passes,%20religious

%20exemptions%20under%20the%20%27hate%20speech%27%20section%20of%20the%20Criminal%20Code%20would%

20be%20removed,%20which%20could%20see%20Christians%20arrested%20for%20quoting%20Scripture%20or%2

0publicly%20voicing%20opposition%20to%20sin

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 2-20-24 france 24 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lack of rain leaves Italy gasping

Rome (AFP) – A blanket of smog covers Milan, empty reservoir bake in Sicily and wine production is down in Piedmont as a lack of rain across Italy exacerbates pollution and sparks droughts.

Issued on: 20/02/2024 - 13:59 2 min

Gas-guzzling cars were banned from roads on Tuesday in Milan and eight other cities across Lombardy after the northern Italian industrial region registered high levels of particle pollution that is dangerous for health.

The region, home to many intensive livestock farms, also banned the customary spraying of animal waste onto fields, a practice that causes high nitrate pollution.

Northern Italy has ranked among the most polluted areas in Europe for many years.

Part of Lombardy's problem is geographic -- it sits in a basin between mountains, which means it is poorly ventilated.

But clean air campaigners say this handicap is too often used as an excuse by authorities for high levels of air pollution.

High particulate levels were also registered in the capital, Rome.

Regions across Italy are suffering drought or severe lack of rainfall.

Snow levels were down in both the Alps and Apennines.

The Italian snow water equivalent -- the equivalent amount of water stored in the snow pack -- is down 64 percent this month compared to a year earlier, according to the CIMA Research Foundation.

-Bees waking up early -

The lack of rainfall is aggravating an already difficult situation, following heatwaves last year which lowered reservoir levels and drove up water consumption.

Sicily declared a natural disaster over drought earlier this month, while on the island of Sardinia, farmers are limited in how much water they can use.

Reservoir levels there are down 23 percent compared to the average over the last 14 years.

The southern regions of Puglia and Basilicata are also suffering, with farmers' association Coldiretti warning this weekend that warm temperatures have woken thousands of bees early.

This threatens the pollination of some crops because the bees are out of sync with the flowering period of plants from which they gather pollen.

Meanwhile Piedmont in the northwest asked the agricultural ministry on Monday to declare a natural disaster for drought in the region, saying it has affected vineyards and caused "significant" drops in wine production.

Experts say climate change driven by human activity is boosting the intensity and frequency of extreme weather events, such as heatwaves, droughts and wildfires.

Planet-heating emissions, mainly from the burning of fossil fuels, have risen in recent years. Scientists say they need to fall by almost half this decade.

https://www.france24.com/en/live-news/20240220-lack-of-rain-leaves-italy-gasping 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 2-20-24 survival blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Documents Show Government-Funded AI Intended for Online Censorship: They Can Then Use the Same Tool to Suppress, Silence, and Shut Down Whatever Speech They Don’t Like

Jack Metir technology February 20, 2024 7 Minutes

I feel scared. Very scared.

Internet-wide surveillance and censorship, enabled by the unimaginably vast computational power of artificial intelligence (AI), is here.

This is not a futuristic dystopia. It’s happening now.

Government agencies are working with universities and nonprofits to use AI tools to surveil and censor content on the Internet.

This is not political or partisan. This is not about any particular opinion or idea.

What’s happening is that a tool powerful enough to surveil everything that’s said and done on the Internet (or large portions of it) is becoming available to the government to monitor all of us, all the time. And, based on that monitoring, the government – and any organization or company the government partners with – can then use the same tool to suppress, silence, and shut down whatever speech it doesn’t like.

But that’s not all. Using the same tool, the government and its public-private, “non-governmental” partners (think, for example: the World Health Organization, or Monsanto) can also shut down any activity that is linked to the Internet. Banking, buying, selling, teaching, learning, entertaining, connecting to each other – if the government-controlled AI does not like what you (or your kids!) say in a tweet or an email, it can shut down all of that for you.

Yes, we’ve seen this on a very local and politicized scale with, for example, the Canadian truckers.

But if we thought this type of activity could not, or would not, happen on a national (or even scarier – global) scale, we need to wake up right now and realize it’s happening, and it might not be stoppable.

MUST WATCH! THE HUNGER GAME HAS BEGUN: THE ELITE HAVE BEGUN THEIR FULL SCALE EXECUTION AND DECIMATION OF THE MIDDLE CLASS! FAMINE OF GODS WORD IN AMERICAS PULPITS ,WILL LEAD TO LITERAL FAMINE AND STARVATION IN THE U.S.A

New Documents Show Government-Funded AI Intended for Online Censorship

The US House Select Subcommittee on the Weaponization of the Federal Government was formed in January 2023 “to investigate matters related to the collection, analysis, dissemination, and use of information on US citizens by executive branch agencies, including whether such efforts are illegal, unconstitutional, or otherwise unethical.”

Unfortunately, the work of the committee is viewed, even by its own members, as largely political: Conservative lawmakers are investigating what they perceive to be the silencing of conservative voices by liberal-leaning government agencies.

Nevertheless, in its investigations, this committee has uncovered some astonishing documents related to government attempts to censor the speech of American citizens.

These documents have crucial and terrifying all-of-society implications.

In the Subcommittee’s interim report, dated February 5, 2024, documents show that academic and nonprofit groups are pitching a government agency on a plan to use AI “misinformation services” to censor content on internet platforms.

Specifically, the University of Michigan is explaining to the National Science Foundation (NSF) that the AI-powered tools funded by the NSF can be used to help social media platforms perform censorship activities without having to actually make the decisions on what should be censored.

Here’s how the relationship is visualized in the Subcommittee’s report:

Here’s a specific quote presented in the Subcommittee’s report. It comes from “Speaker’s notes from the University of Michigan’s first pitch to the National Science Foundation (NSF) about its NSF-funded, AI-powered WiseDex tool.” The notes are on file with the committee.

Our misinformation service helps policy makers at platforms who want to…push responsibility for difficult judgments to someone outside the company…by externalizing the difficult responsibility of censorship.

This is an extraordinary statement on so many levels:

It explicitly equates “misinformation service” with censorship.

This is a crucial equation, because governments worldwide are pretending to combat harmful misinformation when in fact they are passing massive censorship bills. The WEF declared “misinformation and disinformation” the “most severe global risks” in the next two years, which presumably means their biggest efforts will go toward censorship.

When a government contractor explicitly states that it is selling a “misinformation service” that helps online platforms “externalize censorship” – the two terms are acknowledged as being interchangeable.

It refers to censorship as a “responsibility.”

In other words, it assumes that part of what the platforms should be doing is censorship. Not protecting children from sex predators or innocent citizens from misinformation – just plain and simple, unadulterated censorship.

It states that the role of AI is to “externalize” the responsibility for censorship.

The Tech platforms do not want to make censorship decisions. The government wants to make those decisions but does not want to be seen as censoring. The AI tools allow the platforms to “externalize” the censorship decisions and the government to hide its censorship activities.

All of this should end the illusion that what governments around the world are calling “countering misinformation and hate speech” is not straight-up censorship.

What Happens When AI Censorship is Fully Implemented?

Knowing that the government is already paying for AI censorship tools, we have to wrap our minds around what this entails.

No manpower limits: As the Subcommittee report points out, the limits to government online censorship have, up to now, involved the large numbers of humans required to go through endless files and make censorship decisions. With AI, barely any humans need to be involved, and the amount of data that can be surveilled can be as vast as everything anyone says on a particular platform. That amount of data is incomprehensible to an individual human brain.

No one is responsible: One of the most frightening aspects of AI censorship is that when AI does it, there is no human being or organization – be it the government, the platforms, or the university/nonprofits – who is actually responsible for the censorship. Initially, humans feed the AI tool instructions for what categories or types of language to censor, but then the machine goes ahead and makes the case-by-case decisions all by itself.

No recourse for grievances: Once AI is unleashed with a set of censorship instructions, it will sweep up gazillions of online data points and apply censorship actions. If you want to contest an AI censorship action, you will have to talk to the machine. Maybe the platforms will employ humans to respond to appeals. But why would they do that, when they have AI that can automate those responses?

No protection for young people: One of the claims made by government censors is that we need to protect our children from harmful online information, like content that makes them anorexic, encourages them to commit suicide, turns them into ISIS terrorists, and so on. Also from sexual exploitation. These are all serious issues that deserve attention. But they are not nearly as dangerous to vast numbers of young people as AI censorship is.

The danger posed by AI censorship applies to all young people who spend a lot of time online, because it means their online activities and language can be monitored and used against them – maybe not now, but whenever the government decides to go after a particular type of language or behavior. This is a much greater danger to a much greater number of children than the danger posed by any specific content, because it encompasses all the activity they conduct online, touching on nearly every aspect of their lives.

Here’s an example to illustrate this danger: Let’s say your teenager plays lots of interactive video games online. Let’s say he happens to favor games designed by Chinese companies. Maybe he also watches others play those games, and participates in chats and discussion groups about those games, in which a lot of Chinese nationals also participate.

The government may decide next month, or next year, that anyone heavily engaged in Chinese-designed video games is a danger to democracy. This might result in shutting down your son’s social media accounts or denying him access to financial tools, like college loans. It might also involve flagging him on employment or dating websites as dangerous or undesirable. It might mean he is denied a passport or put on a watchlist.

Your teenager’s life just got a lot more difficult. Much more difficult than if he was exposed to an ISIS recruitment video or suicide-glorifying TikTok post. And this would happen on a much larger scale than the sexual exploitation the censors are using as a Trojan Horse for normalizing the idea of online government censorship.

Monetize-able censorship services: An AI tool owned by the government can theoretically be used by a non-governmental entity with the government’s permission, and with the blessing of the platforms that want to “externalize” the “responsibility” for censorship. So while the government might be using AI to monitor and suppress, let’s say as an example, anti-war sentiment – a company could use it to monitor and suppress, let’s say as an example, anti-fast food sentiment. The government could make a lot of money selling the services of the AI tools to 3rd parties. The platforms could also conceivably ask for a cut. Thus, AI censorship tools can potentially benefit the government, tech platforms, and private corporations. The incentives are so powerful, it’s almost impossible to imagine that they will not be exploited.

Can We Reverse Course?

I do not know how many government agencies and how many platforms are using AI censorship tools. I do not know how quickly they can scale up.

I do not know what tools we have at our disposal – other than raising awareness and trying to lobby politicians and file lawsuits to prevent government censorship and regulate the use of AI tools on the internet.

If anyone has any other ideas, now would be the time to implement them.

BY Debbie Lerman for Brownstone Institute

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2024/02/20/tool-to-suppress-silence-and-shut-down-whatever-speech-they-dont-like/ 

[ :: 7-3-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you shall see more problems throughout the world, bigger terror attacks, you shall see earthquakes, oh even the big earthquake and you shall see the division before long from one end of the states to another that you cannot cross for that fault shall be opened.  You shall see the stock market as it crashes, for I have warned you and yet the world has mocked me, your President has mocked me, both parties have mocked me and judgment day is coming fast. etc

:: 2-21-24 The Daily Doom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It's All Falling apart So Quickly I Can't Keep up!

All major banks rumbling, Fed tightening beyond all expectations, Magnificent-Seven stocks tumbling, fears of Volmageddon 2.0, junk bonds getting junkier, war blowing inflation upward.

David Haggith

Feb 21, 2024

∙ Paid

Today’s news is so flooded with stories that show the trends I’ve teen warning about that I can’t even begin to cover them all in the time I have to read through the news, organize it and then write an editorial. So, I’m going to go through them in a rather staccato style to give the thrust of each story. Maybe I’ll have more time to come back to some of the detail in next weekend’s Deeper Dive.

Here goes:

Serious bank troubles are brewing in major banks

While Fitch today said that the sizes of the 49 small banks that are most heavily exposed to bad commercial real-estate (CRE) loans are small enough to limit their contagion, 49 is a lot, and another article today points out that the largest banks in American now have more more bad CRE debt in arrears than they have reserves, and that risk has grown rapidly. Here’s the gist of it:

At the largest US banks, bad commercial real estate loans have surpassed loss reserves, spurred by a significant uptick in late payments associated with offices, shopping centers, and other properties.

According to filings with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the average reserves at JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, Wells Fargo, Citigroup, Goldman Sachs, and Morgan Stanley have decreased from $1.60 to 90 cents for every dollar of commercial real estate debt where a borrower is at least 30 days overdue.

This sharp decline occurred over the past year, with delinquent commercial property debt for the six major banks nearly tripling to $9.3 billion.

Wow! That is a rapid build-up of actual trouble, not potential trouble. These are all loans that are already overdue, not just risky. Wish I had time to say more, but I’ve got so much to cover. Forget the worry over the 49 little banks in trouble. The top-six biggest banks don’t look too hot!

More say Fed UP

As we get to this point of reserves, held in the form of US Treasuries, are being crushed down in value due to Fed tightening to where bank reserves no longer cover the amount banks hold in just CRE loans that are not being paid on time (not to mention all the other loans in other industries on top of that!), yet another voice (actually two) came online today to agree with what was an outlandish proclamation when I made it on Goldseek Radio just a couple of weeks ago (and again in an interview with them this week, which I’ll post a link to when it’s ready.)

Bloomberg, of all publications to print something that agrees with my most outlandish suggestion (in the eyes of others but completely reasonable to me when I made it), says today that markets, not just individuals, are starting to speculate that the Fed’s next move might actually be … UP! Two weeks ago that was an eyebrow-raising claim when I made it. Now, we read the following in Bloomberg:

Markets start to speculate if the next Fed move is up, not down

Investors are beginning to war-game how the Federal Reserve can manage a US economy that just won’t land, with some even debating whether interest-rate hikes will be needed only weeks after a steady run of reductions appeared all but certain.

“All but certain” to everyone but me (and I suppose some of those who read here, but I think many here would have thought I was nuts to say that, if the Fed makes any move, it will be up). As you know, I never bought into the Fed pivot fantasy even though, as far as I could tell, almost everyone believed that narrative.

Bets on lower rates coming soon were so prevalent a few weeks ago that Fed Chair Jerome Powell publicly cautioned that policymakers were unlikely to be in position to cut as of March. Less than three weeks later, traders have not only removed March as a possibility but May also looks improbable, and even conviction about the June Fed meeting is wavering, swaps trading shows.

What did I say when the majority of marketeers were moved from speculation on March cuts to May rate cuts to starting to speculate on June? I said, “Even June might be ambitious.” Here we are already, and some are starting to see the truth of what probably also sounded outrageous when I first put it out there a couple of weeks ago and again in the last few days.

Bill Dudley also says the central bank may have to tighten more. In another story today one of the nation’s longtime central bankers admits that, yes, the Fed may have to tighten, not just longer but HIGHER. It depends on how much the rising stock market and bond values have loosened financial conditions.

There’s a lot more I’d like to say on that, but I need to move on…

Biggest, best stocks most imperil entire market

Bill Bonner and John Hussman point out a highly likely major market top. Bonner just came out with an article, quoting Hussman, in which Hussman’s charts parallel most of the main concerns I brought together in my last Deeper Dive about the market looking very close to an extremely perilous top.

Based on dozens of measures that include valuations, internals, overextension syndromes, and numerous technical, fundamental, and cyclical gauges we’ve developed over time, we estimate that current market conditions now ‘cluster’ among the worst 0.1% instances in history – more similar to major market peaks and dissimilar to major market lows than 99.9% of all post-war periods.

The Big Loss threat today is in the stock market…and specifically, in the Magnificent 7 that dominate the top of the performance listings….

“I call this the ‘Cluster of Woe’ because the handful of similarly extreme instances (most notably in 1972, 1987, 1998, 2000, 2018, 2020, and 2022) were typically followed by abrupt market losses….

The Mag 7 is same area of concern I called attention to in my Deeper Dive before those stocks started wobbling, but moving right along because look at today’s news:

Magnificent seven start to crash? That’s how I tagged one of the story headlines because that is what the story suggests may now just be starting. Here’s the actual headline and a brief excerpt from the story:

Nvidia On Track For Historic Loss.

Its morning sell-off amounted to a loss of more than $100 billion in market capitalization, according to Dow Jones Market Data. It would easily top the $56.24 billion loss suffered May 31, 2023.

Yes, HISTORIC loss of one of the top leading stocks in the group where just a weekend ago I was saying a serious down move in that group could bring the market indices down once some of the top-seven start to slide (because they are the only stock making the new highs and pushing the major indices up. “Historic!” So, that’s a serious down move!

Hardly expected by most because …

On Monday last week, shares rose to an all-time high Of 746.11.

Nvidia’s spiraling shares rallied later in the day to end a “mere” 5% down, but it was quite a dive, showing how quickly the Mag 7 could crash. And was it because Nvidia reported shocking problems? No! It didn’t even make its report yet. In fact everyone was anticipating a really good report as they sold off. It’s just that suddenly they doubted it would be as good as the lunatic market needed to hear in order to justify the insane stratosphere into which the market has priced Nvidea! They lost faith in a report that wasn’t even out yet! That is how wobbly belief is becoming in the market leaders. It was a case of a good reality not likely living up to an outrageous fantasy. It was more like the market looked down like ol’ Wile E. Coyote and suddenly saw nothing under their positions but desert air.

But on the to the next news …

Whispers of Volmageddon 2.0

Stock market gamblers betting on low volatility are nearly panicking that volatility might not stay so low. Back in 2018 a market heavily stacked on bets that volatility in stocks would stay low got plowed under when volatility spiked.

Some on Wall Street see risks akin to the 'Volmageddon' panic.

Sure the article notes that some investors don’t believe that will happen because they think stock investors have learned their lesson. Well, of course! There are always plenty of greedy investors at market tops willing to go longer on vapid stupidity! So, let’s look at the ones who are finally smartening up. Maybe they’ll make it out the exit in time, but they may not have long because the history behind this story is another example of how quickly a major market top can arrive and turn ugly—a lesson from 2018:

A popular trade that triggered a historic [There’s that word again.] market meltdown back in 2018 made a comeback last year, as one barometer of its performance logged its best year in six.

But as with any successful trade on Wall Street, some derivatives-market experts now fear that shorting volatility, or being "short vol," has become overcrowded, increasing the risk that a sudden spike in the Cboe Volatility Index VIX, or the VIX, could spark a selloff that might send the S&P 500 tumbling.

Market veterans likely remember the short-vol trade for triggering a market meltdown in early February 2018. The incident, known on Wall Street as "Volmageddon," saw the VIX more than double in a day, causing a short-lived but painful selloff in the broader stock market.

But this market is way more overpriced, so once something this top-heavy starts sliding down the slope, you may not be able to contain that avalanche.

Traders fret about a looming unwind.

They should.

Some traders see signs that such a dynamic might already be playing out….

To be sure, rising demand for insurance against a market crash could be a sign that investors are growing increasingly nervous that the top-heavy market could be about to topple over as Nvidia Corp….

I’d love to go deeper into the peculiar Nvidia rollover today; but, again, so much other powerful stuff to cover, so time to move on :

Junk bonds are getting junkier!”

That’s the news, as stated, in another story today. Junk bonds are getting riskier as credit quality erodes. Always good news to hear that junk bonds are now at the point of getting crushed under Fed tightening at a time when the Fed is now being pressed to tighten longer and maybe higher by inflation that …. well, we’ll come to inflation’s prospects in a minute. First, the junk bonds:

The $1.4 trillion US junk-bond market is getting junkier, as more debt gets … downgraded … leaving greater potential risks for investors….

Pandemic-fueled “seismic changes” that altered the mix of the high-yield market are now reversing, according to Barclays Plc strategists.

I always love to hear the term “seismic changes” when talking about downgrades in major credit markets. When formerly positive “seismic changes” reverse, that can certainly move a mountain of debt into collapse. In other words, what was a seismic move one way easily has the mass to be a seismic move the other way when it turns over.

Index quality is beginning to deteriorate,” the Barclays strategists wrote. “This shouldn’t change the outlook for default amounts in notional terms, but it does make the case that default rates could be higher.”

Good to know. Moving on in today’s news …

War, wars, and more wars are blowing inflation sky high

Remember me forecasting that the Red Sea War (time to name it now that the admiral of the US Navy just stated it is the largest active US naval engagement since WWII!) would likely grow scale and extend in duration to the point where it would bring back the kinds of shortages and port congestion we saw during the Covid lockdowns as well as the price pressure that come with shortages? I explained why that congestion would likely occur. (Nothing like rarity to raise the price of something!) Well, we’re already there according to another article today:

Container Lines Grappling with Port Congestion and Ship Shortages

Container shipping lines are encountering significant challenges as port congestion and ship shortages persist amidst the ongoing crisis in the Red Sea, which has extended into its third month. Jeremy Nixon, the chief executive of Ocean Network Express (ONE) in Japan, a key figure in the sector, highlighted the predicament faced by many shipping lines due to scheduling issues stemming from the Red Sea crisis.

The article lays out the details, but for my rapid rundown today, suffice it to say the port backups and shortages I anticipated are solidly here! So is the producer inflation that causes consumer inflation. Transportation rates are now the highest they’ve been in the three months this war has been raging, according to another story today. Prices for shipping crude have tripled from where they were in December.

One of the economists I often like to quote points out how inflation ain’t over till the fat lady sings, and he says she certainly hasn’t sung yet, what with this new tune floating over the Red Sea and one of the key indicators he looks at to see when inflation is going down for good. Inflation, he says, put in a sharp decline in 2023, but that is turning around just like all those tankers and cargo ships that turned from their customary Red Sea route to navigate far around the Cape of Good Hope.

Crude oil prices and gasoline have been rising recently; WTI is back to nearly $80. And durable goods prices cannot drop forever either, though they can drop for a while longer, given how high they’d spiked. If energy and durable goods prices just stall, overall inflation will accelerate faster because those two big categories are then no longer a counterweight to services. If energy prices and durable goods prices begin to rise again, then all bets are off…. So now we’re contemplating a scenario where inflation is accelerating again.

Well, guess what? Energy prices are rising again due to the Red Sea War, which I had warned would likely happen and would drive inflation up more quickly (being the main thing that brought it down quickly when prices went the other way), and that battle rages on because, as another story says, …

The Houthis are stepping up their attacks … now particularly focusing on American war ships.

Well, out of time, so much so that this edition had to come out late, but there it is now (all in a day’s news) finally put to bed, which is where I’m heading now.

Share

The Daily Doom is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.

https://www.thedailydoom.com/p/its-all-falling-apart-so-quickly 

[ :: 7-1-2023 Evening Campmeeting Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Draw close to me like never before, for the darkness of the world shall only continue to get greater and you need to be guided by my word, you need to have the light of my word within your heart. etc

:: 2-18-24 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

3 Existential Threats That We Are Facing Right Now Which Could Potentially Result In Millions Of Dead Americans

February 18, 2024 by Michael

In recent years, there has been one enormous crisis after another. We live at a time of major wars, global pestilences and billion dollar natural disasters. Millions have died over the last several years, and I believe that millions more will die during the years ahead. In fact, there are several existential threats that we are facing right now which could potentially result in millions of dead Americans. I wish that I was exaggerating but I am not.

Throughout human history, great pestilences have killed millions of people many times.

Today, our scientists are taking some of the deadliest diseases ever known to humanity and are purposely trying to make them “more infectious”. Here is just one example…

The US government is spending $1million of American taxpayer money to fund experiments on dangerous bird flu viruses in collaboration with Chinese scientists.

The research involves infecting ducks and geese with different strains of viruses to make them more infectious, and study the viruses’ potential to ‘jump into mammalian hosts,’ according to research documents.

It is being funded through the US Department of Agriculture and collaborating studies will take place at sites in Georgia, Beijing and Edinburgh in Scotland.

Are they insane?

According to the CDC, bird flu has a death rate of more than 50 percent in humans.

And these researchers want to make it “more infectious”?

As I have repeatedly warned my readers over the years, this type of research really is an existential threat to humanity.

It is way too easy for an accident to happen, and once a dangerous bug gets out it can spread around the globe in the blink of an eye.

And the head of the WHO is warning that the timing of the next great global outbreak is “a matter of when, not if”…

The World Health Organization (W.H.O.) made yet another warning of an impending “Disease X” outbreak, with Director-General Tedros Ghebreyesus telling world leaders it is “a matter of when, not if.”

At the World Government Summit, held in Dubai from February 12-14, Ghebreyesus told attendees his previous predictions came to fruition in the form of the 2020 coronavirus pandemic. Now, the W.H.O. director believes a new pandemic, for which the international community is ill-prepared, is on the horizon.

Renewing urgent calls for a global pandemic treaty to be agreed upon by May, Ghebreyesus dismissed suspicions of the treaty being a W.H.O. power-grab and called it “mission critical for humanity.”

Of course strange diseases are already making headlines all over the globe.

Here in the U.S., we witnessed the first ever death from “Alaskapox” in late January

An unidentified immunocompromised man died from “Alaskapox” in late January.

He lived in the woods of the Kenai Peninsula by himself, and it’s unclear how he contracted the virus.

Alaskapox – from the same genus as smallpox and monkeypox – was first discovered in 2015 in Fairbanks and is more common in small mammals.

This is the seventh human case overall, the first outside the Fairbanks area, and the first to lead to death.

And it is being reported that there is a confirmed case of the bubonic plague in Oregon

The first case of the bubonic plague found in eight years in one US state has been found – and is said to have come from a cat.

Oregon health officer Richard Fawcett told NBC News that the patient who caught the disease from her pet, became “very sick”. Usually, this kind of infection starts with flu-like symptoms, such as tiredness, fever, chills, and a headache. But in Oregon, the infection had advanced to a draining abscess, called a “bubo”, which is unusual these days.

Let me switch gears and talk about another existential threat.

According to 60 Minutes, the number of migrants from China that are crossing our southern border has gotten 50 times higher over the past couple of years, and a very large proportion of them are “Chinese males of military age”…

War correspondent Michael Yon and the Rubin brothers of Muckraker.com have documented the presence of dangerous-looking elements — from China, Iran, Syria and Venezuela — among the hordes of migrants traveling up from Central America. Yon and the Rubins have noticed, among other things, that Chinese males of military age are traveling in packs of five to fifteen, are unaccompanied by family members, and are pretending not to speak English. Some of them, on their way to America, have performed Chinese military rituals.

The Chinese know that once they invade Taiwan there will be war with the United States.

Have they been preparing for such a conflict in advance?

Retired Air Force General Blaine Holt believes that is precisely what is happening…

Tens of thousands of military-age men have come across our border and are now in America, organized by group and nationality” Holt told Gatestone this month. “Among them are terrorist and state actors, in particular, members of the People’s Liberation Army of China. As we speak, these actors are training, making plans and obtaining weapons, watching our patterns, and learning our vulnerabilities.”

“We are vulnerable to attack,” Holt added. “Our enemies eagerly wait.”

If a full-blown war with China erupts, vast numbers of Americans could potentially die.

Of course the same thing could be said about a full-blown war with Russia.

Dmitry Medvedev has warned us over and over again that the Russians will use nuclear weapons if they are pushed too far, and now he has issued perhaps his most ominous warning yet…

Dmitry Medvedev – a close Putin ally who served as president from 2008 to 2012 – said if a military defeat led to a return to the 1991 frontiers, when the Soviet Union collapsed, Moscow would unleash Armageddon.

Attempts to return Russia to the borders of 1991 will lead to only one thing,’ he said. ‘Towards a global war with Western countries using the entire strategic arsenal of our state. In Kyiv, Berlin, London, Washington.’

Hypersonic nuclear missiles would also strike ‘all other beautiful historical places that have long been included in the flight targets of our nuclear triad’.

He added: ‘Will we have the courage to do this if the disappearance of a thousand-year-old country, our great Motherland, is at stake, and the sacrifices made by the people of Russia over the centuries will be in vain? The answer is obvious.’

Why won’t our leaders take such threats seriously?

If a nuclear war happens, most of the U.S. population will not survive.

So perhaps we should see if there is any possible way to settle our differences with the Russians peacefully before someone crosses a line that will never be able to be uncrossed.

But instead, our leaders have decided that now is a great time for the most extensive NATO military exercises since the Cold War…

Aimed to prepare for a potential war with Russia, NATO’s Steadfast Defender exercises have become the alliance’s largest military drills since the Cold War, NATO’s Military Committee Chair, Admiral Rob Bauer, told the Financial Times.

The experience gained during the Steadfast Defender exercises is expected to form the basis for NATO’s plans to deploy and reinforce forces in Europe in case of war.

The exercises started on January 24 and will continue until the end of spring 2024.

This story is not going to end well.

But most of those in the general population do not understand anything that I have shared in this article.

They are just going to keep playing around and partying until time finally runs out.

Michael’s new book entitled “Chaos” is available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.com, and you can check out his new Substack newsletter right here.

About the Author: Michael Snyder’s extremely controversial new book entitled “Chaos” is available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.com. He has also written seven other books that are available on Amazon.com including “End Times”, “7 Year Apocalypse”, “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America”, “The Beginning Of The End”, and “Living A Life That Really Matters”. (#CommissionsEarned) When you purchase any of Michael’s books you help to support the work that he is doing. You can also get his articles by email as soon as he publishes them by subscribing to his Substack newsletter. Michael has published thousands of articles on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and he always freely and happily allows others to republish those articles on their own websites. You can connect with Michael on YouTube, Facebook and Twitter, and sharing his articles on your own social media accounts is definitely a great help. These are such troubled times, and people need hope. John 3:16 tells us about the hope that God has given us through Jesus Christ: “For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” If you have not already done so, we strongly urge you to invite Jesus Christ to be your Lord and Savior today.

https://endoftheamericandream.com/3-existential-threats-that-we-are-facing-right-now-which-could-potentially-result

-in-millions-of-dead-americans/ 

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.

:: 2-19-24 Newsweek :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is China Sneaking Military Personnel into the U.S. Via Border? What We Know

Published Jun 16, 2023 at 12:28 PM EDT Updated Jun 19, 2023 at 3:03 AM EDT

The Republican Chair of the House Homeland Security Committee has said that it was "very likely" that "military personnel" were being inserted into the United States by China by crossing the southern land border.

Announcing an investigation into the Secretary of Homeland Security, Alejandro Mayorkas, over his role in the border crisis, Mark Green, a former U.S. Army serviceman and representative for Tennessee, claimed many of the Chinese nationals entering America were "military-age men," many of them having "known ties" to the ruling Chinese Communist Party (CCP) and People's Liberation Army (PLA).

It comes after Melissa Dalton, assistant secretary of defense for homeland defense, told the House Armed Services Committee in March that China, along with Russia, was now posing "more dangerous challenges to the safety and security of the U.S. homeland."

Both Dalton and Green cited the incident in February in which a Chinese spy balloon—which Beijing claims was a wayward weather balloon—passed over the continental U.S. before being shot down and recovered off the coast of South Carolina as a sign of this new threat.

During a press conference, Green noted that there had been "a massive surge in Chinese nationals" crossing the southern border, claiming "many of whom are military-age men, many with known ties to the PLA, ties to the CCP."

Public data from the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) agency shows 2023 has seen a spike in encounters of Chinese nationals at the southern land border compared to the previous years—when border crossings were overall lower due to coronavirus pandemic restrictions.

As of April, there had been a total of 9,854 encounters in the fiscal year-to-date, which runs from October to September, rising sharply from February. In 2022, there were 2,176 encounters.

While over 1,500 of these were individuals in a family unit, the vast majority (8,304) were single adults—though a breakdown of age and what proportion are male is not given. Neither has the government publicly stated if any were believed to have ties to Beijing.

Asked about the credibility of Green's claim, Rebecca Grant Ph.D., a national security analyst at IRIS Independent Research, told Newsweek that she personally believed it to be true, referencing the likelihood of some immigrants having ties to the Chinese state given the many Chinese nationals already in the U.S.—5.4 million in 2021, according to Migration Policy Institute figures.

"If you're a bad guy that wants to infiltrate operatives into the U.S.A., the southern border is a pretty easy way to do it," she added.

A Department of Homeland Security official told Newsweek that it used "biometric and biographical" information on those encountered at the border "to identify potential terrorists or criminals and prevent their release into the United States."

They stressed that "anyone who poses a national security or public safety threat is detained and not released into the United States."

When questioned on his source for the claims, Green said that he had heard it from a border sector chief, but declined to say more. However, he added: "We have a classified briefing on it in the very near future."

Newsweek approached CBP for comment regarding Green's claims via email on Friday.

Grant said that it was an area of national security where the intelligence community was "never going to give us public information," but "the fact that they're going to brief Congress on it tells me that there's something there."

Green also said that the alleged insertions were "very likely using Russia's template of sending military personnel into Ukraine," adding: "China is doing the same in the United States."

In March, a report by the Royal United Services Institute (RUSI) think tank found that Moscow had embedded a "large agent network" within Ukraine prior to its invasion of the nation in 2022, in the midst of a destabilizing battle with Russian-backed separatists in the eastern Donbas region.

Grant said that those in the U.S. national intelligence industry "have not heard of a Chinese infiltration tactic like that," but argued that the opportunity presented by the southern border of entering the country illegally had also not been so exploited before.

CBP data shows there have nearly been as many border crossings by people of all nationalities in the first seven months of this fiscal year as in the whole of 2021, and that number appears on track to surpass levels for the past three years. According to NBC News, 2022 broke the previous annual record for border crossings by a million.

Amid a growing border crisis, there is stark division over the Biden administration's handling of the situation. After a Trump-era policy denying asylum seekers on health grounds expired, some have argued the government is not doing enough to stop undocumented migration, while others have said the system still remains too hardline.

Newsweek understands that Chinese nationals crossing the southern border are treated under the same framework as other nationalities, including being detained while undergoing immigration court proceedings if deemed to pose a risk to national security.

Grant also drew a distinction between the possible intentions of Russia's infiltration of Ukraine and the supposed infiltration of the U.S.

"We know Russia infiltrated political operatives in the Donbas, special forces maybe even up to and around Kyiv, and who knows what else. Russia did some very organized infiltration," she said.

"The China case is a little different, where you're looking not [to] infiltrate as a spearhead of a military force, but to augment their long-running espionage against the United States," the national security expert added. "It's not the beginning of a military operation necessarily, it's more probably an enhancement of their already pretty substantial espionage operations here."

However, she said that "deep insertions are a Russian spy tradecraft from way back," and the closer alliance between it and China that the invasion of Ukraine has spawned made it "entirely possible" that Beijing was "copycatting" Russian tactics.

Newsweek approached the Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs via email for comment on Friday.

Update 06/19/23, 3:00 a.m. ET: This article was updated to include comment from a Department of Homeland Security official.

https://www.newsweek.com/china-military-personnel-us-southern-border-national-security-mark-green-1807287 

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

:: 2-18-24 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Source: PM weighing embrace of US plan for Palestinian state as part of Saudi deal

A diplomatic source told Israel Hayom that the delay in Netanyahu's response to the emerging US plan and the restrained language reflect an implicit understanding currently being in the works, under which the PM could indeed express opposition to unilateral recognition, but will agree to negotiations on a future settlement without preconditions.

By Ariel Kahana

Published on 02-18-2024 08:09 Last modified: 02-18-2024 08:28

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is considering a de facto embrace of the American plan to recognize a Palestinian state in exchange for a historic breakthrough vis-à-vis Saudi Arabia, Israel Hayom has learned.

Follow Israel Hayom on Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram

According to the emerging plan, the Biden administration will unilaterally recognize a Palestinian state. Israel will voice opposition and make it clear that an agreement that includes a Palestinian state will only be discussed through direct negotiations. By accepting the American move, Israel hopes to bring about a historic political breakthrough with Saudi Arabia a knowledgeable diplomatic source told Israel Hayom.

On Thursday, the Washington Post reported that the Biden administration intends to formally recognize a Palestinian state within a few weeks. This elicited harsh criticism from many cabinet ministers who argued that creating such an entity would jeopardize Israel's security after the October 7 attack.

Netanyahu only issued a tepid rejection, and rather belatedly, and only on Thursday night.

On Saturday Netanyahu reiterated the remarks in a press briefing and said that "Israel flatly rejects international dictates regarding a permanent arrangement with the Palestinians. Such an arrangement will only be achieved through direct negotiations between the parties, without preconditions."

Netanyahu also said, "Israel will continue to oppose unilateral recognition of a Palestinian state. Such recognition, following the massacre of October 7, will grant an enormous prize to unprecedented terror and prevent any future peace settlement."

A diplomatic source told Israel Hayom that the delay in Netanyahu's response and the restrained language reflects an implicit understanding currently being in the works, under which the Biden administration under which Netanyahu could indeed express opposition to unilateral recognition, but will agree to negotiations on a future settlement without preconditions.

By taking such a de facto stance that is in line with the US, Netanyahu hopes the Americans will be able to convince the Saudis that Israel has taken significant steps to further the Palestinian cause. The reward for this will be Riyadh agreeing to a historic recognition of Israel.

Netanyahu has not yet made a final decision, but it is being seriously considered by him and Strategic Affairs Minister Ron Dermer who has been spearheading the talks with the Americans.

Israel has long opposed the idea of having Western countries unilaterally recognize a Palestinian state. The assumption in Jerusalem is that such recognition would be a prize and would serve as a disincentive for the Palestinians to negotiate with Israel, as this would imply that the international community is extracting Israeli concessions unilaterally.

A diplomatic source said that if the American move goes ahead, it will deal a severe political blow. The source estimated that many Western countries will follow Washington and recognize a Palestinian state. However, the wording of the recognition is very important: whether it defines its territory and capital, who controls its security space, and other aspects.

Subscribe to Israel Hayom's daily newsletter and never miss our top stories!

https://www.israelhayom.com/2024/02/18/source-pm-weighing-embrace-of-us-plan-for-palestinian-state-as-part-of-saudi-deal/ 

:: 2--24 Y net news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Hamas outside Palestinian consensus,' Egyptian minister says

Foreign Minister Sameh Shoukry says there must be accountability for how Hamas acquired so much power, funding in Gaza to increase the rift with other 'peace loving Palestinian factions'

Lior Ben Ari|04:37

Egyptian Foreign Minister Sameh Shoukry said that Hamas was outside the Palestinian consensus, in a press conference at the Munich Security Conference on Saturday.

<< Follow Ynetnews on Facebook | Twitter | Instagram | TikTok >>

"There must be accountability for how Hamas acquired so much power in Gaza and why it was funded to increase the rift with other peace loving Palestinian factions," Shouky said in response to a question posed by former Foreign Minister Tzipi Livni.

Despite unequivocal opposition by Egyptian President Abdel Fattah el-Sisi to settle displaced Gazans in Egypt, Shoukry said that if Palestinians cross the border into the Sinai from the Gaza Strip, they would be treated by Egypt humanely. "It is not our intention to provide any safe areas or facilities, but if this was the case we would deal with the matter with in the humane way necessary."

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said in press conference on Saturday that the IDF offensive will continue until "absolute victory, including in Rafah."

Amid reports that Egypt is constructing an area that would house Gazan residents fleeing the fighting in its territory, Shoukry said this was a hypothetical. "We have constantly been dealing with maintenance on our border so I think it is jumping to conclusions to what those activities constitute."

The Governor of North Sinai said on Friday that the works being undertaken are for storage of humanitarian aid for Gaza and its construction near the border is meant to ease its transport into the Strip.

The Wall Street Journal reported on Thursday, citing official sources in Cairo, that the Egyptian authorities were concerned about an Israeli operation in the Rafah area, and therefore, a fortified compound was being built in the Sinai Peninsula on an area of ​​about 13 square kilometers. According to those sources, the area being built can accommodate up to 100,000 people.

The governor denied the report although a photo of the wall around the compound built to receive at least 1.5 million refugees, who are now housed in tents in open areas near the coast.

Egyptian contractors building the compound near the Gaza border and erecting the wall claim that in the first stage, its height will be seven meters but would be raised further if necessary. Homes built by Bedouins living in the Sinai are to be demolished to make room for the compound and the contractors employed for the project were hired to rebuild some of the buildings destroyed in the war.

Israeli and American officials are likely in the know about the compound's construction and may have agreed to keep the matter quiet.

https://www.ynetnews.com/article/rjb8kx12p 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ :: 12-23-18 am service  (sixth word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc etc you plot right now to divide my land again when I told you not to do that, etc.. etc you will do what you should not do next week and then your doom will be sealed.

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. Do you not see the volcanoes; do you not hear about the earthquakes, do you not realize that the plates underneath the ocean have shifted? Do you not see Russia on the move; does she not have her largest submarine setting off of North Carolina and South Carolina and Virginia? etc

:: 2-18-24 PNW :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US & Arab States Plotting Imposed Peace Plan Upon Israel?

A scheme has been uncovered that apparently would involve announcing - unilaterally - a Palestinian state right away, and it is drawing a chorus of objections.

The Algemeiner website reported the proposed plan, described by the Washington Post, calls for "the withdrawal of many, if not all, settler communities on the West Bank; a Palestinian capital in east Jerusalem; the reconstruction of Gaza; and security and governance arrangements for a combined West Bank and Gaza."

Stunningly, the action could involve "early U.S. recognition of a Palestinian state - even as elements of political reform, security guarantees for both Israel and the Palestinians, normalization and reconstruction are being implemented."

The discussion is stunning in that only in October, terrorists from Hamas, which works out of the Palestinian-controlled Gaza, invaded Israel and butchered some 1,200 civilians.

The scheme apparently is the work of the U.S. and several Arab states.

"In my speech yesterday in Berlin, I warned against the dangerous plan that is taking shape for unilateral international recognition of a Palestinian state," said Gideon Sa'ar, an Israeli lawmaker who is not part of the government coalition.

"This plan will not only not resolve the conflict but will make it intractable. The Palestinians will receive state recognition without paying the the price of compromise and they will continue the conflict from an upgraded position that will harm Israel's right to self-defense."

Israel, according to reports, would be left out of the process entirely.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has been opposed to such a move.

"1,400 murdered and the world wants to give them a state. It won't happen," National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir said on social media.

"The intention of the U.S., together with the Arab states, to establish a terror state alongside the state of Israel is delusional and part of the misguided conception that there is a partner for peace on the other side... While we are in the government, no Palestinian state will be established."

The report said Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich also said, "We will in no way agree to this plan, which actually says that the Palestinians deserve a reward for the terrible massacre they did to us: a Palestinian state with Jerusalem as its capital. The message is that it pays very well to massacre Israeli citizens. A Palestinian state is an existential threat to the state of Israel as was proven on October 7, Kfar Saba will not be Kfar Aza!"

The news site also warned, the "overlooked 'elephant in the room': polls show that most of the Palestinian people don't actually want a two state solution at all, on any terms, or in any borders."

Hamas leaders have said it is unacceptable for them to be expected to recognize Israel in any form.

The report said "74.7% of Palestinians desire a Palestinian-only state that entirely supplants Israel, while 72% support the October 7 massacre, which, to be clear, included burning Israeli babies, beheading, mass rape, mass murder, and large scale kidnapping."

Originally published at WND News Center

https://www.prophecynewswatch.com/article.cfm?recent_news_id=6692 

:: 2--24 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

HARD DECISIONS USED TO LEAD TO AN EASY LIFE

I’ve seen the graphic below a few times over the last several weeks. I understand its message and have essentially tried to follow the hard decision path for most of my life, while imparting the same advice to my three sons. I’m sure they got sick of me telling them that no matter what amount you make, if you spend less than that amount, you will get ahead in life financially. Of course, this graphic is too simplistic to describe the real world, where medical misfortune, bad luck, bad investments, or bad people running the country can and do prevent many hard working honest families from ever achieving the “easy life”.

We all know life is never easy, but it can potentially be easier if you make enough right decisions along the way. The graphic reminds me of a quote sometimes attributed to John Wayne, “This life’s hard, but it’s harder if you’re stupid.” I think that captures the truth better than hard decisions lead to an easy life. It does seem the level of stupidity across the general populace has risen to astounding levels over the last couple decades.

I was lucky enough to join the full-time work force in 1986, when the country still had a growing economy and short-term hard decisions would usually lead to an easier life over the long-term. Neither of my parents graduated high school, but a father driving a gasoline truck for 40 years and a stay at home mom, could raise three kids in a 900 square foot row home in the suburbs outside Philadelphia, and they could all graduate college with little or no debt. Those days are long gone. My parents made hard decisions their entire lives, to make their kids lives better than theirs.

I think another name for “hard decisions” are decisions to delay gratification. For me, decisions about my career, kids, real estate, and not keeping up with the Joneses, constituted my hard decisions. Out of college, I put in two years at an accounting firm, even though I hated every minute, because I needed two years of CPA experience to get my CPA license. I didn’t want a CPA license other than to put it on my resume to get a good job with a corporation. I was 23 years old and wanting to have fun every weekend with my buddies, but I made the hard decision to spend 10 weeks totally dedicated to passing the CPA exam, and I did.

I knew an MBA was another stepping stone to a better paying job, so when the corporation I had joined made it clear an MBA was not valued there, I left and went somewhere it was valued. I then proceeded to work my full-time job, including many weekends, and get my MBA at night at Villanova. It was hard and it took three and a half years, but it was worth it, as the Treasurer position at IKEA came available, and my CPA and MBA allowed me to get the job.

I’ve seen the graphic below a few times over the last several weeks. I understand its message and have essentially tried to follow the hard decision path for most of my life, while imparting the same advice to my three sons. I’m sure they got sick of me telling them that no matter what amount you make, if you spend less than that amount, you will get ahead in life financially. Of course, this graphic is too simplistic to describe the real world, where medical misfortune, bad luck, bad investments, or bad people running the country can and do prevent many hard working honest families from ever achieving the “easy life”.

We all know life is never easy, but it can potentially be easier if you make enough right decisions along the way. The graphic reminds me of a quote sometimes attributed to John Wayne, “This life’s hard, but it’s harder if you’re stupid.” I think that captures the truth better than hard decisions lead to an easy life. It does seem the level of stupidity across the general populace has risen to astounding levels over the last couple decades.

Just as I got the MBA and the new job, our first child was born. My wife had a good job at a social services organization, but we made the hard decision for her to stay at home and raise our kids, as two more sons were born over the next six years. Our overall family income was lower after my wife left the workforce, so we delayed buying a single family home, took vacations with our parents, drove used cars until they died, and rarely went out to restaurants. We managed to live beneath our means, contribute to my 401k, put the kids through Catholic school, and spent quite a bit on hockey equipment, because the boys loved hockey.

Many of my hard decisions when it came to my career most certainly did not lead to an easier life financially. I refused to lie or shade the truth at IKEA, resulting in my termination, because the unqualified female diversity CEO was too stupid to grasp the facts I presented. I realized the willful ignorance to my projections of the CFO at Toll Brothers in 2006 made my position untenable, so I took a substantial pay cut to move to Wharton. After 13 years of dedicated service, the new CFO turned out to be a despicable human being, and I took another pay cut to come to my current, and hopefully last employer.

So, from my perspective, not all hard decisions lead to an easier life financially. But the hard decisions I’ve made have kept my integrity intact. I’ve never lied, cheated, or done anything I considered unethical in my entire career. I also choose to no longer become friends with co-workers outside of work, because I’ve been stabbed in the back too frequently by people I thought were friends. My blog is my outlet for my anger, depression, and desire to tear off the veil hiding the treasonous, evil, corrupt, and psychotic actions of the government, media, banks, and Deep State.

I see what my kids and honest hard working people across the land are up against at this point in history, and I know hard decisions today are not likely to lead to an easy life ever again. At least, not until we go through a horrific and catastrophic financial collapse, with a civil and global war thrown in for good measure. Talk about hard decisions. How about life and death decisions on a daily basis for several years? We have no chance at a better future without the collapse of the present day dystopian debt empire.

My kids are all hard working, have decent jobs, have no debt, and still have absolutely no pathway to owning a home, without being strangled by debt to do so. Even rent for modest apartments, is a huge burden. Life is now hard for everyone, not only the stupid. We aren’t in Kansas or the 1980’s anymore. The people who did this to America and the American people have names and addresses. Many of the people they have screwed over are the ones with the 300 million guns they want to confiscate. At some point, those guns will need to be used. Then we’ll see whose life gets hard.

As an Amazon Associate I Earn from Qualifying Purchases

-----------------------------------------------------

It is my sincere desire to provide readers of this site with the best unbiased information available, and a forum where it can be discussed openly, as our Founders intended. But it is not easy nor inexpensive to do so, especially when those who wish to prevent us from making the truth known, attack us without mercy on all fronts on a daily basis. So each time you visit the site, I would ask that you consider the value that you receive and have received from The Burning Platform and the community of which you are a vital part. I can't do it all alone, and I need your help and support to keep it alive. Please consider contributing an amount commensurate to the value that you receive from this site and community, or even by becoming a sustaining supporter through periodic contributions. [Burning Platform LLC - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2024/02/18/hard-decisions-used-to-lead-to-an-easy-life/ 

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.

:: 2-17-24 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Already Has A Large Army Inside America - Gatestone Institute Expert: Secure The Border Or 'We're Going To Be Fighting On Our Own Soil' As China Has Been Planning The Destruction Of The U.S. For Decades

By Susan Duclos - All News Pipeline February 17, 2024

China already has a huge military presence inside of the U.S., according to multiple sources, since they have been planning the destruction of America for decades, if not longer. The influx spoken about below is part of the endgame, not the beginning as China prepares to drop the hammer on the U.S.A. They softened America up with Covid-19, harming us economically, emotionally, and mentally, and now they are completing their invasion of America with tens of thousands more military aged men.

Since 2021 Joe Biden, or whoever is actually making the decisions on the part of the White House, has allowed an actual invasion by illegal immigrants. These people are coming from a number of different nations, some of which are hostile to the U.S., such as Russia and China.

A decade ago, 60% of those illegally entering America were Mexican nationals. In 2023, only 30% of those crossing are actually Mexican, while the majority has come from Venezuala, Guatemala, Honduras, Colombia, Cuba, Ecuador, Nicaragua, Haiti, Peru, El Salvador, Russia, India, Brazil and China.

We hear a lot about the border, and the comparisons between the Trump White House, and the years since Biden began occupying the White House, but a picture, or in this case a graph from the Guardian, offers a visual that cannot adequately be explained with mere words.

Even the spike under Trump right before the declaration of the pandemic, when reports from China indicated that the CDC , WHO and others would soon be declaring a pandemic, while many rushed to the border, was nowhere near the out-of-control open borders under Biden.

As an aside: It is also noteworthy that Trump was forced to use Executive Orders because Congress, Democrats and RINOs (Republicans In Name Only), blocked his border security efforts during his entire term.

For those that would claim that Biden isn't responsible, there are a number of facts that show those claims to be outright lies.

First, before being installed into the White House, Biden directly told illegal immigrants to "surge"to the border. This was confirmed in a fact check, and is on video.

A video clipping of Biden speaking at a debate prior to general elections in 2019 clearly shows him say, 'Surge the borders.' "I would in fact make sure that there is immediately a surge to the border. They deserve to be heard. That's who we are. "We're a nation that says, 'You want to flee, and you're fleeing oppression, you should come,'" Biden had told during a debate moderated by Univision's Jorge Ramos in 2019.

The next fact that shows Biden deliberately invited an invasion of America by foreign entities was the reversal of Trump border policies, such as Remain In Mexico, the border wall and the zero tolerance.

The point here is the invasion was and is, by design, despite Biden's claims to the contrary in his faux-outrage over the recent rejection of a Senate "bipartisan" (meaning Democrats and RINOs), bill that would provide foreign aid, and codify open borders.

It wasn't a border security bill, it was an "immigration" bill.

Big difference.

(ANP Emergency!: PLEASE donate to ANP! Due to the globalists war upon truth and the independent media, our monthly revenue has been cut by more than 80% so we need your help more now than ever before. Anything at all ANP readers can do to help us is hugely appreciated.)

Chinese men at border in Jacumba Hot Springs, CA, Dec. 2023

TO DESTROY AMERICA FROM WITHIN.......

With all that out of the way, it is no secret that China and Russia have an alliance, and that both are hostile to America.

To be frank, part of Russia's hostility stems from U.S. sanctions and the U.S. led NATO continuously encroaching on Russia's geographical territory. Another part is how the U.S., under Obama help finance a coup against the pro-Russian president of Ukraine to install a pro-American president in 2014.

China on the other hand, has had a 50 to 100 year plan to replace America as a global super-power.

Read: The Hundred-Year Marathon: China's Secret Strategy to Replace America as the Global Superpower

Via Forbes in 2019:

In The Hundred-Year Marathon, Michael Pillsbury marshals a lot of evidence showing the Chinese government has a detailed strategy to overtake the US as the world’s dominant power.

They want to do this by 2049, the centennial of China’s Communist revolution.

The strategy has been well documented in Chinese literature, published and sanctioned by organizations of the People’s Liberation Army, for well over 50 years.

Keeping that in mind, the significant increase in Chinese nationals illegally crossing the U.S/Mexico border under the Biden regime, takes on a disturbing meaning.

Chinese illegal aliens are now the fastest growing group crossing the border into the U.S. National Border Patrol Council President Brandon Judd recently expressed concern over the influx of Chinese military aged men crossing the border.

"Why are we seeing this influx?" Judd asked on the "Just the News, No Noise" TV show. "At best, they're just coming here for a better life or for a better job. At worse, they're coming here to be part of the Chinese government, and that's what scares me an awful lot."

"We know that the Chinese have huge gangs here in the United States, and they control certain parts of our country," he later said. "They control the drug flow. They control the prostitution. They control everything that's illegal in certain portions of the country. We have to look into that. It's very important that we understand why we are having so many people from China, especially military-aged men, from China.

From January to November 2023, at least 30,000 Chinese nations crossed the border into the U.S., yet in 2024 "over 20,000 Chinese nationals have been apprehended crossing into the U.S. via the southern border, with some reportedly aided by the Chinese Communist Party-linked app TikTok."

What about the so called "got-aways?" Those that do not get caught, enter and disappear somewhere in the United States, cannot be counted because they were never caught crossing the border.

That is 50,000 that we know of since the beginning of 2023. Added to those that previously infiltrated the U.S. we are talking about a huge army.

As House Majority Leader Steve Scalise recently pointed out, none of these Chinese nationals have been vetted, yet they were released into the U.S.

Between Biden's open borders and the military aged Chinese men that have crossed since 2023, we are looking at the destruction of America, from within.

Related: Chinese Nationals Surge Over the Border – Not a Crisis, but an Invasion

BOTTOM LINE......

We have to wonder how many of those Chinese military aged men were deliberately sent here by China, to infiltrate the U.S., to steal U.S. secrets, and to create sleeper cells right here in America to attack once instructed.

We have seen Chinese spies playing U.S. politicians, two examples links and explained below.

The late Democrat Senator for CA, Diane Feinstein had a Chinese spy by her side for nearly 20 years. Democrat Rep. Eric Stalwell of CA, was involved with a Chinese spy named Christine Fang aka Fang Fang, and working other U.S. politicians as well.

Is there any doubt that Chinese soldiers, or terrorists, male and female, would be sent here to prepare for an attack from within?

Perhaps one of the most disturbing numbers associated with Chinese illegal crossings, is the CBP questions for Chinese crossers, has gone from 40 questions to just five, as reported by New York Post.

This is insanity.

At the 1:55 minute mark, we hear Gatestone Institute senior fellow Gordon Chang state "Across that border we are seeing Chinese soldiers come across. And really what we are talking about is China putting together the infrastructure, in the U.S., to attack the U.S."

ANP is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program.

ANP EMERGENCY Fundraiser: ‘Dangerous, Derogatory, Harmful, Unreliable!’ Those are some of the exact words used by Google’s censors, aka 'Orwellian content police,' in describing many of our controversial stories. Stories later proven to be truthful and light years ahead of the mainstream media. But because we reported those 'inconvenient truths' they're trying to bankrupt ANP.

So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP.

All donations are greatly appreciated and will absolutely be used to keep us in this fight for the future of America.

Thank you and God Bless. Susan and Stefan.

PLEASE HELP KEEP ANP ALIVE BY DONATING USING ONE OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS.

One time donations or monthly, via Paypal or Credit Card:

btn_donateCC_LG.gif

Or https://www.paypal.me/AllNewsPipeLine 

Donate Via Snail Mail

Checks or money orders made payable to Stefan Stanford or Susan Duclos can be sent to:

P.O. Box 575

McHenry, MD. 21541

DONATEANP1.jpg

Anything at all at Amazon purchased after clicking this ANP link will allow ANP to make a bit of revenue, all of which will be used to keep ANP online and to keep a roof over our heads.

https://www.allnewspipeline.com/Chinese_Invasion.php 

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

[ :: 2-12-16 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Do not, do not go overseas without me telling you to.  Be careful of where you go, seek my face, call upon my name, don’t just go because others go, don’t just go because you feel like you would desire to go, don’t do it, saith your Father God, for blood shall be flowing in streets. etc.

:: 2-18-24 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

At least four police hurt in Hague riots after rival Eritrean mobs torched cars, trashed buildings and hurled bricks at cops - turning Dutch city into a war zone

By Perkin Amalaraj

Published: 04:10 EST, 18 February 2024 | Updated: 04:53 EST, 18 February 2024

At least four police officers were hurt during a violent riot that erupted on the streets outside The Hague last night, after two rival groups of Eritreans clashed following a a political disagreement.

Rioters torches police cars and a bus, and Dutch police officers were forced to use tear gas to try and dispel them.

Dozens of rioters were filmed surrounding the Opera conference hall along Fruitweg in the Netherlands, as multiple police vans drove to the scene.

Another clip also showed the aftermath. The building had several smashed windows and parked vehicles were on fire, with the street left looking like a warzone.

A fight broke out between two groups of Eritreans. 'It got seriously out of hand,' The Hague Municipality spokesman Robin Middel said last night.

Police said that during the disturbances, two officers sustained injuries to their hand and another to her teeth. A fourth was hit by a police car in the chaos.

'Out of nowhere, our colleagues were confronted with very intense and serious violence,' said police commander Marielle van Vulpen.

Police made several arrests and have called for witnesses and video footage, as they investigate the riots.

'The violence used against police officers and equipment is appalling and unacceptable,' said the city's mayor Jan van Zanen.

An official said a group loyal to Eritrea's government was holding a meeting when the venue was attacked by Eritreans who oppose the African nation's government.

Shards of glass covered the streets and smoke from the tear gas could be seen seeping into the air, as coppers had their cars pelted by bricks, bikes and traffic signs.

Officers dressed in riot gear barricaded the entrance to the building and dealt with a fire that had broken out inside. They removed what appeared to be a fuel canister from the property.

Youths were dressed in hooded jackets and some covered their faces with scarves and balaclavas.

Netherlands-based journalist Owen O'Brien shared the footage on X and wrote: 'Rioters break into an entrance at the #Opera.

'Windows are broken and attempts are made to enter. The fire brigade has also left again and cannot extinguish the fire.'

The reporter said the Opera hall had suffered 'extensive damage' because of the violent riots.

Jan van Zanen, mayor of The Hague, authorised police to use tear gas, a spokesman told the Netherlands Times.

The mayor also issued an emergency order for the area around Fruitweg, a spokesperson for the municipality of The Hague said.

Police Unit The Hague posted on X: 'At #Fruitweg in #DenHaag a confrontation between two groups of Eritreans resulted in a fight.

'Stones were thrown. We act with the riot police, among others, to restore public order.'

Multiple cars that were torched were left charred as emergency services were able to put out the fires.

Police spokesperson Kristianne van Blanken said she could not immediately say if anybody was injured or if any rioters were arrested.

Anti-immigration sentiment has already been running high in the Netherlands, and far-right leader Geert Wilders, who won the nation's most recent election in November, took to X to say: 'Why is half the world allowed to come here to tear down our country, fight amongst themselves, throw stones at the police and set their cars on fire?

I want to become the prime minister who finally brings some order to this.'

There are some 25,000 Eritreans living in the Netherlands, according to official government figures.

The fighting is the latest outbreak of violence at Eritrean events in Europe.

Dozens of people, including at least 26 police officers, were injured during unrest surrounding an Eritrean cultural festival in the southwestern German city of Stuttgart in September 2023.

A fight the same month between Eritrean government supporters and opponents in Tel Aviv led to violent street confrontations among African asylum-seekers and migrants.

Months earlier, a clash at an Eritrean festival in the western German city of Giessen left 22 police officers injured.

Tens of thousands of people have fled Eritrea for Europe, many alleging they were mistreated by the repressive government of President Isaias Afwerki.

The conflicts underscore deep divisions among members of the Eritrean diaspora between those who remain close to the government and those who have fled to live in exile and strongly oppose Isaias.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-13097091/Hague-riots-broke-violent-clashes-rival-groups-Eritreans-scenes-

saw-police-cars-torched-thugs-throw-rocks-Dutch-cops-use-teargas.html 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

:: 2-12-24 Common Dreams :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How the CIA Destabilizes the World

If only the CIA’s rogue operations had been consigned to history as a result of the crimes exposed by the Church Committee, or at the least had brought the CIA under the rule of law and public accountability. But that was not to be.

Jeffrey D. Sachs Feb 12, 2024

Common Dreams

There are three basic problems with the CIA: its objectives, methods, and unaccountability. Its operational objectives are whatever the CIA or the President of the United States defines to be in the U.S. interest at a given time, irrespective of international law or U.S. law. Its methods are secretive and duplicitous. Its unaccountability means that the CIA and president run foreign policy without any public scrutiny. Congress is a doormat, a sideshow.

As a recent CIA Director, Mike Pompeo, said of his time at the CIA: "I was the CIA director. We lied, we cheated, we stole. We had entire training courses. It reminds you of the glory of the American experiment."

The CIA was established in 1947 as the successor to the Office of Strategic Services (OSS). The OSS had performed two distinct roles in World War II, intelligence and subversion. The CIA took over both roles. On the one hand, the CIA was to provide intelligence to the US Government. On the other, the CIA was to subvert the “enemy,” that is, whomever the president or CIA defined as the enemy, using a wide range of measures: assassinations, coups, staged unrest, arming of insurgents, and other means.

It is the latter role that has proved devastating to global stability and the U.S. rule of law. It is a role that the CIA continues to pursue today. In effect, the CIA is a secret army of the U.S., capable of creating mayhem across the world with no accountability whatsoever.

When President Dwight Eisenhower decided that Africa’s rising political star, democratically elected Patrice Lumumba of Zaire (now the Democratic Republic of Congo), was the “enemy,” the CIA conspired in his 1961 assassination, thus undermining the democratic hopes for Africa. He would hardly be the last African president brought down by the CIA.

The extent of the continuing mayhem resulting from CIA operations gone awry is astounding.

In its 77-year history, the CIA has been held to serious public account just once, in 1975. In that year, Idaho Senator Frank Church led a Senate investigation that exposed the CIA’s shocking rampage of assassinations, coups, destabilization, surveillance, and Mengele-style torture and medical “experiments.”

The expose by the Church Committee of the CIA’s shocking malfeasance has recently been chronicled in a superb book by the investigative reporter James Risen, The Last Honest Man: The CIA, the FBI, the Mafia, and the Kennedys―and One Senator's Fight to Save Democracy.

That single episode of oversight occurred because of a rare confluence of events.

In the year before the Church Committee, the Watergate scandal had toppled Richard Nixon and weakened the White House. As successor to Nixon, Gerald Ford was unelected, a former Congressman, and reluctant to oppose the oversight prerogatives of the Congress. The Watergate scandal, investigated by the Senate Ervin Committee, had also empowered the Senate and demonstrated the value of Senate oversight of Executive Branch abuses of power. Crucially, the CIA was newly led by Director William Colby, who wanted to clean up the CIA operations. Also, FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover, author of pervasive illegalities also exposed by the Church committee, had died in 1972.

In December 1974, investigative reporter Seymour Hersh, then as now a great reporter with sources inside the CIA, published an account of illegal CIA intelligence operations against the U.S. antiwar movement. The Senate Majority Leader at the time, Mike Mansfield, a leader of character, then appointed Church to investigate the CIA. Church himself was a brave, honest, intelligent, independent-minded, and intrepid Senator, characteristics chronically in short supply in U.S. politics.

If only the CIA’s rogue operations had been consigned to history as a result of the crimes exposed by the Church Committee, or at the least had brought the CIA under the rule of law and public accountability. But that was not to be. The CIA has had the last laugh —or better said, has brought the world to tears—by maintaining its preeminent role in U.S. foreign policy, including overseas subversion.

Since 1975, the CIA has run secretive operations backing Islamic jihadists in Afghanistan that utterly wrecked Afghanistan while giving rise to al-Qaeda. The CIA has likely run secretive operations in the Balkans against Serbia, in the Caucuses against Russia, and in Central Asia targeting China, all deploying CIA-backed jihadists. In the 2010s, the CIA ran deadly operations to topple Syria’s Bashir al-Assad, again with Islamic jihadists. For at least 20 years, the CIA has been deeply involved in fomenting the growing catastrophe in Ukraine, including the violent overthrow of Ukraine’s President Viktor Yanukovych in February 2014 that triggered the devastating war now engulfing Ukraine.

What do we know of these operations? Only the parts that whistleblowers, a few intrepid investigative reporters, a handful of brave scholars, and some foreign governments have been willing or able to tell us, with all of these potential witnesses knowing that they might face severe retribution from the U.S. government. There has been little to no accountability by the U.S. government itself, or meaningful oversight or restraint imposed by Congress. On the contrary, the government has become ever-more obsessively secretive, pursuing aggressive legal actions against disclosures of classified information, even when, or especially when, that information describes the illegal actions by the government itself.

Once in a while, a former U.S. official spills the beans, such as when Zbigniew Brzezinski revealed that he had induced Jimmy Carter to assign the CIA to train Islamic jihadists to destabilize the government of Afghanistan, with the aim of inducing the Soviet Union to invade that country.

In the case of Syria, we learned from a few stories in the New York Times in 2016 and 2017 of the CIA’s subversive operations to destabilize Syria and overthrow Assad, as ordered by President Barack Obama. Here is the case of a dreadfully misguided CIA operation, blatantly in violation of international law, that has led to a decade of mayhem, an escalating regional war, hundreds of thousands of deaths, and millions of displaced people, and yet there has not been a single honest acknowledgment of this CIA-led disaster by the White House or Congress.

In the case of Ukraine, we know that the U.S. played a major covert role in the violent coup that brought down Yanukovych and that swept Ukraine into a decade of bloodshed but to this day, we don’t know the details. Russia offered the world a window into the coup by intercepting and then posting a call between Victoria Nuland, then U.S. Assistant Secretary of State (now Under-Secretary of State) and U.S. Ambassador to Ukraine Geoffrey Pyatt (now Assistant Secretary of State), in which they plot the post-coup government. Following the coup, the CIA covertly trained special operations forces of the post-coup regime the U.S. had helped bring to power. The U.S. government has been mum about the CIA’s covert operations in Ukraine.

We have good reason to believe that CIA operatives carried out the destruction of the Nord Stream pipeline, as per Seymour Hersh, who is now an independent reporter. Unlike in 1975, when Hersh was with the New York Times at a time when the paper still tried to hold the government to account, the Times does not even deign to look into Hersh’s account.

Holding the CIA to public account is of course a steep uphill struggle. Presidents and the Congress don’t even try. The mainstream media don’t investigate the CIA, preferring instead to quote “senior unnamed officials” and the official cover-up. Are the mainstream media outlets lazy, suborned, afraid of advertising revenues from the military-industrial complex, threatened,

ignorant, or all of the above? Who knows.

There is a tiny glimmer of hope. Back in 1975, the CIA was led by a reformer. Today, the CIA is led by William Burns, one of America’s long-standing leading diplomats. Burns knows the truth about Ukraine, since he served as Ambassador to Russia in 2008 and cabled Washington about the grave error of pushing NATO enlargement to Ukraine. Given Burns’ stature and diplomatic accomplishments, perhaps he would support the urgently needed accountability.

The extent of the continuing mayhem resulting from CIA operations gone awry is astounding. In Afghanistan, Haiti, Syria, Venezuela, Kosovo, Ukraine, and far beyond, the needless deaths, instability, and destruction unleashed by CIA subversion continues to this day. The mainstream media, academic institutions, and Congress should be investigating these operations to the best of their ability and demanding the release of documents to enable democratic accountability.

Next year is the 50th anniversary of the Church Committee hearings. Fifty years on, with the precedent, inspiration, and guidance of the Church Committee itself, it’s urgently time to open the blinds, expose the truth about the U.S.-led mayhem, and begin a new era in which U.S. foreign policy becomes transparent, accountable, subject to the rule of law both domestic and international, and directed towards global peace rather than subversion of supposed enemies.

Join the Movement: Become Part of the Solution Today

We're optimists who believe in the power of informed and engaged citizens to ignite and enact change to make the world a better place.

We're hundreds of thousands strong, but every single supporter counts.

Your contribution supports this new media model—free, independent, and dedicated to uncovering the truth. Stand with us in the fight for social justice, human rights, and equality. As a people-powered nonprofit news outlet, we cover the issues the corporate media never will. Join with us today!

https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/cia-destablizes-the-world 

[ :: 8-13-08 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Unstable, very unstable is the world, unstable is the economy, unstable are the events that they are trying to do throughout the whole world. Even the democratic convention shall be very unstable and many things shall take place that shall shock the nation. Tornadoes, tornadoes, tornadoes, drought, hail, loss of crops, flooding, earthquakes, all the signs that shall be clearly seen, loss of jobs, boasting of how they can change the global warming and yet they cannot. Trouble here, trouble there, that is what we see in the world. Even though you have had your refreshing that I have said that you would have, things will change. etc

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 2-18-24 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Historic New York village that made weapons for 200 YEARS is 'losing its soul' as nation's oldest gun-maker Remington shuts massive firearms factory - leaving entire families jobless

Remington started in Ilion in upstate New York in 1816 and grew into a one million square foot factory

Over the next two centuries it became the village's biggest employer, producing millions of firearms

But now plant owner RemArms has announced it is leaving the town, as the mayor says 'it feels like we are losing our identity'

By Isabelle Stanley For Dailymail.Com and Ap

Published: 08:53 EST, 18 February 2024 | Updated: 08:59 EST, 18 February 2024

A historic New York village faces 'losing its soul' after the nation's oldest gunmaker, Remington, announced plans to shut its massive firearms factory next month - leaving entire families without work.

Eliphalet Remington forged his first rifle barrel in the village of Ilion in 1816 and over the next two centuries, his business grew into a one million square feet factory with thousands of employees.

But in December, the current Remington owners, RemArms, revealed it was moving operations to gun-friendly Georgia, and making 270 people redundant.

With a population of just 7,600, the factory has long been the town's main employer.

Now, Mayor John Stephens, 57, said the village is set to lose $1 million in revenue when the plant closes, while local businesses will also take a 'great financial hit' - and that's on top of the emotional toll.

Speaking to DailyMail.com, he said: ''It's like the town is losing its soul. It's almost like losing a family member. That's the thing that people are struggling with, the nostalgia, the history. It feels like we are losing the identity of the town.'

Mayor Stephens, 57, said the plant is all he's 'ever known' and that there are generations of families who have worked there - sometimes six or even seven.

His own father worked at the plant for 37 years and raised four children on a Remington paycheck.

He told DailyMail.com: 'There are people that are 100 years old in this village and it's all they've ever known. Ilion is Remington and Remington is Ilion'.

Remington brought in close to $1 million in utility bills and taxes to the village and its workers also brought custom to local businesses.

'I've spoken to a few businesses, that's the part financially that's going to hurt. Even if it's only 300 people, they still buy gas, they still buy shoes. That's going to be a hit to the local businesses,' Mayor Stephens added.

He also worries about the building sitting empty, saying: 'It's just going to deteriorate over time and then I have an abandoned factory that's falling into itself.'

Mayor Stephen believes those who are made redundant will be able to find work as there are 'plenty of jobs available'.

But that may come as little comfort to those left in the lurch in the meantime - with some entire families losing their jobs in one hit.

One of those is furnace operator and technician Frank "Rusty" Brown who said the move is a 'double-hit' for him and his wife with the two of them out of a job.

He said: 'My mom worked there. My dad worked there. My wife works there with me now. My daughter works there with me now. My second daughter works there with me now. And my son-in-law works there.'

Likewise, posting on Facebook, former Remington worker, Konstanty Patrick Bielanski, said the closure was 'sad news' as it was a 'great place to work'.

He said: 'Many of us built millions of these rifles to make Remington the best in early 1971 through 2010. How sad it had to end, Ilion will never be the same.'

In a 2016 promotional video, Remington employee Scott Nichols, said: 'We bring jobs to the area and the earnings from those jobs gets spread out throughout the community.

'It's hard to find somebody in the area that does not have someone that's related or knows somebody. It's easy to walk out on the floor and find somebody that you know.'

In a letter to union officials in November, the current owners of Remington Firearms, RemArms, blamed 'production inefficiencies' for the plant closure.

They cited the high cost of maintaining and insuring the one million square feet (92,903 square meters) of space in multiple buildings - many of which date back to World War I.

RemArms added that Georgia offered an environment that better 'supports and welcomes the firearms industry.'

New York Republican Congresswoman Elise Stefanik blamed the state's gun laws for the closure.

In a statement, she said: 'New York Democrats’ unconstitutional gun-grab policies have pushed significant businesses out of the state.

'History can not be erased. I am proud to represent Ilion, former home base for Remington Arms in Upstate New York. And I will always stand up for our 2A Constitutional Rights!'

Another former employee, David Brewer, wrote on Facebook: 'I spent 34 years there and it is sad to see it go but the governor wants to make a name for herself for the do gooders and not punish the criminals but punish the law-abiding citizens.'

Remington is not the first firearms maker to commit to a more gun-friendly state.

Smith & Wesson opened its new Tennessee headquarters in October after being based in Springfield, Massachusetts, since 1852.

Announcing the move in 2021, company officials criticized proposed state legislation they said would prohibit them from manufacturing certain weapons.

The previous owners of Remington were forced to file for bankruptcy after the company was sued in the wake of the Sandy Hook school massacre where 20 first graders and six adults were killed by a shooter using a Bushmaster AR-15-style rifle.

Family members of victims and a survivor of the shooting filed a lawsuit against Remington in 2015 and settled in 2022 for $73 million.

RemArms took over ownership of the factory but the workforce has still dwindled from about 1,300 workers a decade ago to 270 now.

In December they announced they would be closing the doors on March 4.

Local officials hope the plant site will eventually host a mix of manufacturing, retail and residential units. But its fate remains unclear and it was listed for sale last month for $10 million.

Michael Disotelle, historian at Ilion's public library, told AP: 'Things can become an eyesore quickly and the being in the center of the village like that, you can´t just let it go.'

Mayor Stephens said he has repeatedly asked the owners what their plan is with the site, but they haven't responded. DailyMail.com contacted RemArms for comment.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-13083791/historic-new-york-village-weapons-factory-remington.html 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 2-16-24 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Middle America is dying hard

By Salena Zito February 16, 2024 5:56 pm

WEIRTON, West Virginia — Most people in this town will tell you they’d rather have taken a physical punch to the gut than get the news they received yesterday when Cleveland-Cliffs Steel announced it was idling its tinplate production plant, a move that directly cost 900 people their jobs.

It isn’t just those workers who face catastrophic uncertainty; this closure also jeopardizes the jobs of thousands more people whose businesses supported the plant: the barber shops, gas stations, mom-and-pop grocery stores, the machine shops that make the widgets for the steel industry. And there’s also the demise of the tax base, which affects the school district and the quality of the roads.

Thirty years ago, more than 10,000 people worked here at Weirton Steel. Now, the last 900 workers left have just lost their jobs.

“It’s just another scar to add on what people in power have done to our lives and our community over the past 40 years,” said one employee who declined to give his name, adding, “Honestly, how many times does this story have to be told before someone in power cares about our lives.”

He points to different buildings downtown, and all of them for him were “used to be this” and “used to be that.”

Ryan Weld of Wellsburg, 43, grew up in downtown Weirton right behind the local funeral home.

“When I was growing up in the ’80s, the mill was still going at full tilt with Weirton Steel employing 10,000 people, including my grandfathers,” he said.

The Republican state senator said things started to slow down here in the mid to late ’90s after the North American Free Trade Agreement was enacted: “That dramatically changed the landscape of downtown, went from a bustling the last age group that remembers the shops and stores and restaurants of downtown.”

He believes NAFTA, signed by President Bill Clinton in 1993, essentially made it hard for companies like Weirton Steel, which had to follow strict and expensive Environmental Protection Agency guidelines compete with places like Mexico. The towns all up and down the Steel Valley died hard.

“The legacy of the federal government and its refusal to properly enforce trade laws is nothing but empty mills and unemployed workers,” Weld said. “That was true in the ’80s and ’90s, and that is true today.

Forty years ago, the Democratic Party started to slowly shed its working-class base, but not quickly: Democratic officials would still show up for decades at union rallies, putting their arms around workers’ shoulders and telling them they have their back while at the same time enacting regulations and trade agreements that stripped them of their livelihoods and dignity and made ghettos of their once beloved communities.

By the 2012 Obama reelection, they traded their New Deal Democrat legacy voters for ascendant groups: minorities, young people, college-educated elites, and single women, all done without so much as a Dear John letter.

The Republicans inherited them, but most of their strategists running messaging and campaigns had no idea what to do with them, at least on the national level.

And then there is the press covering the voter who will decide the next president: Few if any of them come from places like Weirton or Youngstown, Ohio, so they have little understanding of their worldview. Things that give people from here purpose, such as living close to extended family, are not as valuable to someone who has been transient for most of a career.

In short, we are heading once again into an election where very few people in Washington truly understand how remarkably devastating this mill closure is. Instead, it is a wire story at best, soon forgotten if measured at all. They truly do not understand how much the loss of the dignity of work has changed American politics. That this tone-deafness is still happening 14 years after Barack Obama was given notice in the 2010 midterm elections and eight years after Donald Trump won the presidency is pretty staggering.

The Democrats once attracted these voters, but they’ve moved on to the social justice crowd and don’t appear to want to anymore. I’m not sure if Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-KY) does, the press does not, and the new “very online right” is certainly not the reflection of a center-right voter in middle America. The online right just seems hell-bent on making them seem like Taylor Swift conspiracy theorists. (P.S.

They’re not.)

Jeff Brauer, a political science professor at Keystone College, said Washington elites on both sides of the aisle, media elites, and now online conspiracy elites just don’t get Middle America even after this recent economically and politically difficult decade.

Few things bond people/citizens together like trying to make a living in the real world, the dignity of work, and raising a family,” he explained, adding these bonds that cut across all divides — geographic, racial/ethnic, religious, gender, ideological/party, and even at times socioeconomic.

“If there is one thing we have learned over the past decade, it is that this bond over the difficulties of making an honest living can and does create unlikely coalitions of voters,” he said. “Even disparate voters from the likes of Bernie Sanders supporters to Trump supporters can agree on this.”

Indeed, economic dignity and survival make strange bedfellows.

Brad Todd, founding partner of OnMessage and co-author with me of The Great Revolt: Inside the Populist Coalition Reshaping American Politics, said one thing is for certain about 2024: “We are about to read a million new stories that quote zero people who are actually going to decide the election.”

Brauer said the dignity of work is at the very core of the American experience, “Yet the elites of this country still just don’t understand, while average Americans just keep getting financially squeezed more and more.”

CLICK HERE TO READ MORE FROM THE WASHINGTON EXAMINER

Weld said it is incumbent on local elected officials such as himself to be the advocates of Middle America.

“I do what I do because of that. The empty buildings were already there when I was in college and high school, and it pisses me off,” he said. “I don’t think anyone fought hard enough for that from happening. We shouldn’t keep having to read again, again, another story about a town dying hard and a vacancy of no one caring.”

https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/opinion/2861849/middle-america-is-dying-hard/ 

[ :: 2-9-03 pm service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

Blood shall roll in the streets and you need to know my voice. For my children shall walk in victory, they shall walk in peace, they shall be blessed coming in and blessed going out etc

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street,  etc

:: 2-18-24 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Record 5,363 NYPD cops injured on job in 2023 — with over 1,200 hurt in struggles with suspects in last 3 months

By Social Links for Dean Balsamini and Social Links for Tina Moore

Published Feb. 18, 2024 Updated Feb. 18, 2024, 8:50 a.m. ET

A total of 1,286 NYPD officers were injured in battles with suspects over the last quarter of 2023, bringing the final annual tally to a record 5,363 injured cops, department data show.

The 40th Precinct in Mott Haven, the Bronx, was the most dangerous battleground, where 135 cops were injured during struggles with lawbreakers, the stats show.

Next, with 129 injuries, was the 75th Precinct in Brooklyn, which covers East New York and Cypress Hills.

The 46th Precinct (128), 44th Precinct (126) and 47th Precinct (117), all in the Bronx, rounded out the Top 5 most dangerous areas for the city’s Finest.

“No real surprises here – all very busy commands where perps are emboldened to fight,” observed one law enforcement source.

Radical protests, an influx of criminal migrants, bail reform, anti-cop rhetoric and soft-on-crime prosecutors is the brew that fuels the dangerous and disturbing trend, experts told The Post.

Police Benevolent Association President Patrick Hendry called the assaults on NYPD cops a “full-blown epidemic.” He added: “Even the simplest summonses are turning into all-out brawls. Our justice system needs to send a clear message, once and for all — is you assault a police officer, you will stay in jail.”

The number of cops hurt by suspects surged 20% in 2022, when 4,724 uniformed officers suffered injuries in attacks, compared to 3,933 in 2021. The 5,363 attacks in 2023 was 13% higher than the previous year (4,737).

The war against cops has officers searching for greener pastures.

Former NYPD Lt. Rob Corbett, 50, was assaulted and bloodied during the George Floyd protests/riots in May 2020.

He was hit in the face with a flying brick while trying to keep the peace near the Barclay Center in Brooklyn and later in Clinton Hill.

Corbett, who needed stitches and extensive dental work, retired in April 2022 after 25 years on the job and hightailed it to Florida, where he’s now a cop near Orlando.

“I couldn’t do it [the NYPD job] anymore, given the state of the laws, you know, the changes to the laws and all of that stuff as well,” Corbett told The Post this week. “So it wasn’t the profession it was just where I was doing the profession.”

Corbett, who has two kids, a 12-year-old boy, and 14-year-old girl, said his new job has given him a new outlook.

It’s so much friendlier down here. You know, it’s a better place to be a cop and the laws are so much better,” he explained. “I gave up my rank and my seniority, you know, started from scratch at a huge pay cut. But the quality of life is a million times better.”

https://nypost.com/2024/02/18/us-news/more-than-1200-nypd-cops-were-hurt-by-suspects-in-last-3-months-of-2023/ 

:: 2-18-24 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Maine mass shooter who killed 18 people inside bar told cops he was ‘capable’ of doing ‘something’

By Social Links for Isabel Keane  Published Feb. 18, 2024 Updated Feb. 18, 2024, 8:54 a.m. ET

Maine gunman Robert Card told police he was “capable” of doing “something” during a welfare check three months before he gunned down 18 people inside a bar and bowling alley in the state’s deadliest mass shooting to date.

The cryptic remarks came as New York State troopers enforced a directive to bring Card to counseling services at a West Point Army facility in July, before he was ultimately transferred to a civilian psychiatric hospital, body cam footage obtained by WMTW shows.

The action was taken after members of his Army Reserve unit told authorities they were concerned over his mental state.

I hope you understand that they’re concerned enough about your welfare that they called us,” one of the troopers tells Card.

Oh, because they’re scared — because I’m going to, friggin, do something. Because I am capable,” Card responds. The trooper then asks Card what he means by that and he replies “Nothing.”

The concerns over the 40-year-old Army reservist’s mental health came three months before he fatally shot 18 people in Lewiston, Maine, sparking a massive manhunt that ended in his suicide.

The reservists, whose names and faces are redacted, detail their years-long friendship with Card, which had become strained due to his poor mental state.

He spent a lot of money on guns. He spent $14 grand on a scope,” a reservist told the police.

Card tells officers he’s been hearing people talking about him, spreading rumors that he’s gay and a pedophile. The officers tell him he has been ordered to speak with a counselor at the Army hospital.

One of the troopers later asks Card if he’s going to make it to retiring from the Reserve, to which Card replies, “I’m hoping.”

Don’t do anything to jeopardize that, alright?” the trooper responds.

Weeks before the horrific Oct. 25, 2023 massacre, Card’s best friend texted their boss expressing fear that Card was “going to snap and do a mass shooting,” though by that point, Card’s mental decline was already well-documented by loved ones and law enforcement.

After gunning down his unsuspecting victims, Card fled in a vehicle that was later found abandoned on a waterfront in a nearby town, sparking an intense two-day manhunt.

His body was found in an overflow parking lot at the Maine Recycling Corporation on Oct. 27.

Card suffered a self-inflicted gunshot wound, which medical examiners ruled was “likely” administered eight to 12 hours before his body was discovered.

His motive for the massacre remains a mystery, though officials are probing his extensive history of mental health issues.

https://nypost.com/2024/02/18/us-news/robert-card-told-maine-cops-he-was-capable-before-shooting/ 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 2-18-24 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israeli swimmer Anastasia Gorbenko jeered by crowd at World Aquatics Championships in Qatar

By Associated Press  Published Feb. 18, 2024, 2:34 p.m. ET

DOHA, QatarIsraeli swimmer Anastasia Gorbenko was jeered by some of the crowd after finishing second in the women’s 400-meter medley on the closing day of the World Aquatics Championships in Qatar on Sunday.

The 20-year-old Gorbenko was making poolside comments moments after the race when the jeers rang out at the Aspire Dome in Doha.

I’m just so happy to be here and represent my country in this hard time,” Gorbenko said amid the ongoing Israel-Hamas war. “Being here with the Israeli flag means a lot to me and to my country, so that’s the best I can do.”

Others in the crowd then drowned out the jeers with applause and cheers.

British swimmer Freya Colbert won the race in 4 minutes, 37.14 seconds. Gorbenko clocked 4:37.36 and Italy’s Sara Franceschi was third in 4:37.86.

All three attended their medal ceremony later Sunday.

https://nypost.com/2024/02/18/sports/israeli-swimmer-anastasia-gorbenko-jeered-by-crowd-in-qatar/ 

[:: 3-31-19 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are living in a time of great deception, a time when the enemy is working harder than he has ever worked before in the history of man and yet my people don’t seem to understand that. etc.

:: 2--24 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Your Friendly Neighborhood Satan Club

By Hal Lindsey

Imagine the ancient god Molech with fire beneath him and his outstretched arms burning hot. Think about Molech’s priests convincing parents to place their babies in those arms — a burnt sacrifice to Satan. That sin finally triggered God’s great judgment of Israel. The people refused to stop this satanic sacrifice of children. So, God stopped it.

Satan must really hate kids. Or maybe he attacks them so fiercely because of their vulnerability. They depend on adults to protect them. But too many of those adults whose job it is to shield children — primarily parents and educators — have chosen to lay them into the white-hot arms of Satan. People surrendered to Satan can rationalize every evil.

Entry-level Satanists teach that neither God nor Satan exists. Yet they worship Satan, though they might say they worship only the idea of Satan. They consider him the ultimate nonconformist rebel. But the devil doesn’t free people from conformity. He demands it. And he is the chief instigator of war, murder, rape, envy, bullying, and thousands of other things that bring misery to life.

Satanists are now busy taking their worship of evil into the lives of elementary schoolchildren in the form of Satan Clubs. They advertise these clubs as fun, happy, educational, and full of hope. And the devil? Well, they present him as a great guy — an angel of light.

One flier reused in several school districts reads, “Hey kids! Let’s have fun at after school Satan Club! Science & community service projects! Puzzles and games! Nature activities! Arts and crafts! Snacks! & tons of fun!”

They seem to be trying to prove their high level of fun by using exclamation marks everywhere. The flier also features a bizarre cartoon version of the master of their religion. They depict Satan as a benign version of a silent-film-era movie villain, except with horns comically sprouting from his head.

They assure us that the Satan of their religion is not to be taken seriously. The flier says, “The Satanic Temple is a non-theistic religion that views Satan as a literary figure who represents a metaphorical construct of rejecting tyranny and championing the human mind and spirit.”

The Satan of literature leads to dark territory indeed. The bestselling book in which this “literary figure” shows up is the Bible. And in the Bible, he is anything but a champion of “the human mind and spirit.” Look at the devil elsewhere in literature. He’s shown as the instigator of evil in its darkest forms — as the ultimate hater of humans and of God.

As a “literary figure,” the devil stands against all that is good. Yet the flier says, “Parents, your child will learn benevolence & empathy, critical thinking, problem solving, creative expression, personal sovereignty, compassion.” Imagine thinking that kids can learn benevolence, empathy, and compassion from Satan. They also say kids will learn “critical thinking” from people so confused that they think that the Satan of literature represents a champion of the human spirit.

Pray for our children. This is one small part of the onslaught against them. Also pray for their teachers at school, at church, in the home, and elsewhere.

Pray, too, for the satanically deluded purveyors of darkness. Isaiah 5:20 (NASB) gives a grave warning — not just to Satanists, but to the people of our age in general.Woe to those who call evil good, and good evil; Who substitute darkness for light and light for darkness.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-2-18-2024/ 

It is only through His love and your generosity we are able to share the Gospel and hope with millions around the world. You can help support Hal Lindsey Ministries by mailing your tax deductible gift to PO Box 470470 Tulsa, OK 74147-0470. United States Over the phone 1-888- ROPTURE (1-888-727-8873)

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 2--24 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Security in A Dangerous World

By Hal Lindsey

Things are going wrong all over the world. Civilization itself seems on the verge of a terrible implosion. Economies are held together with bailing wire and spit. The UN and most nations tend to reward warmongers, while attacking those who resist military aggression. In a time of nuclear proliferation, our leaders keep choosing policies that encourage belligerence.

It is only by the grace of God that an ungrateful world continues its balancing act on the edge of a terrible abyss. But as the world rejects God, it also rejects His grace and His help. Without major changes, time is short. Meanwhile, it gets more dangerous every day to go to the grocery store or drive down the street. Tidal waves of drugs and drunkenness engulf the nations. Pestilences plague the world. Lies and fake news now permeate once trusted institutions.

Churches that ignore these things or fail to sound the alarm, neglect their duty to those they are called to serve. Meanwhile, some other churches and Christian organizations make the opposite error. Instead of looking for the coming of Christ, they diligently search for Antichrist. They focus on evil. Dark conspiracies have become their stock in trade. They act as if their job is to make Christians depressed, distressed, and afraid.

The signs of the times should focus our attention on Jesus. That’s why we need to be aware of them and let Him help us understand them. In Matthew 16:2-3, Jesus chided the Pharisees and Sadducees because they understood signs in the weather, but not signs of the times. It is for good reason that the Bible gives detailed information about the times leading up to the Lord’s return.

But signs only give part of the picture. The key to it all is Jesus. He should be our focus, especially in an era of chaos. 1 Corinthians 14:33 tells us that “God is not the author of confusion.” The Greek word here translated as confusion means disorder and chaos. But Jesus is our Rock, our unchanging home even as bedlam overtakes the world.

Our hope as Christians has always rested in Him alone and not in the world system. But the world’s present instability should remind us of the One who remains the same yesterday, today, and forever. We find our stability in Him.

I’m not saying to disengage with our neighbors in the world. The Bible admonishes us to be good citizens. And in a republic, citizens comprise the ultimate governing authority. We must discharge those duties with diligence and care, especially when it comes time to vote. We need to be informed and involved.

Sadly, many have taken this to unwarranted extremes. They started by simply pulling for their guy in an election. Nothing wrong with that. But some then became so absorbed in the world system that they began to place their hope in political messiahs. This leads to inner turmoil, anger, and fear. Many live in constant dread of the next election.

Remember Jesus, “the author and finisher of our faith.” He has never let you down. He never will. Romans 8 lists terrible difficulties Christians sometimes encounter. Verse 37 then proclaims, “In all these things we are more than conquerors through Him who loved us.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-2-11-2024/ 

It is only through His love and your generosity we are able to share the Gospel and hope with millions around the world. You can help support Hal Lindsey Ministries by mailing your tax deductible gift to PO Box 470470 Tulsa, OK 74147-0470. United States Over the phone 1-888- ROPTURE (1-888-727-8873)

[ ::  2-4-24 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For there is none other that takes you through the days and the hours that you’re living in other than me, for man does not have an answer to the problems that the world is facing.  He cannot stop the wars, for when he intervenes they only get worse, he cannot stop what is going on in the environment with the weather and other things, the earthquakes, the flooding, man cannot stop what is happening.  For when he intervenes he only makes worse but I your Father God, when I intervene the very wind and the waves stand at my attention.  etc

:: 2--24 N P R :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Near-record winds over the Northeast push passenger planes to speeds over 800 mph

February 19, 20245:00 AM ET

Emma Bowman, for NPR, 27 July 2019, in Washington DC.

Strong high-altitude winds over the Mid-Atlantic sped up sky traffic on Saturday night, getting passengers on at least two commercial planes to their destinations early, after both aircraft hit supersonic speeds topping 800 mph.

Winds at cruising altitude peaked at about 265 mph, according to the Washington, D.C., area National Weather Service office — the second-highest wind speed logged in the region since recordings began in 1948. The highest-ever wind speed recorded in the area at a similar altitude was 267 mph on Dec. 6, 2002.

"For those flying eastbound in this jet, there will be quite a tail wind," the NWS warned in a tweet.

Sure enough, that tailwind helped cut down the flight time for passengers on a Virgin Atlantic flight from D.C. to London by 45 minutes, according to the tracker FlightAware.

The Boeing 787 reached a maximum ground speed of 802 mph, surpassing the speed of sound (767 mph). But, as The Washington Post explained, the plane didn't actually break the sound barrier.

"Although its ground speed — a measure that combines the plane's actual speed and the additional push from the wind — was greater than the speed of sound, it was still moving through the surrounding air at its ordinary cruise speed. It just so happened that the surrounding air was moving unusually fast," the Post reported.

Another 787, a United Airlines flight from Newark, N.J., to Lisbon, Portugal, that took off at 8:35 p.m. on Saturday, reached a peak ground speed of 838 mph, shaving 20 minutes off the scheduled flight time.

Just last month, a jet stream over the Pacific Ocean produced 250 mph winds that pushed a China Airlines flight to log 826 mph.

There are no official records for commercial flight speeds, the newspaper reported, but both of the latter ground speeds are among the highest known recorded. In February 2020, a British Airways Boeing 747 set a record for subsonic trans-Atlantic flight time with a reported top speed reaching 825 mph.

The powerful jet streams that drive up flight speeds are often fueled by contrasts in temperature. The Post said the combination of Saturday's cold air in the Northeast and warmer air in the Southeast whipped up high winds.

https://www.npr.org/2024/02/19/1232325097/near-record-winds-over-the-northeast-push-passenger-planes-to-speeds-over-800-mp 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

[ :: 6-9-02 At the altar after the pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. And as the icebergs continue to melt, you will see that seashore vanishing before your eyes, regardless whether it is the East Coast or the West Coast or wherever it may be. Islands that are almost at sea level will vanish with everything that is on them. I have told you these things. So as you see these things, let them not trouble your heart, for I have sent out a warning loud and clear that all can read, and if they heed not my warning, then there is nothing else I can do, there is nothing that you can do. So do not let it disturb you, but press into the fullness of the things that I have for you. Realize the shortness of the time, it is very short, etc..

:: 2-19-24 N P R :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How a Northwest tribe is escaping a rising ocean

February 19, 2024 5:30 AM ET  From KUOW By John Ryan

In a mossy stretch of forest on Washington state's outer coast, streets and sidewalks have appeared in recent weeks, representing the future of the Quinault Indian Nation. The coastal tribe has spent a decade trying to move its villages out of reach of a rising Pacific Ocean and its tsunamis. It's an approach many communities might need to embrace as Earth's climate keeps warming and seas keep rising.

Where the Quinault River empties into the Pacific, a seawall of massive boulders protects the Quinault Reservation village of Taholah from pounding waves, but it's not always up to the task.

"It is inevitable that my street will be in the ocean at some point," Lia Frenchman said. The Quinault tribal member and historic preservation officer lives with her partner and two kids in a modular home perched on cinder blocks in the shadow of the seawall.

"At high tide in winter, the waves will come over, my backyard will fill with water, and you'll see the water running under my house, out into the street," Frenchman said. "Like, I'll have a full current going."

Each winter, the highest tides of the year, known as king tides, threaten to flood the low-lying village of 800 people, the largest on the Quinault Reservation. Waves deposit hulking driftwood logs on top of the seawall and, occasionally, into people's backyards.

"There's a few new ones today, even," Frenchman said.

Tidal flooding forced the evacuation of Taholah in 2022, with the tribal government putting up elders at its casino 25 miles down the coast.

Frenchman knew the hazards of living by the seawall when she bought her home in 2020, but housing is scarce in Taholah. Some four-bedroom homes house up to 20 people.

"We just made the most of this little home that became available and had to also make the choice to move onto this street, which is the most susceptible to flooding," she said.

When big waves hit the seawall at high tide, Frenchman's home shakes.

"It just vibrates, like a little mini-earthquake constantly, for a few hours," she said.

Should a major earthquake hit the Cascadia Subduction Zone just offshore, or other seismic hotspots around the Pacific Rim, most of Taholah could be inundated by a tsunami.

"My kids' schools, they're all sea level," Frenchman said. "They're all in the flooding zone."

Oceanographers say king tides in Taholah and elsewhere give a sneak peek of the future as an ever-hotter climate swells the world's oceans. Global sea levels have risen about seven inches over the past century due to heat-trapping pollution, with a similar rise forecast in just the next 30 years.

The Quinaults' approach, sometimes called "managed retreat," is a response to human-driven climate change that coastal communities are facing from Boston to Bangladesh. Such an approach can cost many millions of dollars, and the emotional toll can be high. People in the U.S. who relocate because of climate change usually move within 20 minutes of their original home according to recent research.

Coastal property owners often prefer higher seawalls or engineering solutions to try to hold back a rising sea over relocating or abandoning valuable waterfront real estate.

"There are lots of examples of places that no longer exist on the map, so this has happened before," said oceanographer Ian Miller with Washington Sea Grant at the University of Washington. "There are not too many instances of it happening in this kind of planned, managed, coordinated way."

Taholah, about 3 hours west of Seattle, has done more to confront that hotter future than most places in the U.S. and is gradually becoming one of the first American communities to move inland as sea levels rise.

In December, the Quinault government reached a milestone in its long push to provide safe housing for its people.

"," tribal counYou're looking at about nine acres of fresh development, with asphalt and sidewalks and lots of open space to start building some housescil member Ryan Hendricks said behind the wheel of his pickup truck. "What I see is, I see a really nice start of relocating a village."

There are no houses yet, just a figure eight of streets, sidewalks, and underground utilities carved out of the tribe's lichen-draped timberlands. The upland site with lots for 59 homes is about a mile from the lower village and 130 feet above sea level.

"I'm excited to see tribal members cruising around up here in anticipation," said Hendricks, who used to manage the construction project before he was elected to the tribal council.

While fully relocating the village is expected to take at least another decade, tribal officials hope the first Quinault elders can begin moving into new homes in the next year or two.

"It's a big project for such a small group of people to take on," Hendricks said.

The village is named for Chief Taholah, who signed the Treaty of Olympia with the United States in 1855, surrendering most of the Quinault and neighboring tribes' land, but retaining their fishing, hunting, and other rights. Today, the Quinault Reservation covers about 200,000 acres, a lush, mostly forested area bigger than New York City, but with just 1,200 residents.

Per-capita income on the reservation is low, about half the national average. One in three people there live below the federal poverty level.

Tanya Eison-Pelach wanted to move back to Taholah after she finished graduate school in Seattle, studying ocean policy.

"I do wish that I could have moved back into the home that I love so much, but I realized that that's not a place that I would feel safe raising a family," Eison-Pelach said.

She now works on natural resources policy for the Affiliated Tribes of Northwest Indians. She lives off the Quinault Reservation, about 10 miles from her home village and outside the danger zone for flooding.

"I do love Taholah," she said. "I just feel so far away now."

Eison-Pelach said tribes like the Quinault are on the front lines of climate change. "We're trying to solve a problem we didn't create," she said. "We didn't create carbon emissions to any level of, like, the outside, non-tribal world."

The Quinault government has received millions in state and federal funds to relocate the village. It has spent millions from its own timber and casino operations. With the project expected to cost at least $450 million, the tribe still needs hundreds of millions to get homes built in the new neighborhood.

"It's been a long process," Quinault Indian Nation President Guy Capoeman said.

"We've had to do a lot of convincing to get some of our folks to agree that it's best to move up on the hill," he said.

Tribal members report having mixed feelings about relocating away from the mouth of the Quinault River, the salmon-bearing heart of Quinault culture.

"That river down there has been keeping us alive for thousands of years," Hendricks said.

Thorny issues remain for the tribal council to address, like who gets to move uphill first and how much it will cost them to do so.

"There's a lot of questions that I feel like our council has to answer," Frenchman said. "I'm glad I don't have to make those kinds of decisions." Already President Capoeman is weighing those decisions personally.

He hasn't decided whether he'll move away from the lower village.

"At my age, I'm 54, the thought of taking on a home loan is something that is, you know, it's a big investment," Capoeman said.

Eison-Pelach said there's a generational divide, with some elders doubting the move will be necessary in their, or their children's, lifetimes.

The divide has fueled tense discussions in her own family, about what to do with the family home in the lower village. "No, Mom, we shouldn't put $15,000 into this because it's gonna get washed away," Eison-Pelach said she has told her mother.

Lia Frenchman said she looks forward to moving uphill and protecting her family from the rising ocean. Still, she said she'll miss the sounds of the surf and eagles overhead.

"I hear them whistling all day. My heart just breaks when I think about not being near that anymore," she said, starting to cry. "I know it's, at the same time, not reasonable and not safe. But it's a hard thing to accept."

Other tribes in Washington and Alaska are looking to relocate villages made vulnerable by rising seas, though few have made as much tangible progress as the Quinaults have.

"We've always made a point to be at the forefront of emerging concerns that affect Indian country [like] climate change," Capoeman said. "We see that these things are real."

In 2020, the Bureau of Indian Affairs estimated U.S. tribes would need $5 billion over the next 50 years to relocate or otherwise protect their infrastructure from climate change, with the greatest need in Alaska.

The Biden Administration issued multimillion-dollar grants in 2022 to tribes in Alaska, Louisiana, Maine, and Washington, including the Quinault, that are looking to move to higher ground.

The Quinault Nation was turned down for three federal grants in 2023 but received a $2 million U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development grant in February 2024 to help build housing for elders at the upland site.

Quinault officials still have to raise more money to fill the empty neighborhood with homes.

"If you know anybody with a big checkbook, give them my name," Capoeman said.

Frenchman said she's dreading having a house payment again and that it's going to be hard to abandon a site with so much history to it.

"But you know, you do what you have to do to protect your family," she said.

https://www.npr.org/2024/02/19/1228727075/how-a-northwest-tribe-is-escaping-a-rising-ocean?ft=nprml&f=1003 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 6-25-2023 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For do you not realize how late the hour is, for the signs are very clear and evident, darkness seems to be growing more and more each day as my word says and you are seeing those things that my word talks about. etc

:: 2-17-24 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2024: The Year from Political Hell – Martin Armstrong

By Greg Hunter On February 17, 2024 In Political Analysis 39 Comments

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com (Saturday Night Post)

Legendary financial and geopolitical cycle analyst Martin Armstrong is predicting political turmoil, civilian unrest, war and a big economic downturn in 2024 in a new report called “The Year from Political Hell.” It’s not just a US election year, but it is an election year for more than half of the world. This is a global phenomenon which no one can be sure of the outcome. Armstrong explains, “This is not just the United States election. This is what you hear on the news locally. However, step outside this country, and, for example, Indonesia just voted in a leftist government. You have the EU going for elections. You have on May 2nd all the local elections in Britian. You have Russian elections on May 7th. 60% of the world is going to the polls in 2024 to vote for a new government. You might as well throw them into a tumbler, shake well and see what comes out. I mean it’s all over the place.”

On the war front, get ready for more mass killing, and don’t be surprised if it goes nuclear. Armstrong predicts, “There will be nuclear weapons. The neocons keep telling people on Capitol Hill that Russia would never use a nuke because they know we would use them back. That is nonsense! If you are about ready to conquer somebody, and this is all they’ve got left, they are pushing the button. . . . These people, all they want is war. They don’t care. They really do not care. They don’t care about the economy. They don’t care about anything.”

Armstrong says the coming war will make the economy “crash in 2024” as people get scared, spend a lot less and save a lot more. Armstrong says, “What we are looking at is a contraction in spending because of uncertainty. This is what these neocons are creating, and they don’t want to listen to anybody, and it is just their agenda, and they don’t care what happens to the country. . . .We are looking for a contraction of 12% to 18%. GDP is not going to be rising, but you are going to find inflation still rising.”

Armstrong also says to look for “a rebellion in government debt” as people lose faith in governments around the world. This rebellion in government issued debt will include US Treasuries, according to Armstrong. This means interest rates will continue to trend upward and not downward.

On volatility in the markets, Armstrong predicts, “Look for volatility to start around July, and there may be some false flags too.”

Armstrong continues to say Trump is still looking like he can “win in a landslide in 2024,” but expect the Deep State to pull every dirty trick in the book to keep him out of office. Armstrong points out, “If Trump gets back in power, they are all fired. . . . They know they are losing power. Instead of reforming and doing the right thing, they clamp down and they think they can retain power by pressing us even more. Sorry, but that’s what creates revolution.”

In closing, Armstrong says, “Pretty much everything is going wrong for the Deep State. . . . confidence in government has collapsed everywhere.”

This is what makes the Deep State Dems, RINOs and Neocons very dangerous.

By the way, Armstrong says he would be a buyer of physical gold to hold as a core asset.

There is much more in the 1-hour and 4-minute interview.

Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with Martin Armstrong, who gives a preview of his new report called “The 2024 Outlook: The Year from Political Hell?” for 2.17.24.

(To Donate to USAWatchdog.com Click Here)

https://usawatchdog.com/2024-the-year-from-political-hell-martin-armstrong/ 

:: 2--24 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EMERGENCY ALERT!! IMMINENT SECURITY THREAT FROM RUSSIA!! EMERGENCY GANG OF 8 BRIEFING AT WHITE HOUSE

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5oXxmjJ2D_4 

:: 2--24 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Victor Davis Hanson Warns America: ‘Brace Yourself for What’s Coming in 2024’. This is worth 10 minutes.

https://twitter.com/FreyjaTarte/status/1757742976661356839 

:: 2--24 What a Finger video :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posing as donors and land surveyors, and with the help of an illegal immigrant working undercover, OMG recordings show this nonprofit engaged in paranoia, hostility towards law enforcement and white people, recommendations to violate asylum law, and offers of for-profit servicesactions related more to a human trafficking operation than a humanitarian nonprofit. Hidden cameras show Mexican men from Sonora and Tijuana pointing guns at our undercover illegal immigrant, and requesting 300 dollars cash to traffic him to Phoenix. Stuck inside the camp, our undercover journalist was interrogated and feared for his life.

James O’Keefe had to put on a bulletproof vest with the word PRESS on it, and extract the journalist in a standoff at the gate. A “ministry” of the Universal Unitarian Church out of Tucson@UUCTucson, and a 501c3 which does not file a public tax return, O’Keefe’s “surveyor” team recorded No More Deaths staff in the camp discuss their operations in detail including their budget (400K) and discovered the identity of staff – which they went to great lengths to keep SECRET. The staff said “We are paranoid” and called our team of surveyors “white supremacists…” MORE…

FEAR FROM NONPROFIT

:: 2--24 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EMERGENCY ALERT!! IMMINENT SECURITY THREAT FROM RUSSIA!! EMERGENCY GANG OF 8 BRIEFING AT WHITE HOUSE

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5oXxmjJ2D_4 

:: 2--24 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Victor Davis Hanson Warns America: ‘Brace Yourself for What’s Coming in 2024’. This is worth 10 minutes.

https://twitter.com/FreyjaTarte/status/1757742976661356839 

:: 2--24 What a Finger video :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posing as donors and land surveyors, and with the help of an illegal immigrant working undercover, OMG recordings show this nonprofit engaged in paranoia, hostility towards law enforcement and white people, recommendations to violate asylum law, and offers of for-profit services – actions related more to a human trafficking operation than a humanitarian nonprofit. Hidden cameras show Mexican men from Sonora and Tijuana pointing guns at our undercover illegal immigrant, and requesting 300 dollars cash to traffic him to Phoenix. Stuck inside the camp, our undercover journalist was interrogated and feared for his life.

James O’Keefe had to put on a bulletproof vest with the word PRESS on it, and extract the journalist in a standoff at the gate. A “ministry” of the Universal Unitarian Church out of Tucson@UUCTucson , and a 501c3 which does not file a public tax return, O’Keefe’s “surveyor” team recorded No More Deaths staff in the camp discuss their operations in detail including their budget (400K) and discovered the identity of staff – which they went to great lengths to keep SECRET. The staff said “We are paranoid” and called our team of surveyors “white supremacists…” MORE…

FEAR FROM NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS ON THE BORDER When the illegal immigrant asked where the Mexican men dressed in military attire associated with the No Mas Muertes nonprofit were from, one responded, “From Sonora,” while another was from Tijuana – notorious Mexican cartel hotbeds. “I have a friend coming soon. He will take you to the city,” said one of the cartel-appearing men. “How much does he charge?” asked the illegal immigrant. “$300,” responded one of the cartel-appearing men. Hours later, these cartel-appearing men pointed guns at the illegal immigrant. In the middle of the Arizona desert over 60 miles southwest of Tucson, O’Keefe Media Group (“OMG”) risked their lives to investigate the shady activity of No Mas Muertes, or No More Deaths, a nonprofit organization claiming to provide humanitarian aid to illegal immigrants but has been raided by US law enforcement and whose members have been arrested by border patrol numerous times.

Posing as donors and land surveyors, and with the help of an illegal immigrant working undercover, OMG recordings show this nonprofit repeating “we are a little paranoid,” refusing to state their names, voicing hostility towards law enforcement, interrogating the undercover illegal immigrantWhy don’t you ask for asylum? Why don’t you ask border patrol for asylum?” and offering to transport the undercover illegal immigrant for $300 cash before pointing guns at him actions related more to a human trafficking operation than a humanitarian nonprofit. No Mas Muertes workers refusing to provide their names or identifications stating: “You also don’t need the mask. I only put it on when the military shows up or when those white people show up, so they won’t take my picture” flies in the face of No More Deaths’ obligations as a 501(c)(3) tax-exempt organization to follow the law.

Instead, it seems to skirt immigration laws and traffic humans. OMG’s exposé of secret illegal immigrant compounds funded by Catholic Community Services of Tucson coupled with this undercover footage of No More Deaths reveals the shocking proliferation of private tax-exempt nonprofit organizations working with the government or potentially dangerous cartels to engage in what amounts to human trafficking into the United States under the guise of humanitarian aid, without any scrutiny or accountability. Off the outskirts of the tiny town of Arivaca 40 minutes on a dirt road from Interstate 15 at 36455 S Papalote Wash Road, several people wearing construction vests planted flags into the ground as land surveyors would before being approached by someone who told them to leave: “Hey guys, this is private property.” These people were not, in fact, surveyors. They were @JamesOKeefeIII and members of his OMG team, equipped with hidden cameras to investigate the rise in suspicious nonprofit organizations operating at the U.S.–Mexico border.

The team was outside the secretive location of No Mas Muertes, or No More Deaths. Couched as a ministry of the Unitarian Universalist Church of Tucson, whose tag line is “a liberal light in the desert,” No More Deaths appears to use its relationship to Unitarian Universalist Church of Tucson to evade filing IRS documents of financial transparency (IRS Form 990) under an IRS exemption for religious organizations. After confirming the location was No More Deaths property, an OMG team member posing as a donor called Mary Weiss, an administrator for the Unitarian Universalist Church of Tucson. On the call, Weiss represented No More Deaths was an “organization we actually partner with,” as “a ministry of the church,” located in Arivaca with a staff of 4-5 employees and budget of $400 Thousand. As the OMG team continued planting flags around the perimeter of the property, they sent a volunteer illegal immigrant with a hidden camera to observe No More Deaths from the inside. No More Deaths workers welcomed OMG undercover illegal immigrant and explained how they…

You know they are intent on collapsing the economy. They are doing everything needed to accomplish America’s destruction, and the continued collapse of the dollar. So protect your family , your 401K, retirement – – – – click below

https://choiceclips.whatfinger.com/2024/02/15/breaking-okeefe-media-infiltrates-secret-no-mas-muertes-encampment

-in-arizona-near-the-border/ 

:: 2-14-24 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

For there are many troubling things taking place in the world, even as you saw the events that took place today, you’re seeing events in other days as you turn on and look at the news. Realize that those have no effect on my word other than they are fulfillment of what I said would come in this time and during this hour. It does not stop you from receiving the things that I have etc

:: 2-14-24 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

One dead, 22 shot — including 9 children — at Kansas City Chiefs’ Super Bowl parade

By Social Links for Patrick Reilly

Published Feb. 14, 2024 Updated Feb. 14, 2024, 6:41 p.m. ET

One person was killed and 22 others injured after a shooting near the Kansas City Chief’s Super Bowl parade route following the festivities on Wednesday afternoon, officials said.

Panicked crowds raced for cover as gunfire erupted west of Union Station at the end of the victory parade — attended by thousands of fans.

The Kansas City Police Department said that one person died and a total of 22 were injured by gunfire. Children’s Mercy Hospital Kansas City told KSHB that the hospital is treating nine kids who have gunshot wounds.

Several suspected shooters were taken into custody by police, according to KSHB.

Video posted on social media shows police officers and military personnel sprinting into the train station shortly after shots were fired.

The officers seen entering the station were working to safely get people outside and treat victims, police said. KCPD confirmed no officers were involved in the shooting.

Other clips of the chaos show travelers running for their lives and several injured people being taken out on stretchers.

One man in a red hoodie and red sweatpants at the scene was in police custody.

Children’s Mercy Kansas City said it is receiving patients from the rally at this time, KSHB reported.

Please join me in prayer for all the victims in this heinous act,” Chiefs linebacker Drue Tranquill wrote in a post that was retweeted by quarterback and Super Bowl MVP, Patrick Mahomes.

Pray that doctors & first responders would have steady hands & that all would experience full healing,” Tranquill added. Rick Burkholder, the Chiefs VP of Sports Medicine and performance, said that he, his wife and head coach Andy Reid’s family were all safe and heading on a bus to Arrowhead.

Kansas City Mayor Quinton Lucas urged revelers to “please stay clear of the area.”

Child reunification stations have been set up inside the main entrance of the station and at 2301 Main Street. Police said they “still have several needing reunification.”

https://nypost.com/2024/02/14/us-news/multiple-people-shot-near-kansas-city-chiefs-super-bowl-parade-cops/ 

[ :: 10-21-07  am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Etc For truly the whole world is seeing end time signs, from the very skies to the depths of the oceans. They are seeing the global warming, they are seeing the drought, they are seeing the loss of water all over and they recognize that truly it is taking place and they do not know which way to turn. They see the wars, the rumors of wars; they see Iraq and Iran as they continue to go their evil ways. They see Russia as she joins with Iran speaking out boldly against the United States; they see all the signs that are there. They are seeing even the EU as it now meets with Iran and talks with them. When will they wake up, when will they recognize that truly it is the last days, etc

:: 2-14-24 Washington Free Beacon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran Tests Ballistic Missiles in Preparation for Strike on Israel

Tehran simulates attack on Israeli hangar housing American-made F-35s

Adam Kredo  February 14, 2024

Iran test fired advanced ballistic missiles on Tuesday in a series of war drills meant to prepare the Islamic Republic for a strike on Israeli military sites that house American-made F-35 fighter jets, according to the country’s state-controlled media.

Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC), which is behind a series of recent strikes on American and Israeli positions across the Middle East, "simulated destroying hangars housing the Israeli regime's United States-procured F-35 warplanes by using ballistic missiles," according to information about the drills published in Tehran’s official media outlets.

During the war simulation, the IRGC fired "enhanced versions of its Emad and Qadr ballistic missiles against the F-35 hangars located inside a mock-up of the Tel Aviv regime's Palmachim Airbase," located just outside of the major Israeli city. Iran claims its missiles are capable of striking deep into Israel and are capable of traveling more than 1,000 miles.

Iran’s latest war drills come as its terrorist proxies in Yemen, Syria, Iraq, and Lebanon carry out increasingly deadly operations against U.S. and Israeli forces in the region, including a late January strike by the Houthi militant group that killed three American military members and sparked a spate of retaliatory attacks by America.

An attack on Israel’s store of F-35s would deal a devastating blow to the Jewish state as it faces down a conflict with Hamas on its southern border and an increasingly dangerous threat from Hezbollah on its northern border.

Tensions were also heightened on Wednesday afternoon when the House Intelligence Committee disclosed that it has viewed classified materials outlining "a serious national security threat."

The committee did not disclose any information about the nature of the threat, instead issuing a vague statement saying that lawmakers are working to get the intelligence declassified.

"The House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence has made available to all Members of Congress information concerning a serious national security threat," Rep. Mike Turner (R., Ohio), the committee’s chair, said in the statement. "I am requesting that President Biden declassify all information relating to this threat so that Congress, the administration, and our allies can openly discuss the actions necessary to respond to this threat."

Further information about the matter was not immediately available and the Intelligence Committee did not immediately respond to a Washington Free Beacon inquiry. Early reports on social media said the Intelligence Committee is referring to a "highly concerning and destabilizing" military move by Russia.

A massive explosion Tuesday at an Iranian gas line also heightened the possibility of an Israeli confrontation with Tehran, as the hardline regime claimed the incident was a "terrorist act of sabotage."

Meanwhile, Iran’s foreign minister met with the Hamas terror group's senior leadership during a visit on Tuesday to Qatar, which shelters the organization’s top officials. The meeting signals Tehran will continue backing Hamas as it wages war on Israel in the wake of the Oct. 7 attack that killed more than 1,200 Israelis.

Published under: Hamas , Iran , Israel , Mike Turner , National Security , war

https://freebeacon.com/national-security/iran-tests-ballistic-missiles-in-preparation-for-strike-on-israel/ 

:: 2-15-24 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran declares Antarctica its property in direct challenge to Biden, global treaty

Fox News    Benjamin Weinthal  Thu, February 15, 2024, 4:00 AM EST·4 min read

JERUSALEM — Iran’s Navy commander announced in a televised broadcast last fall that the regime owns Antarctica and will build a military operation in the South Pole.

"We have property rights in the South Pole. We have plan to raise our flag there and carry out military and scientific work," Iranian Navy Commander Rear Admiral Shahram Irani said in late September, according to a translation by the Washington D.C.-based Middle East Media Research Institute (MEMRI).

Iran’s naval saber-rattling is drawing new attention in response to the Iranian-backed militias that murdered three U.S. soldiers in Jordan last month.

Fox News Digital asked a U.S. State Department spokesperson if the recent American unfreezing of $6 billion in Iranian funds held in Qatar could be used by Iran to set up a base in Antarctica.

"No. Iran’s funds held in Qatar may not be used for any activities in Antarctica," the spokesperson said. "Those funds can only be used to purchase humanitarian goods, meaning food, medicine, medical devices and agricultural products."

Despite the clerical regime’s growing bellicosity in the Middle East and across the world, according to veteran Iran observers, the Biden administration released $6 billion in sanctions relief to Tehran’s rulers ahead of the Iran-backed Hamas massacre of 1,200 people Oct. 7 in southern Israel. Hamas slaughtered over 30 Americans during its invasion of Israel.

Iran’s President, Ebrahim Raisi, who was sanctioned by former President Trump for his role in the two massacres of Iranian dissidents and protesters, disputed the Biden administration’s restrictions on the use of the $6 billion. Raisi taunted Biden’s White House, declaring his regime will use the massive cash infusion "wherever we need it."

"Iran's future plans to try to expand its military presence and influence into the Antarctic would not only violate multilateral conventions on the issue, but continues the regime's trend of aggression across the globe," said Yonah Jeremy Bob, author of "Target Tehran" and a senior Jerusalem Post military and intelligence analyst.

"Whether through terrorism on basically every continent or its rampant piracy in the maritime arena, the Islamic Republic continues to show why it is a danger to world stability and why Israel and the Mossad's role in holding it back from nuclear weapons remains critical."

IRAN HOLDS TOP MILITARY DRILLS IN MAJOR OIL WATERWAY IN 'WAR BEFORE THE WAR'

"Every time Tehran expands its tentacles into a new area to disrupt the rules-based order promoted by the West, the U.S. and its allies are given an additional opportunity to take the nuclear threat more seriously. Antarctica might seem a distant threat, but if the West acts as meekly as it did when Iran recently kicked out nuclear weapons inspectors, the Islamic Republic will only become further emboldened on other track," he added.

Fox News Digital reported in February 2023 that the United States tracked warlike announcements by Iran's navy chief that Tehran plans to establish a military presence at the Panama Canal. Iran deployed two military ships to Brazil at the time that were headed for the Panama Canal.

In December, the Islamic Republic claimed it was building "smart" cruise missiles for its navy arsenal.

WHITE HOUSE ACCUSES IRAN OF GIFTING 'SEVERAL HUNDRED' DRONES TO RUSSIA

"It’s an arcane topic, but little lies between Iran’s coast outside the Persian Gulf and the eastern hemisphere side of Antarctica," Jennifer Dyer, a retired commander of U.S. Naval Intelligence, told Fox News Digital

"In theory, Iran could claim an interest in Antarctica similar to India’s, Australia’s, New Zealand’s or Chile’s (or those of the U.K. and France, for that matter), with their island outposts in the southern hemisphere.

"I can say that raising the flag at the South Pole doesn’t carry any implications in international law. The Antarctic Treaty (which became effective in 1961) has a specific provision that no action by any nation after 1961 can be the basis of a territorial claim on the continent."

"Iran isn’t a signatory to the treaty and might try to do frisky things in Antarctica," Dyer noted. "Those things wouldn’t be recognized by other nations, at least as matters stand now. The U.S., U.K., Germany, France, Japan, India, China and Russia are all signatories to the treaty, as are Brazil, and Argentina, Chile, Australia and New Zealand, the ‘jumping off’ nations closest to the continent."

Potkin Azarmehr, an expert on Iran, told Fox News Digital, "Everything in Iran is reminiscent of the USSR in its last days before collapse. Ambitious but pointless plans by a state with completely wrong priorities. Unable to provide basic services to its people, bankrupt institutions but full of grandiose talks"

Fox News Digital sent press queries to Iran’s Foreign Ministry and its U.N. mission in New York.

Original article source: Iran declares Antarctica its property in direct challenge to Biden, global treaty

https://news.yahoo.com/iran-declares-antarctica-property-direct-090038539.html 

[ :: 8-13-08 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Unstable, very unstable is the world, unstable is the economy, unstable are the events that they are trying to do throughout the whole world. etc

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 2-15-24 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BERLIN FALL Tractors protest by farmers, economy in freefall and rise of Far Right have turned Germany into sick man of Europe

Some 500 tractors gathered at Berlin’s landmark Brandenburg Gate and 5,000 paraded through Munich’s streets

Oliver Harvey  Published: 21:00, 15 Jan 2024

LIGHTS flashing and horns blaring, 3,000 tractors trundled through Hanover in Germany bringing its streets to a gridlocked standstill.

Stepping down from his cab, arable farmer Axel Friehe told me his beleaguered nation’s economy is “breaking down”.

We hope our protests are the start of something big,” he said of the tractor cavalcade being cheered by locals.

Farmer Friehe, 51, may soon have his wish.

Troubled Germany’s major cities have been paralysed by demonstrating agricultural workers, truckers and small business people.

Some 500 tractors gathered at Berlin’s landmark Brandenburg Gate and 5,000 paraded through Munich’s streets.

While French farmers have made protesting something of a national pastime — infamously torching a lorry full of British sheep in 1990 — their German counterparts are traditionally less militant.

Yet a heavy-handed bid by its government to slash a tax break on diesel used in agricultural machinery — worth around £2,500 a year to each farmer — has made zealots of German country folk.

I watched on Wednesday as locals in Hanover gave farmers hearty cheers and the thumbs up despite the traffic tailbacks in the north German city of 536,000 citizens.

For the tractor strike is a symptom of a wider malaise gripping Germany.

The country’s once booming export market made it the industrial powerhouse at the heart of Europe.

Yet since the pandemic its sluggish economy has grown by just 0.3 per centcompared to 1.4 per cent in the UKmaking it by far the worst performer in the G7 group of nations.

Stringent green initiatives, including the rolling out of heat pumps, have been unpopular with many.

‘Hungry, naked and sober’

And mass migration — last year Germany had more than 350,000 asylum applications — has become a major political flashpoint.

Its ruling coalition of the left-of- centre Social Democratic Party, the Greens and liberal Free Democrats have been trying to plug a near £15billion budget black hole.

Into this economic and social maelstrom has stepped the far-right Alternative for Deutschland, who critics say are “infiltrating” the farmers’ demonstrations.

A YouGov poll last Sunday showed almost one in four Germans — 24 per cent — backed the AfD.

Last week it was reported that high-ranking AfD officials were caught at a secret conference where a “masterplan” for the forced deportation of millions of migrants to Africa was discussed.

The meeting, at a luxury hotel last November, featured a talk by far-right Identitarian Movement activist Martin Sellner, who is permanently banned from the UK for extremism.

It was claimed that the “remigration” proposals discussed at the event, infiltrated by news network Collectiv, included deporting immigrants with German passports.

Those in attendance — reportedly alongside neo-Nazis — included Roland Hartwig, a personal aide to AfD leader Alice Weidel, and AfD MP Gerrit Huy.

The AfD denied it had a “secret plan” but added: “We need passport withdrawal for criminals and remigration!”

At last week’s Hanover protest, turnip farmer Christoph Berndt, 31, insisted: “The AfD use the demonstrations to draw attention to themselves.

They say the farmers are on their side, which isn’t true.”

Driving nearly 40 miles on his green John Deere tractor to be at the good-natured demonstration, he added: “The politicians in Berlin make it more difficult for us to work and make money.

“So we go on to the street and try to animate people to understand us and what we do in the fields.”

German flags fluttered from tractor cabs with signs on their front loaders reading: “No food without us.”

Another read: “Without agriculture you’d be hungry, naked and sober.”

Air horns sounded in the sub-zero chill as farmers gathered outside Lower Saxony’s regional parliament building in Hanover.

Expressing the fury felt by many, Volker Hahn, who helped to organise the demo, said: “The Government needs money and they will take it from the farmers. It’s a horrible situation.”

Volker, 55, who tends pigs, chickens and potatoes at his 600-acre farm, added: “We don’t welcome the support of AfD.

"They’re extreme.”

To add to the air of despondency felt by many, Hanover and other German cities have also been crippled by train driver strikes this week.

At the parliament building I met Sonja Markgraf, from the Rural People of Lower Saxony group, which also helped to organise the tractor protest.

She said: “The French people were always on the barricades but in Germany everyone felt comfortable.”

Now, she says, times have changed, with farmers seething at being asked to help plug the Government’s budget gap.

She added: “We are very happy that the protests are peaceful — but loud. The population stands behind us.”

Sonja, 53, says people from all backgrounds are facing unrealistic demands on environmental issues.

She added: “Heat pumps are a good example. It’s not wrong to do it, it’s the way they do it.

“It was too quick, wasn’t well explained and people are worried about the price.

"Reforms are necessary but you have to take the people with you.

“This feeling is in every part of the population, whether you’re poor, rich or middle-class. It’s not great for the general mood.”

She blames people’s fears over illegal immigration for AfD’s rise, saying: “Even three or four years ago it wasn’t an issue.

"Now the municipalities say they have no rooms, no flats or apartments so it’s more visible now.

“So the AfD tries to profit from it.”

Germany has long been renowned in British minds as a land of efficiency, where everything works.

It was praised for how it faced up to its Nazi past and built a vibrant, liberal democracy with a turbo-charged economy.

That booming post-war Germany was summed up in Audi’s 1980s advertising slogan “vorsprung durch technik”, meaning “progress through technology”.

Now its famed export trade of cars and machinery is in deep trouble.

German car makers produced almost 40 per cent fewer vehicles in 2022 than they did a decade previously.

Once reliant on Russian gas, Germany saw energy prices soar after Vladimir Putin’s 2022 Ukraine invasion.

And politicians have failed to tackle creaking infrastructure, a housing shortage and high-speed internet rollout.

Labelled the Sick Man of Europe — an historic term that was used to describe Britain in the 1970s — its economy is predicted to perform worse than Britain’s in the next decade.

Though expected to return to growth this year, Germany — the world’s third biggest economy — is forecast to be overtaken by Japan in 2026 and India in 2027.

At Hanover’s regional parliament building I met the AfD’s Frank Rinck, who denies his far-right party has “infiltrated” the farmers’ demos.

The MP and chairman of the Lower Saxony AfD said the group were “simply engaging with these demonstrations like any other political party”.

Frank, an agricultural contractor, says the Government’s subsidy cut will lead to a “further death” of the farming sector.

He added: “At some point our domestic agricultural sector will not be able to feed indigenous people.”

He said it was news to him that AfD politicians had attended a “remigration” conference, describing reports asa storm in a teacup”.

He added: “In Germany things like this tend to come up when problems arise and people demonstrate.”

Watching the AfD’s rise warily are the centre-right Christian Democratic Union party, currently Germany’s leading party in opinion polls.

Its agriculture spokesman in Lower Saxony’s parliament, Dr Marco Mohrmann, ruled out working with the AfD in a coalition.

The dad of three told me: “A big part of the AfD is extreme right — and that’s not our way.

While accepting Germany should take in asylum seekers and skilled migrants, he admitted Britain’s stuttering Rwanda policy may also be a way forward for his country.

Conservative-leaning Marco, 59, said: “I think the model the UK is doing with Rwanda is interesting.

"It’s a third-country solution where you can look at someone and decide if they can get asylum or not.

“A year ago we couldn’t discuss something like this but now we can, and we have to.”

German Chancellor Olaf Scholz has tried to contain farmers’ rage by phasing out the diesel tax break over time and scrapping plans to abolish tax exemption on agricultural vehicles.

Yet the scale of the protests — and their support across German society — suggests he has not done enough.

Yesterday 5,000 tractors and 10,000 protesters blockaded Berlin in a climax to a week of protest. Fresh talks with Government representatives are set.

READ MORE SUN STORIES

Rural People of Lower Saxony’s Sonja Markgraf insisted: “If it’s not good for the farmers then we say, ‘We go on’.”

Germany’s Great Tractor Revolution may still only be in first gear.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/25371040/tractors-protest-farmers-germany-sick-man-europe/ 

[:: 3-31-19 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are living in a time of great deception, a time when the enemy is working harder than he has ever worked before in the history of man and yet my people don’t seem to understand that. etc.

:: 2-15-24 Space :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian plans for space-based nuclear weapon to target satellites spark concern in US Congress

News

By Brett Tingley published 15 February 2024

The capability is still in development and the launch of such a weapon does "not appear imminent."

Russia is reportedly developing a space-based nuclear weapon designed to disable or destroy satellites.

The United States Congress and America's European allies were informed of Russia's plans to develop the anti-satellite capability on Wednesday (Feb. 14). It's unclear what the exact nature of the planned weapon is — that is, whether it involves detonating a nuclear explosive in space or is another anti-satellite technology powered by a space-based nuclear reactor.

According to the intelligence presented to Congress, the U.S. military "does not have the ability to counter such a weapon and defend its satellites," according to a report in the New York Times. The report adds that U.S. government officials do not believe that such a weapon will be launched any time soon, but that there is "a limited window of time" to stop it from being launched and deployed.

Orbital nuclear weapons are currently banned due to the Outer Space Treaty of 1967, although there have been concerns of late that Russia might be backing out of the treaty in order to pursue further militarization of space.

Concerns over the development of such a weapon spread like wildfire on Wednesday (Feb. 14) after House Intelligence Committee chair Mike Turner (R-Ohio) issued a public statement asking President Biden to "declassify all information relating to this threat" so the U.S. government and its allies can "openly discuss the actions necessary to respond."

Other members of Congress have responded to Turner's request, downplaying the severity of the reported Russian pursuit of a nuclear space weapon. "The classified intelligence product that the House Intelligence Committee called to the attention of Members last night is a significant one, but it is not a cause for panic," said Rep. Jim Himes (D-CT), Ranking Member of the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, in a statement.

"As to whether more can be declassified about this issue, that is a worthwhile discussion but it is not a discussion to be had in public," Himes added.

House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) issued a separate statement that downplays the threat posed by Turner's request. "I saw Chairman Turner's statement on the issue and I want to assure the American people there's no need for public alarm," Johnson said.

It's unclear why this particular intelligence was highlighted at this time, but there is some speculation that it could be related to Russia's Feb. 9 launch of a classified satellite known as Cosmos 2575.

\4 one more thing - I would not be surprised if this was linked to Cosmos 2575, which is a classified Russian satellite launched on Feb 9, which would be just enough time for the IC to do its thing... https://t.co/RQyRRhhZHJ February 14, 2024

See more

On the same day Turner's comments went viral, the U.S. Space Force launched six satellites designed to detect and track missile launches.

A nuclear detonation in space could have both immediate and long-lasting effects in Earth's orbit. In the immediate aftermath, nuclear explosions could cause a multitude of damaging effects; pulses of high-energy radiation such as heat, x-rays and other radiation can "can damage nearby satellites and blind their sensors," according to a 2023 study by the Center for Strategic & International Studies (CSIS).

In terms of longer-lasting effects, the naturally occurring belts of radiation that surround our planet could trap radiation released by a nuclear explosion, producing "longer lasting radiation belts that caused deleterious effects to satellites then in orbit or launched soon thereafter," according to a report published in 2008 by the Commission to Assess the Threat to the United States from Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) Attack.

The same phenomenon was observed after the United States detonated a nuclear warhead at high altitude in 1962 during the "Starfish Prime" nuclear test conducted by the Atomic Energy Commission, a precursor to the Department of Energy.

The test saw a 1.4-Megaton device detonated 250 miles (400 km) above the Pacific Ocean near Hawaii. The Soviet Union also detonated three nuclear devices at high-altitude that same year.

Nuclear weapons aren't the only anti-satellite capabilities Russia — and other nations — are pursuing. Russia has been fielding ground-based lasers that can blind satellites, and has tested anti-satellite missiles widely condemned by the international community due to the amount of dangerous debris it produced in Earth'sorbit.

The U.S military has signaled in recent months that both Russia and the People's Republic of China (PRC) are seeking to turn space into a "warfighting domain" and are "deploying capabilities that can target GPS and other vital space-based systems," according to U.S. Deputy Secretary of Defense Kathleen Hicks.

Join our Space Forums to keep talking space on the latest missions, night sky and more! And if you have a news tip, correction or comment, let us know at: community@space.com.

https://www.space.com/russia-space-nuclear-weapon-us-congress 

:: 2-14-24 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

For there are many troubling things taking place in the world, even as you saw the events that took place today, you’re seeing events in other days as you turn on and look at the news. Realize that those have no effect on my word other than they are fulfillment of what I said would come in this time and during this hour. It does not stop you from receiving the things that I have etc

:: 2-14-24 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

One dead, 22 shot — including 9 children — at Kansas City Chiefs’ Super Bowl parade

By Social Links for Patrick Reilly

Published Feb. 14, 2024 Updated Feb. 14, 2024, 6:41 p.m. ET

One person was killed and 22 others injured after a shooting near the Kansas City Chief’s Super Bowl parade route following the festivities on Wednesday afternoon, officials said.

Panicked crowds raced for cover as gunfire erupted west of Union Station at the end of the victory parade — attended by thousands of fans.

The Kansas City Police Department said that one person died and a total of 22 were injured by gunfire. Children’s Mercy Hospital Kansas City told KSHB that the hospital is treating nine kids who have gunshot wounds.

Several suspected shooters were taken into custody by police, according to KSHB.

Video posted on social media shows police officers and military personnel sprinting into the train station shortly after shots were fired.

The officers seen entering the station were working to safely get people outside and treat victims, police said. KCPD confirmed no officers were involved in the shooting.

Other clips of the chaos show travelers running for their lives and several injured people being taken out on stretchers.

One man in a red hoodie and red sweatpants at the scene was in police custody.

Children’s Mercy Kansas City said it is receiving patients from the rally at this time, KSHB reported.

Please join me in prayer for all the victims in this heinous act,” Chiefs linebacker Drue Tranquill wrote in a post that was retweeted by quarterback and Super Bowl MVP, Patrick Mahomes.

Pray that doctors & first responders would have steady hands & that all would experience full healing,” Tranquill added. Rick Burkholder, the Chiefs VP of Sports Medicine and performance, said that he, his wife and head coach Andy Reid’s family were all safe and heading on a bus to Arrowhead.

Kansas City Mayor Quinton Lucas urged revelers to “please stay clear of the area.”

Child reunification stations have been set up inside the main entrance of the station and at 2301 Main Street. Police said they “still have several needing reunification.”

https://nypost.com/2024/02/14/us-news/multiple-people-shot-near-kansas-city-chiefs-super-bowl-parade-cops/ 

[ :: 10-21-07  am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Etc For truly the whole world is seeing end time signs, from the very skies to the depths of the oceans. They are seeing the global warming, they are seeing the drought, they are seeing the loss of water all over and they recognize that truly it is taking place and they do not know which way to turn. They see the wars, the rumors of wars; they see Iraq and Iran as they continue to go their evil ways. They see Russia as she joins with Iran speaking out boldly against the United States; they see all the signs that are there. They are seeing even the EU as it now meets with Iran and talks with them. When will they wake up, when will they recognize that truly it is the last days, etc

:: 2-14-24 Washington Free Beacon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran Tests Ballistic Missiles in Preparation for Strike on Israel

Tehran simulates attack on Israeli hangar housing American-made F-35s

Adam Kredo  February 14, 2024

Iran test fired advanced ballistic missiles on Tuesday in a series of war drills meant to prepare the Islamic Republic for a strike on Israeli military sites that house American-made F-35 fighter jets, according to the country’s state-controlled media.

Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC), which is behind a series of recent strikes on American and Israeli positions across the Middle East, "simulated destroying hangars housing the Israeli regime's United States-procured F-35 warplanes by using ballistic missiles," according to information about the drills published in Tehran’s official media outlets.

During the war simulation, the IRGC fired "enhanced versions of its Emad and Qadr ballistic missiles against the F-35 hangars located inside a mock-up of the Tel Aviv regime's Palmachim Airbase," located just outside of the major Israeli city. Iran claims its missiles are capable of striking deep into Israel and are capable of traveling more than 1,000 miles.

Iran’s latest war drills come as its terrorist proxies in Yemen, Syria, Iraq, and Lebanon carry out increasingly deadly operations against U.S. and Israeli forces in the region, including a late January strike by the Houthi militant group that killed three American military members and sparked a spate of retaliatory attacks by America.

An attack on Israel’s store of F-35s would deal a devastating blow to the Jewish state as it faces down a conflict with Hamas on its southern border and an increasingly dangerous threat from Hezbollah on its northern border.

Tensions were also heightened on Wednesday afternoon when the House Intelligence Committee disclosed that it has viewed classified materials outlining "a serious national security threat."

The committee did not disclose any information about the nature of the threat, instead issuing a vague statement saying that lawmakers are working to get the intelligence declassified.

"The House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence has made available to all Members of Congress information concerning a serious national security threat," Rep. Mike Turner (R., Ohio), the committee’s chair, said in the statement. "I am requesting that President Biden declassify all information relating to this threat so that Congress, the administration, and our allies can openly discuss the actions necessary to respond to this threat."

Further information about the matter was not immediately available and the Intelligence Committee did not immediately respond to a Washington Free Beacon inquiry. Early reports on social media said the Intelligence Committee is referring to a "highly concerning and destabilizing" military move by Russia.

A massive explosion Tuesday at an Iranian gas line also heightened the possibility of an Israeli confrontation with Tehran, as the hardline regime claimed the incident was a "terrorist act of sabotage."

Meanwhile, Iran’s foreign minister met with the Hamas terror group's senior leadership during a visit on Tuesday to Qatar, which shelters the organization’s top officials. The meeting signals Tehran will continue backing Hamas as it wages war on Israel in the wake of the Oct. 7 attack that killed more than 1,200 Israelis.

Published under: Hamas , Iran , Israel , Mike Turner , National Security , war

https://freebeacon.com/national-security/iran-tests-ballistic-missiles-in-preparation-for-strike-on-israel/ 

:: 2-15-24 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran declares Antarctica its property in direct challenge to Biden, global treaty

Fox News  Benjamin Weinthal

Thu, February 15, 2024, 4:00 AM EST·4 min read

JERUSALEM — Iran’s Navy commander announced in a televised broadcast last fall that the regime owns Antarctica and will build a military operation in the South Pole.

"We have property rights in the South Pole. We have plan to raise our flag there and carry out military and scientific work," Iranian Navy Commander Rear Admiral Shahram Irani said in late September, according to a translation by the Washington D.C.-based Middle East Media Research Institute (MEMRI).

Iran’s naval saber-rattling is drawing new attention in response to the Iranian-backed militias that murdered three U.S. soldiers in Jordan last month.

Fox News Digital asked a U.S. State Department spokesperson if the recent American unfreezing of $6 billion in Iranian funds held in Qatar could be used by Iran to set up a base in Antarctica.

"No. Iran’s funds held in Qatar may not be used for any activities in Antarctica," the spokesperson said. "Those funds can only be used to purchase humanitarian goods, meaning food, medicine, medical devices and agricultural products."

Despite the clerical regime’s growing bellicosity in the Middle East and across the world, according to veteran Iran observers, the Biden administration released $6 billion in sanctions relief to Tehran’s rulers ahead of the Iran-backed Hamas massacre of 1,200 people Oct. 7 in southern Israel. Hamas slaughtered over 30 Americans during its invasion of Israel.

Iran’s President, Ebrahim Raisi, who was sanctioned by former President Trump for his role in the two massacres of Iranian dissidents and protesters, disputed the Biden administration’s restrictions on the use of the $6 billion. Raisi taunted Biden’s White House, declaring his regime will use the massive cash infusion "wherever we need it."

"Iran's future plans to try to expand its military presence and influence into the Antarctic would not only violate multilateral conventions on the issue, but continues the regime's trend of aggression across the globe," said Yonah Jeremy Bob, author of "Target Tehran" and a senior Jerusalem Post military and intelligence analyst.

"Whether through terrorism on basically every continent or its rampant piracy in the maritime arena, the Islamic Republic continues to show why it is a danger to world stability and why Israel and the Mossad's role in holding it back from nuclear weapons remains critical."

IRAN HOLDS TOP MILITARY DRILLS IN MAJOR OIL WATERWAY IN 'WAR BEFORE THE WAR'

"Every time Tehran expands its tentacles into a new area to disrupt the rules-based order promoted by the West, the U.S. and its allies are given an additional opportunity to take the nuclear threat more seriously. Antarctica might seem a distant threat, but if the West acts as meekly as it did when Iran recently kicked out nuclear weapons inspectors, the Islamic Republic will only become further emboldened on other track," he added.

Fox News Digital reported in February 2023 that the United States tracked warlike announcements by Iran's navy chief that Tehran plans to establish a military presence at the Panama Canal. Iran deployed two military ships to Brazil at the time that were headed for the Panama Canal.

In December, the Islamic Republic claimed it was building "smart" cruise missiles for its navy arsenal.

WHITE HOUSE ACCUSES IRAN OF GIFTING 'SEVERAL HUNDRED' DRONES TO RUSSIA

"It’s an arcane topic, but little lies between Iran’s coast outside the Persian Gulf and the eastern hemisphere side of Antarctica," Jennifer Dyer, a retired commander of U.S. Naval Intelligence, told Fox News Digital

"In theory, Iran could claim an interest in Antarctica similar to India’s, Australia’s, New Zealand’s or Chile’s (or those of the U.K. and France, for that matter), with their island outposts in the southern hemisphere.

"I can say that raising the flag at the South Pole doesn’t carry any implications in international law. The Antarctic Treaty (which became effective in 1961) has a specific provision that no action by any nation after 1961 can be the basis of a territorial claim on the continent."

"Iran isn’t a signatory to the treaty and might try to do frisky things in Antarctica," Dyer noted. "Those things wouldn’t be recognized by other nations, at least as matters stand now. The U.S., U.K., Germany, France, Japan, India, China and Russia are all signatories to the treaty, as are Brazil, and Argentina, Chile, Australia and New Zealand, the ‘jumping off’ nations closest to the continent."

Potkin Azarmehr, an expert on Iran, told Fox News Digital, "Everything in Iran is reminiscent of the USSR in its last days before collapse. Ambitious but pointless plans by a state with completely wrong priorities. Unable to provide basic services to its people, bankrupt institutions but full of grandiose talks"

Fox News Digital sent press queries to Iran’s Foreign Ministry and its U.N. mission in New York.

Original article source: Iran declares Antarctica its property in direct challenge to Biden, global treaty

https://news.yahoo.com/iran-declares-antarctica-property-direct-090038539.html                            

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.    

[ 4-9-17 am service  (third word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::    ::]

etc. For it is that time and it is that hour, the clock cannot be stopped, the clock cannot be turned back, man has made their own minds up, they have made decisions and have not counseled with me, your Father God, therefore I cannot hold things back any longer.  For they go their own way, etc.

:: 2-14-24 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Think the US exit from Afghanistan was bad? Look what's brewing in the Pacific

Lose the Central Pacific and every nation counting on us will hedge their bets, which China will love

By Grant Newsham Fox News

Published February 14, 2024 5:00am EST | Updated February 14, 2024 5:09am EST

You think America’s tail-between-its-legs departure from Afghanistan was bad? Something even worse is coming in the Pacific, albeit more quietly.

U.S. defenses in the Asia-Pacific center on a defense line running from Japan to Philippines to Taiwan and on to Borneo. The so-called First Island Chain.

Try defending against China along the first island chain without a secure "rear area" in the Central Pacific. And suppose it’s the Chinese in the rear.

American control of the Central Pacific depends on three treatiesknown as Compacts of Free Association (COFA)with three nations: Palau, Federated States of Micronesia, and Republic of Marshall Islands. These nations and their huge maritime territory comprise most of an "east-west corridor" from Hawaii to the western edge of the Pacific that is essential for U.S. control and military operations in the region.

CHINESE HACKERS HAD ACCESS TO US INFRASTRUCTURE FOR ‘AT LEAST 5 YEARS’ BEFORE DISCOVERY

The COFAs give the United States the legal authority to operate freely and to keep other nations’ militaries out. In other words, military access and control.

As part of the agreements, the three nations receive financial and other support from the U.S., to include the right of citizens to reside and work in America. And one should never forget that COFA state citizens serve in the U.S. military at higher per-capita rates than almost all U.S. states.

The COFA agreements are up for renewal, and the agreements have passed the tortuous dozen or so committees and now just need to be voted on and passed. That is very much in doubt.

One issue is $2.3 billion in offsets. That means that to fund the COFAs, $2.3 billion has to come out of the federal budget elsewhere.

The $2.3 billion is over 20 years so it averages out to about $40 million a year for each country. Yes, $40 million. A half-hour of Medicaid fraud.

We blew a trillion or two in Afghanistan. And we’re complaining about $120 million a year?

Everyone is blaming everyone else.

AS CHINA THREAT GROWS IN ASIA, JAPAN TO OPEN NATO LIAISON OFFICE TO COUNTER BEIJING

Congress blames other parts of the Congress and the White House. The White House blames Congress.

The White House can find the money if it wanted. It doesn’t.

There was in fact an Asia tsar at the White House National Security Council, Kurt Campbell, who should have made passage of the COFAs his mission. He was the "tsar" after all. Instead, he bailed out and has failed upwards – just confirmed as assistant secretary of state. Par for the course in Washington.

Congress could find the money too, if it wanted. It doesn’t – or is distracted by "the border," Ukraine, Gaza and any number of things.

Maybe the Department of Defense (DOD), which has to do the hard work of defending the Asia Pacific, could show some initiative and imagination, and offer to redirect the money from elsewhere in its large budget.

Just $120 million a year? That’s easy.

Cut DEI programs in DOD and anyone connected with them.

JOINT CHIEFS CHAIR RESPONDS TO CLAIM US IS UNPREPARED TO FACE CHINA THREAT, SAYS NATO ‘STRONGER’ THAN EVER

Cut 10% of FOGOs – that’s "flag officers, general officers." That’d easily get your money – and nobody would notice the "flags" were missing.

Worse, it’s said the COFA agreements were in fact arbitrarily removed from consideration the other day by a "budget conscious" congresswoman, even though the bill it was in wouldn’t even have required an offset. Now other senators are trying to get it back in.

Lose the Central Pacific and we’ll be defending from Hawaii and SoCal while every country that was counting on us – Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Philippines, Australia and others – start to hedge their bets.

China will love it.

The PRC already has strong commercial and political presence in the COFA states (and just about every other Pacific island nation) and is aiming to pry them away from the United States. And it’s succeeding.

Among the common approaches are financial payments, economic aid, bribes to officials, facilitating the entry of Chinese organized crime and even encouraging secession movements to weaken recalcitrant federal governments.

The president of each COFA nation is said to have a blank check from China on the desk. They haven’t been cashedsuch is their deep attachment to the United States.

But their patience is not unlimited – and they notice when their erstwhile friend is giving them short shrift. Indeed, they are darn angry – though they won’t show it.

Imagine you’re the president, and you’ve spent much of your term negotiating a deal with the United States that you and Washington finally signed. Then, you have to tell your citizens, months later, that Congress cares so little it hasn’t even scheduled a vote on the deal so we don’t have money for the post offices, schools, pensions or medicine – and taxes are going to have to go up.

Meanwhile, China is offering to solve all your problems.

This is serious. The price of not renewing the COFAs – and continuing to do what is necessary to maintain our ties with these nations – will be paid by many dead American service personnel.

One wishes the commander of U.S. Indo-Pacific Command, Adm. John Aquilino, would put his stars on the table, and resign over this clown show.

Will he? Of course not. That sort of thing doesn’t happen anymore. The current crowd are not the same as the famous World War II admirals Chester Nimitz, William Halsey and Raymond Spruance.

And speaking of our friends in the Asia Pacific, perhaps Japan might step in and offer to pay?

CLICK HERE FOR MORE FOX NEWS OPINION

It wouldn’t be the first time Japan Inc. got out its checkbook when it saw its interests at risk.

It pays close to $2 billion a year to support the American military presence in Japan on which the nation’s security depends.

China blasts Philippine boat with water cannon, military says Video

And as the U.S. financial system was imploding in 2008, a major Japanese bank – presumably at request of the Japanese government – wrote a $9 billion check to keep Morgan Stanley (and the U.S. financial system) afloat.

CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP

That $120 million a year for 20 years ($2.3 billion total) would be an even better deal for Japan.

If the U.S. government can’t get this done, maybe Tokyo will help. Otherwise, we deserve to lose.

CLICK HERE TO READ MORE FROM GRANT NEWSHAM

https://www.foxnews.com/opinion/think-us-exit-afghanistan-bad-look-whats-brewing-pacific

[ :: 4-8-12 am service (first word) :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. You have seen Russia as she is preparing to move down upon Israel with the other nation. etc..  

[:: 3-6-2022 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::    

etc.  Cause if you paid attention, and you don’t, to the news, Russia declared war on Israel because Israel sent people to help its people that are there, loud and clear he declared that, that means Armageddon is started, think of that. etc. 

:: 2-13-24     I 24 News    :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kremlin says PA's Abbas has 'standing invitation' to Moscow

Russia continues its quest for the role of the global South's voice amid the country's war in Ukraine

i24NEWS   February 13, 2024, 2:51 AM

Kremlin's spokesperson Dmitry Peskov said that Moscow hopes for a visit by the Palestinian Authority (PA) Mahmoud Abbas, reported RIA News on Tuesday.

The visit was initially meant to take place in November, but Abbas cancelled the trip over the Israel-Hamas war. "Abbas has a standing invitation. We hope that the visit will take place at a time convenient for both parties," Peskov told RIA News.

Russian President Vladimir Putin earlier in December spoke with Abbas over the phone discussing Moscow's diplomatic efforts to assist the humanitarian situation in Gaza. Palestinian agency WAFA then noted, Abbas thanked Putin for his political support.

Russia will continue to supply the Gaza Strip with essential goods, including medicines and medical equipment,” Russian President told his PA counterpart, according to the Kremlin's readout.

Putin also stressed the “importance of a quick cessation of the bloodshed and the resumption of the political process" to establish a Palestinian state on the pre-1967 lines. "In this context, Russia support the efforts made by the Palestinian leadership led by Mahmoud Abbas,” the Kremlin readout stated.

Since the outbreak of the Israel-Hamas war, Moscow has sought to position itself as the voice of the global South - in opposition to the West that has isolated Russia after its invasion of Ukraine.

In February, Russia's ruling party "United Russia" will reportedly hold an international forum against neocolonialism.

Additionally, in many ways a Russia-promoted BRICS alliance has expanded in 2024 and now includes Saudi Arabia, Egypt, the United Arab Emirate, Iran and Ethiopia.

Meanwhile, Israel has voiced its criticism over Russia's links with Hamas and increased cooperation with Iran as well as some of Russian officials' antisemitic and anti-Israel rhetorics. The latter resulted in Russia's Foreign Ministry summoning Israel's ambassador Simona Halperin.

Additionally, Israel's envoy to the United Nations (UN) Gilard Erdan stated that Russia exploits the situation in Gaza to distract the international community its crimes committed in Ukraine.

"The Russians are trying to take advantage of this war to distract attention from their crimes in Ukraine and try to position us as war criminals because the U.S. is on our side and this is their way of embarrassing the Americans."

https://www.i24news.tv/en/news/international/1707810447-kremlin-says-pa-s-abbas-has-standing-invitation-to-moscow 

[ ::  2-4-24 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For there is none other that takes you through the days and the hours that you’re living in other than me, for man does not have an answer to the problems that the world is facing.  He cannot stop the wars, for when he intervenes they only get worse, he cannot stop what is going on in the environment with the weather and other things, the earthquakes, the flooding, man cannot stop what is happening.  For when he intervenes he only makes worse but I your Father God, when I intervene the very wind and the waves stand at my attention.  etc

:: 2-12-24 The End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California And Nevada Have Been Rocked By 945 Earthquakes In Just The Past Week

February 12, 2024 by Michael

Have you noticed that the state of California has been getting absolutely monkey-hammered by earthquakes lately? According to the Southern California Earthquake Data Center, California and Nevada have been hit by a total of 945 earthquakes within the last seven days. That is a whole lot of shaking! As you can see from this map, southern California has been getting pummeled more than anywhere else. Could it be possible that the trillions of gallons of rain that were dumped on the region earlier this month have something to do with all of this? As I have discussed previously, scientists have determined that flooding can put an enormous amount of stress on fault lines. And without a doubt we have seen an unusual level of activity along California’s fault lines in recent days.

13 significant earthquakes, including one measuring magnitude 4.8, shook the state very early on Monday morning in a span of just 25 minutes…

Parts of California were hit by more than a dozen earthquakes overnight, with 13 shaking the state during a span of just 25 minutes.

“Good morning Southern California! Did you feel the magnitude 4.8 earthquake about two miles north-west of El Centro at 12.36am? The #ShakeAlert system was activated,” the United States Geological Survey Shake Alert account posted on X.

The good news is that none of the earthquakes were large enough to do much damage.

But the magnitude 4.8 quake was keenly felt by some local residents

Although some near the area said they hadn’t felt the tremors, one X user wrote: “Definitely felt much stronger than a 4.8.” Another added: “Earthquake swarms just as I was about to go to bed. strong enough for things to fall and break. sadly, a few broken decorations.”

When people hear about earthquakes in California, most immediately think of the San Andreas fault system, but it was actually the San Jacinto fault system that caused most of the problems early on Monday…

The quakes appear to have been caused by the San Jacinto fault system, meteorologists have said. It is one of the most active faults in southern California.

Overall, the USGS says that there have been 27 significant quakes of at least magnitude 2.5 that have hit the state within the past 24 hours.

That certainly isn’t anything to freak out about, but it is definitely noteworthy.

And all of this activity comes just a few days after a magnitude 4.6 earthquake shook up the wealthy residents of Malibu…

A magnitude 4.6 earthquake struck about 8 miles northwest of Malibu on Friday, according to the United States Geological Survey.

The earthquake was reported at 1:47 p.m., the USGS website said. It occurred at a geological depth of 13.9 kilometers, or nearly 9 miles.

The USGS is reporting at least a dozen aftershocks, with the largest measuring at a magnitude of 3.0.

We haven’t seen this sort of sustained seismic activity in southern California in a long time.

Is something very unusual starting to happen?

Let’s keep a very close eye on the numbers coming from the Southern California Earthquake Data Center.

If the number of quakes in a week rises above 1,000 and stays there, I would say that there is cause for alarm.

As I wrote about earlier this month, scientists assure us that we are way overdue for “the Big One”.

When it finally arrives, the ground on the western side of a major fault line could suddenly drop by several feet (or more), and because much of that area is just barely above sea level that could potentially allow the Pacific Ocean to come rushing in.

Let us hope that nothing like that happens any time soon.

But right now the flooding that has recently occurred in the region is putting a tremendous amount of stress on the fault lines.

Unfortunately, it can take a long time for extra water to disappear.

Just look at what has happened in Death Valley. Hurricane Hilary dumped so much rain on the area last August that it actually created a lake, and it is still there after all this time

A lake has formed in an area of the US considered one of the driest places on earth seven months after it was battered by storms. Death Valley National Park, California, holds the record for the hottest temperature ever recorded on July 10, 1913, according to the World Meteorological Organization, at 134 degrees.

However, despite being the driest place in North America, a lake which formed after Hurricane Hilary in August 2023 has yet to fully dry up. Death Valley typically receives about 2 inches of rain per year, however, the official weather gauge at Furnace Creek has measured 4.9 inches in the past six months. On August 20 last year, over a years worth of rain fell in one day with 2.2 inches being measured.

I never would have imagined it would be possible for a lake to exist in Death Valley for six months.

But we do not live in normal times.

Speaking of that, we are being warned that the Gulf Stream is in danger of shutting down in the not too distant future…

In the 2004 film The Day After Tomorrow, humanity is plunged into a nightmarish international storm that sends the planet into a new ice age.

And although the blockbuster was consigned to the realms of sci-fi, the science behind the frightening scenario is true.

In a matter of years, melting glaciers could shut down the Gulf Stream the system of currents that brings warmth to the northern hemisphere, experts say.

Without this additional heat source, average temperatures could drop by several degrees in North America, parts of Asia and Europe, and people would see ‘severe and cascading consequences around the world’.

Can you imagine what our world would look like if that actually happened?

Much of Europe and North America would no longer be able to grow crops, and global famine would be guaranteed.

A lot of people would rather not think about such matters.

But just because things have been a certain way in the past does not mean that they will continue to be that way in the future.

We really are on the verge of apocalyptic times, and global events will soon turn all of our lives completely upside down.

Sadly, most of the population isn’t paying much attention to what is happening, and for the moment ignorance is bliss.

Michael’s new book entitled “Chaos” is available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.com, and you can check out his new Substack newsletter right here.

About the Author: Michael Snyder’s extremely controversial new book entitled “Chaos” is available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.com. He has also written seven other books that are available on Amazon.com including “End Times”, “7 Year Apocalypse”, “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America”, “The Beginning Of The End”, and “Living A Life That Really Matters”. (#CommissionsEarned) When you purchase any of Michael’s books you help to support the work that he is doing. You can also get his articles by email as soon as he publishes them by subscribing to his Substack newsletter. Michael has published thousands of articles on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and he always freely and happily allows others to republish those articles on their own websites. You can connect with Michael on YouTube, Facebook and Twitter, and sharing his articles on your own social media accounts is definitely a great help. These are such troubled times, and people need hope. John 3:16 tells us about the hope that God has given us through Jesus Christ: “For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” If you have not already done so, we strongly urge you to invite Jesus Christ to be your Lord and Savior today.

https://endoftheamericandream.com/california-and-nevada-have-been-rocked-by-945-earthquakes-in-just-the-past-week/ 

[:: 7-4-2021 Evening Campmeeting Service  (fifth word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

Etc When you begin to look at things it looks a little different and yet it would seem the other way because Biden is blabbing his mouth every day on what he is going to do, but do you know he is dying?  Trump is not coming back in, etc

:: 2-13-24 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Moment 'lost puppy' President goes on a walkabout as he introduces Jordanian King to the podium during their joint press conference

By Paul Farrell For Dailymail.Com

Published: 05:16 EST, 13 February 2024 | Updated: 08:59 EST, 13 February 2024

President Joe Biden wandered around the podium like a 'lost puppy' during a crucial press conference regarding the on going conflict in Israel alongside Jordanian King Abdullah at the White House on Tuesday.

After delivering remarks, Biden, 81, told the king: 'Your majesty, over to you.' The Scranton-native proceeded to stand back to the king's left, laser focused on the floor, apparently looking for a marker. Right-wing commentator Benny Johnson described the president as looking like a 'lost puppy.'

A few seconds later, Biden walks to the other side of the king, still looking for a mark. He then goes back to his first choice, in front of Jordan's flag. 'I switched sides on you,' he remarked while smiling at the king.

This latest embarrassing moment comes after a week of a gaffes which saw him forget the name of terror group Hamas, refer to 46-year-old French President Emmanuel Macron by name of deceased president François Mitterrand, who passed away age 79 in 1996, and finally referring to former German leader Angela Merkel as deceased chancellor Helmut Kohl.

Also last week, Biden pushed back against a report from special counsel Robert Hur in which the octogenarian president's mental faculties were severely questioned to the point that it was speculated he could not pinpoint when his son, Beau, died.

Hours after the Abdullah gaffe, liberal icon Jon Stewart skewered Biden's response to the report with even The New York Times editorial pages questioning the Democrat's presidency.

Hur found evidence that Biden willfully held onto and shared with a ghostwriter highly classified information, the special counsel devoted much of his report to explaining why he did not believe the evidence met the standard for criminal charges.

Among the reasons cited for this conclusion was the high probability that the Justice Department would not be able to prove Biden's intent beyond a reasonable doubt, due to advanced age that they said made him forgetful and the possibility of 'innocent explanations' for the records that they could not refute.

'I did not share classified information,' Biden insisted. 'I did not share it with my ghostwriter.' He added he wasn't aware how the boxes containing classified documents ended up in his garage.

And in response to Hur's portrayal of him, Biden insisted to reporters that 'My memory is fine,' and said he believes he remains the most qualified person to serve as president.

'How in the hell dare he raise that?' Biden asked, about Hur's comments regarding his son's death, saying he didn't believe it was any of Hur's business.

The meeting with Abdullah comes as Biden and his aides are working to broker another pause in Israel's war against Hamas in order to send humanitarian aid and supplies into the region and get hostages out.

The White House faces growing criticism from Arab Americans over the administration's continued support for Israel in the face of rising casualties in Gaza since Hamas launched its Oct 7 attack on Israel.

'The key elements of the deal are on the table,' Biden said alongside the king, though 'there are gaps that remain.'

He said the U.S. would do 'everything possible' to make an agreement happen: a pause to fighting for at least six weeks and the release of the remaining hostages held by Hamas.

A senior U.S. administration official said Sunday that after weeks of shuttle diplomacy and phone conversations, a framework was essentially in place for a deal. The official said Israeli military pressure on Hamas in Khan Younis over the last several weeks has helped bring the militant group closer to accepting an agreement.

Abdullah said Biden's leadership was 'key to addressing this conflict,' as he raised the plight of the tens of thousands of civilians killed and wounded in the fighting.

'We need a lasting cease-fire now,' the king said. 'This war must end.'

Jordan and other Arab states have been highly critical of Israel's actions and have eschewed public support for long-term planning over what happens next, arguing that the fighting must end before such discussions can begin.

They have been demanding a cease-fire since mid-October as civilian casualties began to skyrocket.

Biden's stance marks a subtle but notable break for the president, who has continued to oppose a permanent cease-fire. His administration has insisted that Hamas not retain political or military control over Gaza after the war — a key objective of the Israeli operation to prevent a repeat of the Oct. 7 attack that killed more than 1,200 Israelis and saw about 250 taken hostage.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-13077437/joe-Biden-jordan-king-abdullah-video.html 

[ :: 12-31-2023 - 01/01/2024 New Year’s Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]    

For realize it’s time for my church to get excited for what is ahead, for many great things are about to take place, for the world it will not be so, for it will be another year filled terrorism, disasters on every side, weather that has never been seen before, flooding and famines even worse than what you have seen before.  But remember the clock is ticking down and the farther the clock ticks down the worse things get for the world. etc

:: 2-12-24 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Female shooter at Osteen mega-church ID'd as cops reveal 'Free Palestine' was written on rifle

The woman who opened fire at Joel Osteen’s Houston-area mega-church on Sunday has been nam

By Social Links for Isabel Keane  Published Feb. 12, 2024, 1:04 p.m. ET

The woman who opened fire at Joel Osteen’s Houston-area mega-church on Sunday has been named as Genesse Ivonne Moreno, 36, according to the Houston Chronicle, as authorities revealed she had ‘Free Palestine’ written on her weapon.

Moreno entered Osteen’s Lakewood Church just before 2 p.m. with a boy, believed to be about 4 or 5 years old, and opened fire into the church.

Two off-duty officers working security at the church — a Houston cop and an agent with the Texas Alcoholic Beverage Commission — returned fire and fatally shot the woman, Houston Police Chief Troy Finner said Sunday.

The boy was also shot and has been hospitalized in critical condition. It’s unclear who shot the boy and what his relationship was with Moreno.

One 57-year-old civilian bystander was also shot in the leg, according to ABC News.

While law enforcement told ABC about Moreno’s gun’s being daubed with “Free Palestine,” a motive in the shooting remains unclear, and police are still investigating.

https://nypost.com/2024/02/12/news/genessee-ivonne-moreno-namde-as-mega-church-shooter/ 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 2-11-24 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden Targeting Military Veterans, Older Americans, Rural Communities And Those That Hold The Bible And Constitution Sacred, With Federally Funded AI Censorship Tool

By Susan Duclos - All News Pipeline  February 11, 2024

When the Biden's regimes "Ministry of Truth" was scrapped after public backlash, it is doubtful that anyone with a brain thought they were done trying to control what information the American public is allowed to see and discuss online.

Those with a working brain were right, the Biden regime not only didn't stop trying, they simply decided to do it differently by using Artificial Intelligence (AI) to target information that is not the "official narrative" from being discussed on social media or other platforms where Americans discuss issues.

This and much more was revealed in a House Judiciary Committee report (79 page PDF) issued last Tuesday. The report should be a real eye-opener as to the lengths Democrats will go to make sure they can control what you see online, therefore controlling what you think.

Independent Media asks the questions, and provides the information that the MSM, on behalf of the Biden regime, won't. Collectively we highlight reports like this one, that the MSM won't cover, so the powers that be aka The Blob, are funding R&D (Research and Development) in AI that will prevent Americans from finding news that counters the official narrative.

There are more targets than what is mentioned in the headline because to name them all would have a headline that reads like a book, so here are the targets mentioned.

From page 22, under the category titled "4. MIT: Search Lit"

• In September 2021, through its Track F program, NSF awarded $750,000 to a group of researchers at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) to develop “effective interventions” to educate Americans—specifically, those that the MIT researchers alleged “may be more vulnerable to misinformation campaigns”on how to discern fact from fiction online.88 In particular, the MIT team believed that conservatives, minorities, and veterans were uniquely incapable of assessing the veracity of content online.

Page 26 offers more targeted individuals, under the category: B. NSF-Funded Researchers Believe the American Public is Not Smart Enough to Discern Fact from Fiction, Especially Conservatives, Minorities, and Veterans

• Littered throughout these researchers’ federally funded projects is the paternalistic assumption that particular groups of American citizens are uniquely unable to differentiate between truth and falsehood online. As the MIT-led researchers explained in a summary of their project proposal to NSF, “broad swaths of the public cannot effectively sort truth from fiction online.”101 In particular, the Search Lit team singled out the following demographics:

* rural and indigenous communities;

* military veterans, older adults, and military families;

* older adults.

Also in the report on page 26 - 27, the authors highlights other groups targeted, specifically those that hold the Bible and Constitution as sacred.

In support of their case for NSF funding, the MIT-led researchers cited a study “of two conservative groups” performed by a Search Lit team member, Francesca Tripodi, examining the “online search practices” of Americans who hold “the Bible or the Constitution” as “sacred” and “distrust journalists and academics. ”The summary also derisively noted that the approach that “everyday people” typically use to get their news and information allows them “to act as subject matter experts,” rather than “truth [being] only curated at the top.”

So if you are one of the people that looks into news reports to verify the MSM, because you "distrust" today's MSM journalists, you are one of the people they are trying to prevent having the ability to do so.

The report shows that they plan to target children of the military in the hopes of those children being able to "share" the same propaganda with their families.

As part of their efforts to target military families, NSF proposed working “with educators in the Department of Defense Education Activity (DoDEA) group, the organization that runs [Defense Department] schools on military bases, to adapt our innovations to both directly serve children in military families and then have students share their new learning with their families.” Put plainly, Search Lit sought to help train the children of military families to help influence the beliefs of military families. When Search Lit “discussed these ideas with DoDEA stakeholders, they immediately brought up concerns about military personnel involvement in the January 6 assault on the Capitol and the subsequent anti-extremism training that is a military priority.”

So to recap, we see the following targeted individuals:

Rural and indigenous communities

• Military veterans,

• Older adults

• Children of military families

• Those that hold the Bible as sacred

• Those that hold the constitution sacred.

• Those that distrust journalist and academics.

On page 26 the authors of the report give a quick summary of the information in the pages above:

To summarize, the researchers’ concern is that there are Americans who deem the Constitution and the Bible “sacred,” and therefore dare to conduct their own research of “primary sources” rather than trust the “professional consensus.”

Bucking the "professional consensus" is why Google and others stripped the type of advertising that actually brought in enough money to survive without the pop-outs, and with far few ads on the page. Those were the days we didn't have the 'please donate' pitches because advertising was enough to survive. Those were days Stefan and I didn't stress each and every month as to whether we could pay our bills.

(ANP Emergency!: PLEASE donate to ANP! Due to the globalists war upon truth and the independent media, our monthly revenue has been cut by more than 80% so we need your help more now than ever before. Anything at all ANP readers can do to help us is hugely appreciated.)

COERCING COMPLIANCE.....

As to who is being funded to do the R&D for the AI censorship, New York Post highlights the following:

The money’s going to tech-development heavy hitters like MIT, the University of Wisconsin-Madison, and the University of Michigan under a program ominously named “Trust & Authenticity in Communication Systems,” part of the even more ominously named “Convergence Accelerator Program.”

These entities are also being given the power to "coerce" social media platforms with threats of negative MSM reporting.

Page 28 of the repots states the following:

Once empowered with taxpayer dollars, the pseudo-science researchers wield the resources and prestige bestowed upon them by the federal government against any entities that resist their censorship projects. In some instances, if a social media company fails to act fast enough to change a policy or remove what the researchers perceive to be misinformation on its platform, disinformation researchers will issue blogposts or formal papers to “generate a communications moment” (i.e., negative press coverage) for the platform, seeking to coerce it into compliance with their demands.

And example of an actual threat sent to Twitter via email it seems, when they refused to comply with a request to censor from the University of Wisconsin.

That email was dated July 12, 2023, after Elon Musk took over Twitter, when he started refusing to obey the commands of the federally funded censorship proxies.

For those having trouble reading it, it states, "Your response is unacceptable. As a result, we'll being pivoting our API- and ad-based research away from your platform. In the meantime, we'll publicize our terrible treatment with thousands of researchers to discourage their use of your products."

After the graphic above in the report, it states:

Examples like these illustrate the tremendous sway these so-called “disinformation” researchers hold over social media platforms and why the federal government often turns to these unaccountable academics when seeking a proxy for their censorship activities.

The report from the House Judiciary Committee then stars delving into the Biden regime's attempts to cover-up their funding of AI censorship (Page 29), with CISA scrubbing of information on their website.

On page 33, we see the heading "NSF Considered Blacklisting Conservative Media Outlets."

Page 34 "C. NSF Attempted to Hide Additional Funding to Its Track F Censorship Program "

Page 39 "E. NSF Is Attempting to Stonewall Congressional Investigations"

The entire report is a must read. The sheer amount of information the House Judiciary Committee was able to obtain despite attempts to stonewall on the part of those wanting and planning to use AI to control what veterans, those of faith, those that believe in the constitution, children, those who live in rural and indigenous communities, those who distrust the media and academic claims, see and are able to discuss and share.

BOTTOM LINE

The censors programming the AI are targeting anybody that reads Independent Media or anybody that they don't agree with.

The problem with this entire AI censorship tools is that those that claim to be the academic experts, have been proven over the past 4 years to have been wrong.

We were told masking in public was mandatory because it would help stop the spread of Covid, yet the most comprehensive analysis of scientific studies conducted on the efficacy of masks for reducing the spread of respiratory illnesses — including Covid-19 — was published late January 2023, and found that "“There is just no evidence that they” — masks — “make any difference, and that includes the N-95 masks. The NYT was forced to publish this, but only in an opinion piece, rather than in their news section.

So, those of us that questioned the official narrative, and were demonetized for refusing to change our article statements, were right, and it has been proven that the media, and the academics were the ones pushing misinformation.

Same goes for the climate hysteria, the Hunter Biden 'laptop from hell' (Book), social distancing, the dangers of experimental vaccines, the Russian collusion hoax, and much more.

They pushed the preferred narrative, penalized and demonetized anyone that highlighted their misinformation as wrong, and years later they are forced to admit they were wrong.

It is more important than ever when using your search engine to bypass the front page of results, which is usually the "official" narrative on any given subject, in order to get to the truth, in many cases.

The first video below starts at the 23.29 minute mark, but after initial statements from both sides, at the 40 minute mark they finally get to the witnesses regarding government censorship.

https://www.allnewspipeline.com/Biden_Funded_AI_Censorship_Tool.php 

[  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ]

Matthew 24:3 Now as He sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to Him privately, saying, "Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?"
Matthew  24:12 "And because lawlessness will abound, the love of many will grow cold. (NKJ)

:: 2-11-24 The Ecomonic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chaos Reigns In The Streets Of America As An Epic Crime Wave Terrorizes The Nation

February 11, 2024 by Michael

If you were hoping that the United States would become a lawless society, you have now gotten your wish. Some of the numbers that I am about to share with you are just mind blowing. For example, I had no idea that police in New York City were injured by criminals thousands of times last year. All over the nation, law enforcement is losing control and violent criminals are getting the upper hand. We have never seen anything quite like this before, and I am entirely convinced that this crime wave is only going to get worse as economic conditions deteriorate. Even in our capital city, crime is completely and utterly out of control. If you can believe it, the number of carjackings in Washington D.C. was up 97.9 percent last year

Residents of the District of Columbia paid the sixth-highest amount on car insurance when compared to the 50 states in 2023 with an average annual full-coverage rate of $2,756 last year – which amounts to nearly $230 a month, according to a report by Insurify. The report found that Washington, D.C., residents’ car insurance premiums were 37% higher than the national average, which was $2,019 for a full-coverage policy, as national auto insurance rates increased by 24% last year.

Police data show carjackings in the nation’s capital spiked by 97.9% in 2023 with 958 reported carjackings last year compared to 484 in 2022, with motor vehicle theft up 82% from 3,756 in 2022 to 6,829 in 2023. Vehicle theft in the greater Washington-Maryland-Virginia area also rose by 68% last year, according to the National Insurance Crime Bureau.

Vehicle theft is even worse in some areas along the west coast.

In Oakland, approximately one out of every 30 residents had a vehicle stolen from them in 2023…

Robberies grew 38% last year in Oakland, according to police data. Burglaries increased 23%. Motor vehicle theft jumped 44%. Roughly one of every 30 Oakland residents had a car stolen last year, according to a San Francisco Chronicle analysis.

On Tuesday, California Gov. Gavin Newsom announced he was taking action, deploying 120 California Highway Patrol officers to Oakland and the surrounding area to conduct a law enforcement surge operation. The aim: to crack down on crime, including vehicle theft, retail theft and violent crime.

Gavin Newsom wants to run for president at some point, and so he doesn’t want to look soft on crime.  Unfortunately for him, it is way too late for that.

Other west coast cities are also experiencing unprecedented crime waves.

In Seattle, one restaurant has actually been broken into five times in the last six months…

The sound of crashing glass has become too familiar at Sandia, a Mexican restaurant in Seattle’s Laurelhurst neighborhood on NE 45th Street.

“As of today, now we have been broken into five times,” said Nathan Yeager, the owner.

In the surveillance video provided to KING 5, you can see criminals break the front door with a crowbar, climb over the counter, steal money from the till, and then sneak around while looking in every door for something to take.

There is no way that I would open a small business in Seattle.

Or Portland.

Or Oakland.

Or San Francisco.

Or Los Angeles.

Of course I could say the exact same thing about many cities on the east coast as well.

In New York City, police officers “are getting beaten at a record-setting pace”…

City cops are getting beaten at a record-setting pace — a disturbing and dangerous trend fueled by radical protests, an influx of criminal migrants, bail reform, anti-cop rhetoric and soft-on-crime prosecutors, experts told The Post.

The number of cops hurt by suspects surged 20% in 2022, when 4,724 uniformed officers suffered injuries in attacks, compared to 3,933 in 2021.

But the law enforcement nightmare grew worse last year, when 4,077 cops were hurt by suspects in just the first nine months of 2023 — on pace for a record-breaking 5,436 injuries, the latest NYPD stats show.

At this stage in our societal collapse, the criminals are not even afraid to attack the cops.

It is so difficult to be a police officer these days. They literally put their lives on the line for us every single day.

Of course the Biden administration has made the national crime wave significantly worse by allowing millions upon millions of migrants to come pouring over the southern border.

In fact, we just learned that police in the Big Apple have arrested a “very, very violent” migrant that shot a tourist in the leg “after opening fire in Times Square”

A teenager gunman burst into tears as he was hauled away in handcuffs for allegedly shooting a tourist in the leg after opening fire in Times Square.

Jesus Alejandro Rivas-Figueroa, 15, a migrant from Venezuela, was arrested by US Marshals in Yonkers after a nearly day-long manhunt.

NYPD Deputy Chief of Detectives Jason Savino called him a ‘very, very violent’ suspect who recklessly fired a ‘very large’ .45 caliber handgun in a crowded area of New York City.

Needless to say, our wide open borders have also made it easy for cartels to transport drugs all over the country.

Earlier today, I came across an article that explained that drugs that are produced in Mexico have been flooding the state of Montana…

Illegal drugs have long flowed from Mexico to the more remote parts of the U.S. But with the rise of fentanyl, cartel associates have pushed more aggressively into Montana, where pills can be sold for 20 times the price they get in urban centers closer to the border, state and federal law enforcement officials said.

Cartels have been particularly focusing on Indian reservations throughout Montana, and one state lawmaker says that it seems like “fentanyl is raining on our reservation”…

On some reservations, cartel associates have formed relationships with Indigenous women as a way of establishing themselves within communities to sell drugs, law enforcement officials and tribal leaders said. More frequently, traffickers lure Native Americans into becoming dealers by giving away an initial supply of drugs and turning them into addicts indebted to the cartels.

“Right now it’s as if fentanyl is raining on our reservation,” said Marvin Weatherwax, Jr., who serves on the Blackfeet Tribal Business Council and represents the 15th district in the Montana House of Representatives.

There is nowhere that you can go in the U.S. to completely escape all of this.

From coast to coast, our society is literally coming apart at the seams.

In Alabama, thieves recently stole an entire 200-foot tall radio tower…

A landscaper in Jasper, Alabama, was doing a property cleanup when the crew discovered that a 200-foot radio tower was missing.

Brett Elmore, general manager of WJLX, said that every piece of equipment at the radio tower’s site had been stolen and the wires cut out.

“This is going to get out eventually, so I might as well make it public before it does,” Elmore wrote on Facebook. “I have heard of thieves in this area stealing anything, but this one takes the cake. This morning, my bush hog crew went down to a tower site we have … when [they] arrived, he called and notified me that not only was my building vandalized, but my TWO HUNDRED FOOT TOWER WAS GONE!” the radio manager wrote.

If things are this bad now, what will our society look like once millions upon millions of people in this country become extremely desperate?

You might want to think about that, because we really are right on the brink of an extremely apocalyptic chapter in human history.

But most people don’t want to think about such things.

Most people just want to stick their heads in the sand and pretend that everything is okay.

It can be so easy to ignore what is really going on in the world and tune in to the alternate reality that television creates for us.

Did you know that a 30 second commercial during this year’s Super Bowl cost 7 million dollars?

After sitting in front of the television for a few hours, you may be tempted to buy into the fictional reality that they are trying to sell you.

But the truth is that life in America is not good right now, and the crime in our streets is only going to intensify during the months and years ahead.

Michael’s new book entitled “Chaos” is available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.com, and you can check out his new Substack newsletter right here.

About the Author: Michael Snyder’s extremely controversial new book entitled “Chaos” is available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.com. He has also written seven other books that are available on Amazon.com including “End Times”, “7 Year Apocalypse”, “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America”, “The Beginning Of The End”, and “Living A Life That Really Matters”. (#CommissionsEarned) When you purchase any of Michael’s books you help to support the work that he is doing. You can also get his articles by email as soon as he publishes them by subscribing to his Substack newsletter. Michael has published thousands of articles on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and he always freely and happily allows others to republish those articles on their own websites. You can connect with Michael on YouTube, Facebook and Twitter, and sharing his articles on your own social media accounts is definitely a great help. These are such troubled times, and people need hope. John 3:16 tells us about the hope that God has given us through Jesus Christ: “For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” If you have not already done so, we strongly urge you to invite Jesus Christ to be your Lord and Savior today.

https://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/chaos-reigns-in-the-streets-of-america-as-an-epic-crime-wave-terrorizes-the-nation/ 

[ :: 12-31-2023 - 01/01/2024 New Year’s Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]    

For realize it’s time for my church to get excited for what is ahead, for many great things are about to take place, for the world it will not be so, for it will be another year filled terrorism, disasters on every side, weather that has never been seen before, flooding and famines even worse than what you have seen before.  But remember the clock is ticking down and the farther the clock ticks down the worse things get for the world. etc

:: 2-9-24 Syracuse.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Central NY could break a 99-year-old warm temperature record today

Updated: Feb. 09, 2024, 7:53 a.m.|Published: Feb. 09, 2024, 5:45 a.m.

By Glenn Coin | gcoin@syracuse.com

Syracuse, N.Y. -- Temperatures today could soar to almost 60 degrees in Syracuse, possibly beating a record that has stood for 99 years.

The high temperature this afternoon in Syracuse is expected to be 59 degrees, the National Weather Service predicts. That would tie the Feb. 9 record of 59, set in 1925.

It’s very possible that the final temperature could surge even higher and set a new record. That depends on how much sun the clouds allow through today. There’s a chance of a few sprinkles, but skies should be mostly sunny.

Saturday will be a few degrees cooler than today, but still potentially record-setting because the Feb. 10 record is lower than today’s. The forecast calls for a high of 55 on Saturday; the record is 56, set in 2001.

Thursday’s high was also in the 50s, but not record-breaking.

The late-week warmth continues the trend of this winter, which so far is the third-warmest on record in Syracuse. The last time the winter started this warm was 1933 -- more than 90 years ago.

The abnormal warmth is due largely to a particularly strong El Nino, the warming of the waters in the Pacific Ocean off the coast of South America. An El Nino can alter global weather patterns and generally brings warm conditions to the northern tier of the United States.

The warm winter has also meant very little snow. So far, Syracuse has had just about 28 inches; the average by now is 83 inches.

A colder trend kicks in on Sunday, when the high will be about 40 degrees. By Monday night and Tuesday, there’s a chance for a few inches of snow. Temperatures aren’t expected to be higher than the mid 30s through at least mid-week.

https://www.syracuse.com/weather/2024/02/central-ny-could-break-a-99-year-old-warm-temperature-record-today.html 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 2-9-24 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Outrage as Biden administration admits surveilling Americans' private financial transactions for words like 'MAGA' 'Trump' and 'Kamala' in wake of Jan. 6 riots...with people buying BIBLES on top of their watchlist

Federal investigators in Treasury's Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) instructed banks to comb through records to look for 'extremists'

A letter from Treasury Department was sent to Senator Tim Scott on Friday which states 'Exchange events' began 'shortly after January 6'

The government was 'watching' Trump supporters and Americans who went to Cabela's, Dick's Sporting Goods and also those who purchased religious texts

By Kamal Sultan For Dailymail.Com

Published: 21:23 EST, 9 February 2024 | Updated: 22:06 EST, 9 February 2024

The Biden Administration has admitted to surveilling the private financial transactions of Americans for words including 'MAGA', 'Trump' and 'Kamala' following the January 6 riots.

Federal investigators in the Treasury's Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) instructed banks to comb through records to look for 'extremists'.

A letter from the Treasury Department, seen by Fox News, was sent to Senator Tim Scott on Friday which states 'Exchange events' began 'shortly after January 6 under the prior Administration'.

It said it 'included terms such as "antifa," "MAGA," "Trump," "Biden," "Kamala," "Schumer," and "Pelosi."'

The federal government was specifically 'watching' Trump supporters and Americans who frequent outdoor stores such as Cabela's, Dick's Sporting Goods and Bass Pro Shops, and also those who purchased religious texts, such as a Bible.

The Treasury Department letter signifies the first time the Biden Administration has confirmed the use of keywords being searched for by investigators over the January 6 riot.

It was signed by Acting Assistant Secretary Corey Tellez and was in response to a letter sent by Scott, who is on the Senate Banking Committee, to Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen demanding answers.

Scott claimed the surveillance 'represents a flagrant violation of Americans’ privacy and the improper targeting of U.S. citizens for exercising their constitutional rights without due process.'

The Republican politician had previously voted for the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020, which allowed the FinCEN Exchange program to share data between law enforcement and financial institutions in a bid to prevent money laundering and terrorism financing.

FinCEN handed materials to banks which suggested they search and filter private finance records using keywords and search terms.

This was to help law enforcement find people of interest ahead of Biden's January 20 2021 inauguration and after the January 6 riots.

The searches were found during a House Judiciary Committee and Subcommittee on Weaponization of the Federal Government investigation.

They discovered documents which showed FinCEN warned financial institutions that an 'extremism indicator' could be 'the purchase of books (including religious texts)," like the Bible, and subscriptions to certain media "containing extremist views'.

According to the report released by Judiciary Chairman Jim Jordan, R-Ohio, in January, the terms 'MAGA' and 'Trump' were also suggested by the department to be searched in Zelle payments.

'Did you shop at Bass Pro Shop yesterday or purchase a Bible? If so, the federal government may be watching you,' Jordan posted on X at the time.

'We now know the federal government flagged terms like 'MAGA' and 'TRUMP,' to financial institutions if Americans completed transactions using those terms,' he wrote in another post.

'What was also flagged? If you bought a religious text, like a BIBLE, or shopped at Bass Pro Shop.'

Further, officials warned banks of 'extremism' indicators like the purchase of a bus or plane ticket 'for travel to areas with no apparent purpose' or the purchase of a religious text, like a Bible, according to documents.

Subscriptions to news outlets containing 'extremist' views would also be an indicator for financial instructions to look at, according to the material the Treasury provided to banks.

The report sparked a flurry of backlash at the Biden administration from Republicans demanding answers about the government's spy tactics.

Additionally, during a Senate Banking Committee hearing on Thursday, Republican Senator Scott chided the Treasury secretary over the department's surveillance instructions.

'FinCEN was created to stop money laundering and not to spy on Americans,' he said. 'It was not created for political motivations.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-13067751/Outrage-Biden-administration-admits-surveilling-Americans-private-

financial-transactions-words-like-MAGA-Trump-Kamala-wake-Jan-6-riots-people-buying-BIBLES-watchlist.html 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc  

:: 2-9-24 Watcher Guru :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BRICS: US Allies Are Downsizing The Dollar in Central Banks

Vinod Dsouza  February 9, 2024

BRICS and a handful of developing countries are reducing the US dollar intake in their respective Central Banks’ reserves. The US prints trillions of USD currency and disburses them around the world importing its inflation to other countries. Developing nations and BRICS countries bear the risk of debt and fund the US deficit by keeping the dollar in their reserves. If other nations stop hoarding the dollar, the currency will return to America leading to a deficit in the homeland.

Also Read: BRICS: US Killing the Dollar With Its Own Hands, Says Putin

While BRICS is limiting the dollar intake in their reserves, even US allies are now slowly following in their footsteps. The main concern to US allies is the mounting $34 trillion debt crisis that’s spiraling out of control. The $34 trillion debt will only hurt other countries who keep the US dollar in their Central Banks. Read here to know how many sectors in the US will be affected if BRICS ditches the dollar for trade.

BRICS: US Allies Worried About Mounting Dollar Debt

After BRICS, US ally France is the first country to voice its concern about the dollar’s uncontrolled debt. French President Emmanuel Macron spoke with a sharp tongue criticizing the US dollar’s role in controlling other countries. Macron even urged in a speech calling Europe and other US allies to limit the usage of the dollar. He warned that increasing the dollar in Central Banks could push the European economy head south.

Also Read: BRICS: 8 Banks Ban U.S. Dollar Transactions

European countries have started taking note of France’s warning and evaluating the US dollar’s prospects for trade. A debt crisis will only hurt the EU’s economy and the dollar will be responsible for the debacle.

BRICS, developing countries, and US allies have already begun decreasing the dollar for payment settlements. The US dollar is now used less than 60% of global trade while other currencies are slowly yet steadily rising. The chart below shows that the US dollar is now used for only 58% of global transactions.

Also Read: After Pausing BRICS, Saudi Arabia Signs Deal With US Lockheed Martin

Even Russia’s President Vladimir Putin acknowledged in a recent interview with Tucker Carlson that US allies are looking to move away from the dollar. “Look at what is going on in the world, even the US allies are downsizing the dollar in their reserves,” he said.

https://watcher.guru/news/brics-us-allies-are-downsizing-the-dollar-in-central-banks#google_vignette 

:: 2-9-24 Life Site :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Crisis of faith, life demands outspoken shepherds, not ‘mute dogs,’ French bishop says

Praising the U.S. bishops for raising their voices in defense of life, Bishop Marc Aillet said that 'perhaps they can encourage us French bishops to bark a little louder.'

Fri Feb 9, 2024 - 9:28 pm EST

BAYONNE, France (LifeSiteNews) – A French bishop known for his orthodoxy praised bishops in America as examples of outspokenness in the face of a deep crisis of faith within the Church, a crisis he said calls to mind the great apostasy that will be seen in the age of the Antichrist.

In a recent interview with the National Catholic Register, Bishop Marc Aillet of the Diocese of Bayonne, Oloron and Lescar in southwest France said that today “truth itself is under threat, and with it the whole of humanity.”

Insisting on the need for bishops to speak out as true shepherds of souls and lamenting the silence of so many French bishops on matters of faith, Aillet praised bishops in the U.S. for raising their voice in defense of such things as the sanctity of life and for their presence at the national March for Life each year in Washington, D.C.

“When I went to the U.S., I found that parishes had services specifically dedicated to the dignity of life, and at every March for Life, a substantial number of bishops participate, which is not the case in France or elsewhere.”

“It’s fair to say that many of their bishops are not ‘mute dogs,’” Aillet said. Expressing his hope that bishops in France may follow their example, he continued, “perhaps they can encourage us French bishops to bark a little louder.”

In an effort to address the crisis of truth the world is facing, Aillet published the book Le temps des saints (The Time of Saints) last fall in which he argued that within the ecclesiastical hierarchy unity must be “based on the Creed, which suffers no divergence, though in dialogue with the world it is not always possible to wait for consensus before speaking out.”

Leading by example, Aillet has not shied away from raising his voice to clarify authentic Catholic practice and doctrine. After the Vatican’s issuance of Fiducia Supplicans, in a diocesan instruction given December 29, Aillet forbade his priests from blessing homosexual and irregular “couples.” He instead directed that a blessing be only given to each person individually in such circumstances, saying, “if people ask for it,” priests are “to give them a blessing, provided that it is to each person individually, calling them to conversion and inviting them to ask for the help of the grace that the Lord grants to all those who ask him to conform their lives to the God’s will.”

The French bishop told the Register that the sexual abuse crisis with which the Church is still dealing was an indication of more profound loss of faith throughout the once Christian West. “The sexual abuse crisis was, in a way, the tip of the iceberg of a crisis of the Church and, more profoundly, of a recession of faith, which Ratzinger had prophetically analyzed as early as 1969,” Aillet said.

Noting the combined crisis of mass apostasy from the Christian faith in the West and the rise of severe persecution against Christians throughout the world, the bishop emphasized that a proper assessment of our present day was called for.

Observing “the Church’s distancing itself from its mission of calling men to conversion,” along with an “obsession with structural reforms,” “risks of schisms, divisions within the Church,” and the threat that technological advances pose regarding the “control they could exert over freedom and consciences,” Aillet said such things call to mind what the Church teaches about the coming of the Antichrist.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/crisis-of-faith-life-demands-outspoken-shepherds-not-mute-dogs-french-bishop-

says/?utm_source=daily-usa-2024-02-10&utm_medium=email 

:: 2-9-24 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5.7 magnitude earthquake hits Hawaii - residents describe 'huge' tremors and shaking buildings

Residents in Oahu - around 200 miles from the epicenter - reported huge tremors and shaking buildings

By Will Potter For Dailymail.Com

Published: 15:41 EST, 9 February 2024 | Updated: 17:05 EST, 9 February 2024

A 5.7 magnitude earthquake has struck south of Hawaii's Big Island, rocking buildings and triggering huge tremors across the state, officials say.

The earthquake hit at an ocean depth of over 22 miles around 1.5 miles of the Kau Coast, although the Pacific Tsunami Warning Center (PTWC) said a tsunami is not expected.

Residents on the island of Oahu - over 200 miles from the epicenter - reported severe shaking and some damage, however it is unclear if the earthquake has resulted in any deaths or injuries.

The PTWC catalogued the intensity of the natural disaster as VI - meaning it is significant, but is not expected to cause catastrophic damage.

Officials initially recorded the earthquake at 6.3 magnitude, but later downgraded it to a 5.7, the Hawaii Emergency Management Agency said on X.

Around an hour after the quake hit Hawaii, another 4.7 magnitude earthquake was also registered near Los Angeles, California, according to Earthquaketrack.com.

Following the initial earthquake, six small aftershock quakes were reported in the Pahala area.

The extent of the damage in Hawaii remains unknown, however journalist Nick Sortor reported that locals called it the 'longest, strongest earthquake they've felt in a long time.'

Plate tectonics researcher Dr Judith Hubbard said on X that the natural disaster occurred in an area that had been 'experiencing a swarm of seismicity.'

Although the 5.7 magnitude is significant, nearing others such as one in China in 2014 that killed 600 people, Hubbard said the earthquake 'fortunately (struck) a low-density area.'

Stunning footage captured the moment the earthquake violently shook a home in Hawaii, leading a man and boy to frantically race to escape.

Witnesses said the powerful quake sent shockwaves across the state.

'I was sitting in my truck and I thought there was something wrong with my truck,' Hawaii Island community leader Ikaika Marzo told KTRE.

'A bunch of people felt it around me.'

Big Island Mayor Mitch Roth said he was in the middle of a cardiologist appointment when the earthquake struck.

'All of a sudden I felt like I was getting dizzy,' he said, quipping he initially thought he was feeling the effects of a procedure.

'We'll probably start hearing about damage in the next hour to an hour,' he said shortly after the earthquake hit at 10am local time.

International Marketplace employee Alia Zannoni said she saw computer screens and pictures shaking.

'We didn’t know what to do so we sat in our doorways,' she said. 'My family on Kauai said they felt it, too.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-13067193/magnitude-earthquake-Hawaii-big-island.html 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

[ ::  2-4-24 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For there is none other that takes you through the days and the hours that you’re living in other than me, for man does not have an answer to the problems that the world is facing.  He cannot stop the wars, for when he intervenes they only get worse, he cannot stop what is going on in the environment with the weather and other things, the earthquakes, the flooding, man cannot stop what is happening.  For when he intervenes he only makes worse but I your Father God, when I intervene the very wind and the waves stand at my attention.  etc

:: 2-9-24 Los Angeles Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Malibu earthquake rattles Southern California

By Rong-Gong Lin II, Grace Toohey, Matt Hamilton, Ashley Ahn, Connor Sheets

Published Feb. 9, 2024 Updated Feb. 10, 2024 4:34 PM PT

A magnitude 4.6 earthquake struck near Malibu on Friday and was felt across a wide swath of Southern California.

The temblor was reported at 1:47 p.m., with an epicenter about two and a half miles northeast of Leo Carrillo State Beach and about three miles northwest of El Matador State Beach. It was followed by several aftershocks. Earlier estimates listed a magnitude of 4.7 and 4.5.

There were no immediate reports of major damage. One caller in Malibu told KNX-AM there was shaking strong enough to toss items off a counter and cause a wall to crack.

Los Angeles Mayor Karen Bass said on X that the Fire Department was conducting routine surveys of the city to assess for damage, and that city teams will continue to monitor.

Dakota Rose Koep was driving when the earthquake struck. She said she didn’t feel it at the time, but when she arrived at her Simi Valley home a short time later, her grandfather said “it was super weird because he could feel it, but the chain on the door wasn’t moving like it usually would.” He described it as “a very stereotypical rolling sensation, kind of shaky,” she said.

Meanwhile, Koep’s dog, a Great Dane-greyhound-lab mix named Nasa, “was freaked out.” But nothing seemed to have been damaged or fallen off the walls or shelves, the 25-year-old actor and writer said.

“Some of the photos on the wall in our house were kind of slanted, but nothing really shifted here,” she said.

The earthquake produced light to weak shaking across wide swaths of Los Angeles, Ventura and Orange counties. For most people, the shaking level was just powerful enough to rattle dishes and windows, according to the U.S. Geological Survey; for others, it might have swung hanging objects.

In a Van Nuys courtroom, the floor began to roll as defense attorney Tony Buzbee questioned a witness in the murder trial of Rebecca Grossman. The swaying left Buzbee speechless. The lawyer, a Texan who served in the U.S. Marines in California, told the court he was an “earthquake virgin.”

Some residents said they received a few seconds of warning from the USGS earthquake early warning system. One person in Brentwood got a warning a second or two from the MyShake app on an iPhone before feeling actual shaking; another person in Koreatown got three or four seconds of warning on his Android cellphone before he felt rolling.

The temblor in Malibu prompted customers at Colony House Liquor and other nearby businesses along Pacific Coast Highway to run outside into the parking lot, said Max Alperstein, manager of the liquor store.

“That one gave a nice shake, going back and forth,” Alperstein said Friday. “It was quite a bit of shaking. Inside, none of the bottles fell over or anything like that. Nothing broke, thankfully.”

Alperstein said he has felt other quakes while working at the store, located down the street from Nobu. “Nothing quite as strong as that one.”

It wasn’t a rolling, more of a good shaking, back and forth, left to right — a swaying,” he said.

Malibu Mayor Steve Uhring told Spectrum News he was home when the quake hit and felt only a brief shaking. He said it was a reminder for Southern Californians, who have seen more than their share of natural disasters, to be prepared.

We’ve had wildfires, earthquakes and floods,” Uhring said. “I’m just waiting for the locusts to show up.”

California

Friday is the 53rd anniversary of the magnitude 6.6 earthquake that struck Sylmar in 1971.

There have been four earthquakes of magnitude 4.0 and greater in Southern California this year.

The first came on New Year’s Day when a magnitude 4.1 struck off the coast about 10 miles southwest of San Pedro and 11 miles southeast of Rancho Palos Verdes.

A magnitude 4.2 earthquake on Jan. 5 struck a mile northwest of the community of Lytle Creek in the San Gabriel Mountains of San Bernardino County. Then, on Jan. 24, a magnitude 4.2 earthquake hit in San Bernardino.

Jordan Lyubenov, 34, was at home in Playa Vista when the quake hit. He and his wife had just returned from Colorado.

“We were joking earlier that we would take sunshine and earthquakes every day” over harsh winters elsewhere, he said.

Friday’s quake was “the strongest one in like a year,” said Lyubenov, who works as a day trader and Realtor. He said he would have considered leaving his top-floor apartment if the shaking had gotten any more severe.

At Malibu Village Books, a bookstore near Malibu Lagoon State Beach, customers and staff hesitated as the floor shook.

“We definitely did feel it here,” said Emma Carroll, a bookseller at the shop. “But we are all OK.”

She said a few loose books fell off the shelves, but “nothing too bad.”

Julie Ellerton lives in a rental apartment on the beach in Malibu. She was lying on an outside deck when the quake hit. The photojournalist, who worked for the Malibu Times until six months ago, said that as an L.A. native, she’s not afraid of earthquakes — but this one was particularly jarring.

I felt it bigger than I’ve felt an earthquake in a long time,” she said. “I could feel it in my chest because I was sitting on the ground — basically on the deck — and it was like this all-encompassing rumble, like you’re on a wooden roller-coaster.”

Nearby foliage shook, she said, and she immediately knew it was more than an ocean wave crashing on the shore.

My equilibrium was off because everything was moving as if I was on a boat,” she said.

The earthquake was about two miles north of a section of the Malibu Coast fault zone, which runs along Pacific Coast Highway through a significant stretch of Malibu.

It was not related to a magnitude 5.7 quake that hit the southern edge of Hawaii’s Big Island a couple of hours earlier Friday.

But the quake was enough to temporarily close rides at Disneyland, park guests told The Times.

Nick Bergwitz of San Diego was walking around Mickey’s Toontown with his wife, mother-in-law and 2-year-old son when the ground started moving. He didn’t feel any shaking, but he heard announcements that there had been an earthquake.

The streets and sidewalks that wind through the park quickly filled after employees began temporarily closing rides so they could be inspected, Bergwitz said. He said most guests appeared unfazed by the experience.

“More people are just going to be watching the parade,” he said.

Disney officials did not immediately respond to requests for comment.

Hawaii earthquake

World & Nation

Magnitude 5.7 earthquake hits Hawaii’s Big Island; felt as far away as Honolulu

Feb. 9, 2024

At Duke’s Malibu, a seafood restaurant on the coast, Sophia Bartkus said staff and customers heard a loud noise — they still aren’t sure what — and then some short-lived shaking.

“We definitely felt it, but as far as damages go, so far, everything’s fine,” the 24-year-old said. “It was really only a few seconds.”

She said most of the other staff were not fazed by the quake, but as a Wisconsin native new to California, it was an experience.

“I didn’t know what was going on,” Bartkus said, adding that she was a little scared. But now, “things are back to normal.” The experience left her feeling a bit more like a true Golden State resident: “It’s like a California milestone for me,” she said, laughing.

A small tremor that was barely perceptible rumbled around 1:45 p.m. at In the Cut, a Black barbershop in Inglewood where Church Deon, 46, and two other barbers were cutting hair.

It was like a slight rocking on a little rowboat,” he said. “So slight we was like, ‘Wait, was that an earthquake?’ ”

In Deon’s 13 years at the barbershop, he’s experienced “plenty of quakes,” he said, most of which have been the same small tremors.

“Unless the chandeliers were shaking and things were moving, we would get concerned,” he said. “But we went right back to work after a couple seconds.”

Times staff writers Julia Turner, Richard Winton, Hannah Fry, Carlos Lozano and Joseph Serna contributed to this report.

https://www.latimes.com/people/rong-gong-lin-ii 

[ :: 9-22-02 at the altar after the pm service (second word) ::  :: ::  :: :: ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: ::  ::]

etc The watchmen of Israel are blind, they are all without knowledge, they are all dumb dogs, they cannot even bark, dreaming, lying down, loving to slumber. Wake up and come out of your sins and seek my face. Wake up, for sudden destruction lies at your door. The foolish one has awaken the sleeping giant and now her lovers from the north shall join her, can come down upon you and your friend shall not be there to help you, for she is the spiritual Babylon and nations are weeping over her sudden destruction. etc

:: 2-9-24 Harbindgers Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Ongoing Inward Struggle Of The Jewish People – Physical And Spiritual

By Dean Dwyer  February 9, 2024

To the unbelieving world, blindness is only apparent in its physical form. But to us who believe, we know there are two types of blindnessphysical and spiritual.

In Aramaic, the term often used for a blind person is actually compromised of two words by way of a rhetorical device known as antiphrasis. This means that one says the exact opposite of what they mean. The Aramaic term is sagi (“much”) nahor (“light”). So, you are able to see that the term refers, somewhat paradoxically, to the unseeing. Talmudic scholars say it refers to someone who is both blind and wise – a person who can supposedly see great spiritual truth even though they are blind. But does this line up with Scripture?

Though we rejoice that many individual Jews have expressed a saving faith in Yeshua, national Israel is currently in a period of blindness. Romans 11:25 explains: “For I do not desire, brethren, that you should be ignorant of this mystery, lest you should be wise in your own opinion, that blindness in part has happened to Israel until the fullness of the Gentiles has come in.”

Of course, this passage is not referring to physical blindness. The Greek word used here refers to a hardness of heart which causes perception to be blunted. The same word is used in Ephesians 4:17-18: “This I say, therefore, and testify in the Lord, that you should no longer walk as the rest of the Gentiles walk, in the futility of their mind, having their understanding darkened, being alienated from the life of God, because of the ignorance that is in them, because of the blindness of their heart.”

Although technology and medical knowledge sometimes makes it possible to aid those with physical blindness, the issue of spiritual blindness is another matter altogether. Many have tried to reverse their spiritual blindness through their own wisdom and enquiry. In the process, many false religions have been propagated, with New Age standing apart from the crowd as one which specifically aims to “bring love and light”. But, although the Scriptures speak very clearly against false religion, in many ways the Lord reserved His harshest criticism for Israel – the nation which was the direct recipient of His revelation. The consequences are seriousnot only for the individual but also for their nation. In Isaiah 56:10 we read: “His watchmen are blind, they are all ignorant; they are all dumb dogs, they cannot bark; sleeping, lying down, loving to slumber.”

Additionally, as Jesus said of the scribes and Pharisees in Matthew 15:14: “They are blind leaders of the blind. And if the blind leads the blind, both will fall into a ditch.” The solution to this blindness, as Jesus recounted to Nicodemus, is to be born again (John 3:3).

Leaving aside the spiritual blindness of national Israel momentarily, it is obvious that the spiritual blindness of Western leaders is becoming a serious problem in this age, particularly when it comes to knowing how to deal with evil. Sadly, this is most evident in the pressure being brought upon Israel to cease its war against Hamas in Gaza and not start a war against Hezbollah in Lebanon. Israel’s leaders did not start this war. The nations may be calling for peace but let’s not forget there was peace on 6 October 2023. Hamas broke the peace and they must be destroyed because of the unspeakable evil they perpetrated against the Jewish people. That is the only way to deal with this level of evil. Yet, the USA in particular seems intent on promoting the interests of Iran, believing that the Iranians are able to bring stability to the Middle East. For anybody who believes that, then they are clearly ignorant when it comes to the beliefs of the “Twelvers” of Shiite ideology.

But once again, outside forces are bringing to light the ongoing inward struggle of the Jewish people – physical and spiritual. During the years of the “Final Solution” (1942 to 1945), for those who survived the gas chambers, the isolation of camps and ghettos was intended to bring about social separation which would aid in the control and monitoring of Jews. It was under these horrific circumstances that some Jews, as stated in the written works Years Wherein We Have Seen Evil, “found within themselves the inner strength to examine their situation and to try and find meaning in the events that controlled their very existence.”

In the very circumstances which were intended to break them, many Jews struggled for humanity, for culture, for normalcy and for life. It was from this struggle that the principle of “spiritual resistance” was born. In fact, for those who clung to this principle, their entire camp and ghetto life became one of resistance. That is why the State of Israel is such an affront to the world. It is a nation whose determined goal is to resist those who call for its destruction. For the most part this is in the form of armed resistance through repelling attacks launched against it and rooting out terrorism within it. However, we also see a growing movement within Israel where spiritual resistance is also becoming prominent. This has been seen predominantly amongst soldiers and in the Yeshivas (an institution devoted to studying the Torah and rabbinic traditions) where they sing “I believe in the coming of the Messiah”.

In the Parashat Bo, which is the 15th weekly Torah portion in the annual Jewish cycle of Torah reading, a sobering thought is revealed: darkness is the incubator of hope. In fact, many Jewish scholars argue that we need the darkness no less than the daylight and it is in the darkness of the Exodus that they celebrate the light of redemption and their release from bondage: “…the LORD God brought you out of Egypt by night” (Deuteronomy 16:1). Since darkness is celebrated as the incubator of hope, how fitting that Nicodemus would meet Jesus “by night” (John 3)!

As the days grow darker, the time of Israel’s spiritual renewal is growing closer. A remnant will be preserved and the long-awaited kingdom will be established as the Prince of Peace returns to Jerusalem to rule and reign. Charles E Jefferson was quoted as saying: “A small man can see when it is growing dark…but he cannot see beyond the darkness. He does not know how to put a sunbeam into his picture. A great man pierces the darkness and sees the glory of a hidden dawn.”

Friends, there is a new dawn coming and even though it is growing dark, as that great hymn reminds us: “For the darkness shall turn to dawning and the dawning to noonday bright; and Christ’s great kingdom shall come to earth; the kingdom of love and light.”

Dean Dwyer has served for over 20 years as Pastor and President of Eiser Street Baptist Church in Queensland, Australia.

https://harbingersdaily.com/ 

[ :: 4-12-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it.  For the world has gone crazy, etc

:: 2--24 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Whom the Gods Would Destroy, They First Make Insane

Jeff 's Bold On-Air Response to Lawsuit – See It Now!

Read More

Guest Post by Paul Craig Roberts

The prime minister of formerly “Great Britain,” an Indian named Sunak, Scholz and Macron, the non-entities who head Washington’s puppet states of Germany and France, and the non-entities in Norway, Finland, Poland and the rest of the militarily and economically impotent puppet governments that comprise the American Empire, declare their preparation for war with Russia.

What a joke! None of these territories–they are so over-run by third world immigrant-invaders that they no longer rank as countries, just territories open for the takinghave confident nationalistic populations willing to lose their lives in defense of their subservience to Washington and their domestic oppression.

Can anyone seriously imagine Sweden, whose military-aged ethnic males are afraid to prevent immigrant-invaders’ rapes of ethnic Swedish women because they would be arrested for hate crimes, forming an army capable of facing Russian troops? Or Germans for that matter, a task beyond the Wehrmacht, possibly the finest army in modern history. Or the French–a task beyond Napoleon. Certainly not the Italians, again over-run, or the Dutch lost in sexual and drug lusts.

Or for that matter Americans. Americans, whose main fighting element–Southern White Males–are racially discriminated against by Biden’s black Pentagon chief, who has prevented their promotions because “there are too many white officers,” have ceased to enlist. After all, what Southern “heterosexual white supremacist racist,” as the Biden regime describes its would be recruits, wants to be denied promotion because of his race and, because of his race and “sexual preference,” be lorded over by black female commanders and homosexuals, and soon by transgendered and illegal immigrant-invaders.

I am confident that it is impossible for any Western country to be capable of fielding an army that would not be wiped out instantly by a Russian force, a Chinese force, or even by an Iranian force. The last wars that the US won were against Spain in the 1890s and against Japan in 1945. After a 20-year effort, the US military was driven out of Afghanistan by a few thousand lightly-armed Taliban, just as it was driven out of Vietnam. I regret that this statement hurts the feelings of those who thought they were fighting for something important, but they were deceived for the profits of the military/security complex and for Washington’s hubris.

In the entirety of the Western World the belief system has been destroyed. The destruction of essential beliefs has been going on since the 1960s when university students began their chantWestern Civilization has to go.”

Well, it is gone. All that remains of America is an insane government with nuclear weapons.

As an Amazon Associate I Earn from Qualifying Purchases

-----------------------------------------------------

It is my sincere desire to provide readers of this site with the best unbiased information available, and a forum where it can be discussed openly, as our Founders intended. But it is not easy nor inexpensive to do so, especially when those who wish to prevent us from making the truth known, attack us without mercy on all fronts on a daily basis. So each time you visit the site, I would ask that you consider the value that you receive and have received from The Burning Platform and the community of which you are a vital part. I can't do it all alone, and I need your help and support to keep it alive. Please consider contributing an amount commensurate to the value that you receive from this site and community, or even by becoming a sustaining supporter through periodic contributions. [Burning Platform LLC - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2024/02/10/whom-the-gods-would-destroy-they-first-make-insane/ 

[:: 3-31-19 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are living in a time of great deception, a time when the enemy is working harder than he has ever worked before in the history of man and yet my people don’t seem to understand that. etc.

:: 2-9-24 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bill Gates planning for “Pandemic 2,” complete with new vaccines administered from “a little patch”

02/09/2024 // Ethan Huff // 5.3K Views

The vaccine racket is losing steam, so billionaire eugenicist Bill Gates has come up with a new design for vaccines that involves "a little patch" being slapped on a person's skin.

In a recent appearance on CNBC TV18 in India, Gates was asked about the future of vaccine manufacturing through his eyes, based on the current state of technological and healthcare advancements. Here is what he said:

"We make sure, for all these vaccines, that there's enough capacity, that there's competition so the prices keep going down. And we will have new vaccines. We'll have a TB [tuberculosis] vaccine, malaria vaccine, HIV vaccine."

Gates continued by rambling about the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) "vaccines" that were unleashed through Operation Warp Speed, explaining that for the next pandemic, "we need to make them have longer duration, more coverage."

"And we're going to change, instead of using a needle, to use a little patch," Gates added about the newly envisioned technology.

Whether from a needle or from a patch, poison is still poison, it is important to note. Injected poison is arguably worse as it bypasses the body's natural defense mechanisms, but surely Gates has thought of that, too, and will make the patches just as, or perhaps more, toxic than their needle counterparts.

(Related: Late last year, organizations run and influenced by Bill Gates partnered with a biotechnology company to develop needle-free, Eucharist-like mRNA vaccine "wafers" for administration under the tongue.)

Gates wants to change "food," too

In the future, Gates also wants to strip farmers of being able to grow their own food. At the recent COP28 meeting of elitist globalists, Gates unveiled a strategy involving the use of "innovation to absolutely solve that problem."

At one point, Gates actually used the term "Pandemic 2" to describe another future COVID-like event that he and his partners are already preparing to capitalize on with their latest biotechnological developments.

By the way, did you know that the Latin translation of "Cor" and "ona," the two parts of the word "corona" for coronavirus, mean "heart attack?" This is surely not a coincidence as many of those who took the corona jabs suffered heart attacks or some other form of heart disease.

According to 100percentfedup.com's M. Winger, Gates is "like a worse version of Anthony Fauci."

"I guess we'll call him America's most untrusted non-doctor," Winger added. "Either way, Gates is at it again."

"Bill Gates should be arrested for crimes against humanity ... for starters," one angry commenter wrote about these latest developments.

"Stay away from 'medicine,'" wrote another about how the Western "healthcare" model is a Big Pharma farce that propagates poisons made by the likes of Gates and his cronies.

"Just amazing," said another. "Why isn't he in prison yet?"

Is there another pandemic on the way, compliments of Bill Gates? Find out more at Pandemic.news.

Sources for this article include:

100percentfedup.com

NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2024-02-09-bill-gates-pandemic-2-vaccines-little-patch.html 

[ ::  2-4-24 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For there is none other that takes you through the days and the hours that you’re living in other than me, for man does not have an answer to the problems that the world is facing.  He cannot stop the wars, for when he intervenes they only get worse, he cannot stop what is going on in the environment with the weather and other things, the earthquakes, the flooding, man cannot stop what is happening.  For when he intervenes he only makes worse but I your Father God, when I intervene the very wind and the waves stand at my attention.  etc

:: 2-9-24 Red State :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Another War May Be About to Break Out in America's Backyard

By Ben Kew | 5:42 PM on February 09, 2024

The opinions expressed by contributors are their own and do not necessarily represent the views of RedState.com.

Venezuela is sending troops to its border with neighboring Guyana as tensions continue to escalate over a territorial dispute, raising the risk of a military conflict between the two South American nations.

According to a report from The Wall Street Journal citing satellite images and videos made public by the country's military, Venezuelan forces have stationed troops, tanks, missile-equipped patrol boats, and an armored carrier at its border with Guyana.

The dispute comes as Venezuela attempts to annex the region of Essequibo, where the country's socialist dictator Nicolas Maduro has said he plans to “grant operating licenses for the exploration and exploitation of oil, gas, and mines.”

Recent offshore oil discoveries by an Exxon Mobil-led consortium have turned Guyana, a former British colony with a population of 800,000, into one of the world's hottest oil properties.

According to Energy World, Exxon plans to start drilling "two exploratory wells north and west of its prolific Stabroek block, where three oil fields are producing close to 650,000 barrels of oil a day."

"We are not going anywhere," the president of ExxonMobil Guyana, Alistair Routledge, told reporters earlier this week.

The ratcheting up of tensions comes despite an agreement signed by Maduro and Guyanese President Irfaan Ali in December, where the two sides agreed to de-escalate threats of physical force and create a joint commission to solve their territorial disputes.

In a statement to the Journal, Guyana's Foreign Ministry said that they were "not surprised by the bad faith of Venezuela" in reneging on that agreement. “We are disappointed, not surprised," they added.

Posting on the X platform on Friday, Venezuelan Defense Minister Vladimir Padrino launched into a bizarre tirade where he accused Guyana of agreeing to "military alliances" with the U.S. and reiterated the regime's position that it belongs to Venezuela:

The world is upside down! While Exxon Mobil, with the approval of Guyana, announces military alliances with the United States to provide security in the exploitation of oil and gas in waters to be delimited, the Bolivarian government works tirelessly bringing better living conditions, health and education to the Essequiban people, with the support of the Venezuelan armed forces.

The Argyle agreements continue to be threatened by the irresponsible attitude of the Guyana government, while the mainstream media of manipulation and deception make it seem otherwise. Essequibo is ours!

Meanwhile, the Biden administration has reiterated its support for Guyana, with presidential senior adviser Juan Gonzalez telling reporters on Monday that they would help the country continue to "strengthen its defensive capability."

"Supporting Guyana to strengthen its defensive capability as it continues to bring enormous oil windfall on the market is something we have a direct interest in," he said. “We certainly don’t want to escalate tensions, but we have our own strategic relationship with Guyana.”

https://redstate.com/benkew/2024/02/09/another-war-could-be-about-to-break-out-in-americas-backyard-n2169894?utm

_source=rsmorningbriefing&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl&bcid=16355dec4c83e14e4f48f36d7bfa0067 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 2-8-24 Mish Talk :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Credit Card and Auto Delinquencies Soar, Especially Age Group 18 to 39

February 8, 2024

Credit card debt surged to a record high in the fourth quarter. Even more troubling is a steep climb in 90 day or longer delinquencies.

Please consider the New York Fed Household Credit Report for the Fourth Quarter 2023, released this week.

Consumer Credit Key Points

Aggregate household debt balances increased by $212 billion in the fourth quarter of 2023, a 1.2% rise from 2023Q3. Balances now stand at $17.50 trillion and have increased by $3.4 trillion since the end of 2019, just before the pandemic recession.

Mortgage balances shown on consumer credit reports increased by $112 billion during the fourth quarter of 2023 and stood at $12.25 trillion at the end of December.

Balances on home equity lines of credit (HELOC) increased by $11 billion, the seventh consecutive quarterly increase after 2022Q1, and there is now $360 billion in aggregate outstanding balances.

Credit card balances, which are now at $1.13 trillion outstanding, increased by $50 billion (4.6%).

Auto loan balances increased by $12 billion, continuing the upward trajectory that has been in place since 2020Q2, and now stand at $1.61 trillion.

Other balances, which include retail cards and other consumer loans, grew by $25 billion. Student loan balances were effectively flat, with a $2 billion increase and stand at $1.6 trillion. In total, non-housing balances grew by $89 billion.

Record High Credit Card Debt

Credit card debt rose to a new record high of $1.13 trillion, up $50 billion in the quarter. Even more troubling is the surge in serious delinquencies, defined as 90 days or more past due.

For nearly all age groups, serious delinquencies are the highest since 2011 at best.

Auto Loan Delinquencies

Serious delinquencies on auto loans have jumped from under 3 percent in mid-2021 to to 5 percent at the end of 2023 for age group 18-29.

Age group 30-39 is also troubling. Serious delinquencies for age groups 18-29 and 30-39 are at the highest levels since 2010.

Mortgage Loans

Unlike the Great Recession, mortgages are not a serious issue.

Everyone who could refinance did refinance and often at rates near 3.0 percent. After refinancing, monthly payments dropped. Finally, rising prices put risk of foreclosure very low for all but recent buyers who stretched too far to buy a house.

Yet, here again we see a small uptick across the board but especially noticeable for age group 18-29. But this will not be a replay of the Great Recession mortgage bust.

Economists are and writers are still struggling with what seems obvious if one bothers looking beyond the headline numbers.

For example on February 7, the Wall Street Journal posted Why Americans Are So Down on a Strong Economy

What’s Going On?

In a single sentence, the economy is nowhere near as strong as the soft landing crowd thinks. That’s why people are down.

Other than mortgages, this data is very recessionary. Consumers are struggling to maintain lifestyles and using credit cards to do so.

The jobs picture is not rosy either, if anyone bothers to drill into the data instead of touting the headline numbers.

Jobs Soar but Full Time Employment Is Barely Changed Since May 2022

Payrolls are up by 5.77 million since May of 2022, but full time employment up only 457 thousand.

No amount of BLS smoothing can hide this.

For discussion, please see Jobs Soar but Full Time Employment Is Barely Changed Since May 2022

Jobs increased but employment is stagnant. People are taking on multiple jobs or coming out of retirement to take part time jobs because they are struggling to make ends meet.

Sudden Stop

Writers and analysts cannot see the picture, especially left wing rags listening to Biden about how lovely this economy is. Polls show the real score. So do the above charts.

I now expect a sudden stop that is going to hit the Fed in the face like a ton of bricks. But which way?

I am open to the idea of a deflationary bust or a stagflation mess. The former will have the Fed cutting rates, the latter would be an extreme world of hurt with the Fed’s hands tied, unable to cut.

Either way it’s going to be a serious problem. It will be another economic payback for general Fed incompetence for time and time again holding rates too low, too long.

Soft landing? Forget about it.

Subscribe to MishTalk Email Alerts.

Type your email…

Subscribers get an email alert of each post as they happen. Read the ones you like and you can unsubscribe at any time.

This post originated on MishTalk.Com

Thanks for Tuning In!

https://mishtalk.com/economics/credit-card-and-auto-delinquencies-soar-especially-age-group-18-to-39/ 

:: 2-8-24 CNN Business :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

German bank braces for wave of bad loans in ‘greatest real estate crisis since the financial crisis’

By Hanna Ziady, CNN   3 minute read   Updated 10:25 AM EST, Thu February 8, 2024

London CNN —

Deutsche Pfandbriefbank, or PBB, a German lender focused on real estate, has set aside more money for bad debts as it braces for what it says is the worst decline in commercial property values in 15 years.

PBB increased its provisions for losses on loans in the fourth quarter of 2023, taking the total set aside for the year to as much as €215 million ($231.7 million), it said in a statement Wednesday, citing “persistent weakness of the real estate markets.”

“Despite these expenses, PBB remains profitable thanks to its financial strength — even in the greatest real estate crisis since the financial crisis,” it added.

The global financial crisis peaked in 2008 as banks collapsed under the weight of huge losses on mortgages and related securities following the bursting of a bubble in the US housing market.

On Thursday, PBB announced that it had enough cash and highly liquid assets on its balance sheet — a “liquidity cushion” — to operate for six months without new funding from investors. It said it would publish further details with its 2023 earnings in March.

Fears about the health of bank balance sheets have resurfaced in recent weeks, almost a year on from a crisis that saw three US regional lenders collapse and the emergency rescue of Credit Suisse.

US Treasury secretary Janet Yellen told lawmakers Tuesday that she had concerns about the exposure of some banks to commercial real estate.

“I believe it’s manageable, although there may be some institutions that are quite stressed by this problem,” she said.

Shares of PBB, the second German bank to warn of mounting losses on commercial real estate in two weeks, have slumped 17% since Friday. The stock has tumbled more than 25% so far this year and 40% in the past six months.

Germany’s biggest lender Deutsche Bank said last week that it had allocated €123 million ($133 million) during the fourth quarter of last year to absorb potential defaults on its US commercial real estate loans. That’s more than quadruple the amount it set aside during the same three-month period in 2022.

Related article Banks are being rocked again as real estate losses mount

Banks as far apart as New York, Tokyo and Zurich have also reported mounting losses on lending to the troubled commercial property sector in recent days.

On Wednesday, New York Community Bancorp attempted to reassure investors that it has enough cash to stay afloat after the stock shed about 60% of its value over the past eight days and ratings agency Moody’s downgraded the bank’s credit grade to junk.

Last week, the troubled US regional lender reported a surprise $252 million loss for the fourth quarter, a big chunk of which was tied to loans for office buildings. It also set aside $552 million in the quarter to absorb potential losses on loans, up sharply from $62 million in the previous quarter.

Also last week, Japan’s Aozora Bank said bad loans tied to US offices were partly to blame for its projected annual loss of 28 billion yen ($190 million) last year. And Swiss private bank and wealth manager Julius Baer said profit slumped 55% in 2023 because it lost 586 million Swiss francs ($680 million) on loans made to a single “European conglomerate,” reportedly the failed Austrian developer Signa Group.

This article has been updated with additional details from PBB on Thursday.

https://edition.cnn.com/2024/02/07/business/pbb-bad-loans-real-estate-crisis/index.html 

:: 2-9-24 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Missouri GOP Valentina Gomez candidate uses FLAMETHROWER to burn LGBTQ books...and then complains when it's censored on X and Instagram

By Kamal Sultan For Dailymail.Com

Published: 01:56 EST, 9 February 2024 | Updated: 03:34 EST, 9 February 2024

A GOP candidate in Missouri has taken a flamethrower to 'grooming, indoctrinating and sexualizing' books in a wild video shared on social media as part of her campaign.

Valentina Gomez, 24, who is running to be Secretary of State, shared footage of herself setting two LGBTQ-inclusive books on fire on X on Tuesday.

'When I’m Secretary of State, I will BURN all books that are grooming, indoctrinating, and sexualizing our children. MAGA. America First,' she wrote.

Gomez ended the video with a picture of her holding a large gun as well as her campaign poster.

She complained her clip was censored on Instagram and X as it was flagged as hateful conduct.

Gomez began the video by showing off her flame thrower that was already lit.

'This is what I'll do to the grooming books when I become secretary of state,' she said before burning the books.

'These books come from a Missouri Public Library. When I am in office, they will burn,' she added.

The books in the video included Naked: Not Your Average Sex Encyclopedia, which was written by Myriam Daguzan Bernier and Queer, 2nd Edition: The Ultimate LGBTQ Guide for Teens by Kathy Belge and Marke Bieschke.

Her campaign director Maicoll Gomez told NBC News the 'message is simple.'

'You want to be gay? Fine be gay. Just don’t do it around children,' she said in a statement.

'Stop putting books in libraries about sexualization, indoctrination and grooming of children. Children need to learn mathematics, science, developing their people skills, getting fit, while protecting their innocence.

'Not learning the ideologies that the radical left loves to push on children. I am against all drag shows around children, pride flags in classrooms, teachers with pronouns, people wanting to "change" genders, and people that can’t even define what a woman is.

'If genitals don’t define gender, how does removing them affirm it. I only fear God.'

Belge, one of the authors of the books Gomez burned, said Americans 'should be concerned that a candidate for public office not only thinks book burning is acceptable, but that it is something that will help her get elected.'

'My book Queer: The Ultimate LGBTQ Book for Teens was written to give teens accurate and helpful information about what it means to be part of the LGBTQ community,' she added.

'We discuss important issues that teens face, like coming out, bullying, dating and finding community and support. And yes, dealing with haters like this political candidate.

'I suggest this candidate leave queer kids alone and focuses instead on the real issues that will make lives of people in Missouri better.'

Gomez's post is similar to one made by Missouri state senator and 2024 GOP gubernatorial candidate Bill Eigel.

He, along with state Senator Nick Schroer, was seen firing flames at cardboard boxes nd books during the St. Charles County Freedom Fest event outside St. Louis on September 15.

'In the video, I am taking a flame thrower(sic) to cardboard boxes representing what I am going to do to the leftist policies and RINO corruption of the Jeff City swamp,' he wrote on X.

'But let’s be clear, you bring those woke pornographic books to Missouri schools to try to brainwash our kids, and I’ll burn those too - on the front lawn of the governor’s mansion.'

Republican states have increasingly pushed ban books that they claim are inappropriate for children out of school libraries.

Missouri is one of around 40 states that has introduced bills to restrict how critical race theory, racism or sexism is discussed in classrooms since January 2021.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-13064165/Missouri-Valentina-Gomez-GOP-candidate-flamethrower-lgbtq-books.html 

 [ ::  10-8-2023 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For even the novice can see the events that have started are not going to stop, but these events have been recorded in my word that they would take place and they will continue to take place.  For only if you were fast asleep could you miss what is going on right now, for I have called for my church to be watchman, I’ve called for you to be awake and know and see the hour that you are living in.  For it is very, very clear now.  For I gave you the sign and my word even tells you about the fig tree, for that is the most important thing and as you see what is taking place right now it will not stop, but it will continue right on through the events that I said would take place for this time and this hour. etc

:: 2-9-24 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FYI . . .Preps for this show if the worst happens

World Hal Turner 09 February 2024 Hits: 19589

I have been reporting to all of you the developments in Poland that lead many to believe NATO will enter the Russia-Ukraine conflict before May 5. I have renewed my urgent suggestions that all of you have emergency "preps" like food, water, medicine, a generator, communications gear like a CB or HAM radio, and I want you to know what I am doing/have done to "prep" this show.

When the Russia-Ukraine thing broke out, and it became clear that the US and NATO would be getting involved by shipping weapons, I worried to myself if Russia might take that as us being a "participant" in the conflict. So I MOVED the servers for this web site to South America. It's a big deal: one primary server, providing content via the cloud to 19 other data centers around the planet. When you type in my website address and your browser goes out to the DNS server, my DNS routes your request to the geographically closest data center (that's up and running) to speed-up your content delivery. Not everything is coming into or going out of a single place.

Every time YOU have visited this site for the past 2+ years, it has served you from South America!

I also established back-up streaming audio servers down in South America as well, but have never utilized them.

The streaming audio right now comes out of Oregon and it's a big deal, but in a different setup than the website. Multiple audio servers operating through a load balancer, which can automatically spin-up additional servers to accommodate demand. But Oregon is near Washington State and we have a gigantic naval base in Bremerton, WA, which is home to much of our Pacific Fleet.

So if Bremerton gets nuked, Oregon will likely feel the EMP repercussions and that data center may go offline. Hence, the reason I set up a big audio server system in South America, just in case.

Here in New Jersey, just outside NYC, all of you are aware that the show goes out over a fiber optic line and there is a separate, fiber optic line as a fail-over. If both fiber optics are down, there is a cellular data fail-over. For awhile, I also had laser failover but it was just too expensive and I had to get rid of that. I have a backup generator and fuel for it on-site. It's all on battery back-ups which can provide at least one hour of service, which is more than ample time to go out and crank-up the generator. The NJ house also has an EMP SHIELD in the main electrical panel with the hope it bleeds-off any EMP.

In the Pennsylvania home I inherited when my mom died, (after I had to pay off her Reverse Mortgage) I have a Cable modem and, just recently was able to add a single Fiber optic connection. But because trees falling can take out those land-based lines -- and have done so in big storms quite frequently -- I also have a cellular failover, and two satellite uplinks.

ALL of that gear is on Uninterruptible power supplies that can provide power for at least one hour, and I have two Generators on site, all hard-wired in. The one generator is 13KW and surge to 15KW, the other was my mom's and it's tiny 4KW. That house also has an EMP SHIELD in the main electrical panel.

All our motor vehicles have EMP SHIELDS installed in them - even my snow plow truck!

So I have done everything I know how to do to make certain the show __can__ air each night, no matter what.

Late last week, after finding out that Poland issued a NOTAM to all aircraft flying in the eastern 1/4 of the country, to maintain radio comms with air traffic control and to use their Transponders even at flight levels below 9500', it became evident to me that NATO is likely to enter the Russia-Ukraine conflict within the time period of the NOTAM, which continues until May 5.

It seems clear to me that if NATO enters that war, the missiles will fly and some of them would - in my view - fly here. If Russia takes out the US, then NATO collapses immediately. So we ARE, in my view, an early target.

So I spoke to Alan Weiner at WBCQ and inquired of him as to whether WBCQ has a back-up generator for the transmitter on 7490. It does! A 250KW generator which, according to Alan, EATS FUEL.

I have also inquired of WRMI in Miami, Florida and WWCR in Nashville, TN. I am waiting to hear back from them.

I tell you all of this because I want you to know I'm not just out here telling YOU to prep, I'm actually doing it myself.

I have no idea where all this crap is heading, but I am thinking about it and am taking steps to actually BE PREPARED.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/fyi-preps-for-this-show-if-the-worst-happens 

[ :: 12-31-17/1-1-18 New Year’s Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see more miracles in two thousand eighteen than you have ever seen in your life ever.  You may have heard of miracles, but you are going hear of more miracles more signs more wonders, you are going to see as they try to shoot down your satellites that are up there, you are going to see as they try to knock out your electrical grids, etc.

:: 2-8-24 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The United States Has Zero National Security

February 8, 2024

Guest Post by Paul Craig Roberts

In his newly published book, Nuclear High-Attitude Electromagnetic Pulse, Steven Starr shows that all it takes is one nuclear explosion to shut down the United States and throw the population back into the Dark Ages. The electric power grid would be destroyed along with the communications system, the cooling systems at nuclear power plants and all electronic devices. The reason is that civilian infrastructure is not protected from ElectroMagneticPulse (EMP). The military has taken steps to shield its weapon and communication systems, but nothing has been done to protect civilian infrastructure. Bills mandating EMP protection have been defeated in Congress.

Starr reports that only 4% of the US military budget is required to shield the power grid and civilian infrastructure. Instead, the Washington idiots waste trillions of dollars in pointless wars in Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Serbia, Syria, Yemen, Palestine, and Ukraine.

American cities would suffer no effects from blast and fire, such as would be produced by ground level detonation, but the consequences would be just as dire. Starr describes them in a summary on his website: https://nuclearfamine.org/connect/ 

Effects of a single high-altitude nuclear detonation over the Eastern U.S.

“105 miles above Ohio, a single nuclear warhead explodes. Because it is far above the atmosphere, there will be no blast or fire effects felt on Earth, however, this high-altitude nuclear detonation will create a gigantic electromagnetic pulse or EMP.

In one billionth of a second, the initial EMP E1 wave will cause massive voltages and currents to form within power lines, telecommunication lines, cables, wires, antennas, and any other electrically conductive material found beneath the nuclear detonation in a circular area covering hundreds of thousands of square miles.

“Within this region, under ideal conditions, the E1 wave will produce 2 million volts and a current of 5,000 to 10,000 amps within medium distribution power lines. Any unshielded modern electronic devices that contain solid-state circuitry, which are plugged into the grid, will be disabled, damaged, or destroyed. This includes the electronic devices required to operate all critical national infrastructure.

Unshielded electronic devices within ground, air, and sea transportation systems, water and sanitation systems, fuel and food distribution systems, water and sanitation systems, telecommunication systems, and banking systems would all be simultaneously knocked out of service – and all these systems would be disabled until the solid-state electronics required to operate them could be repaired or replaced.

“The E1 wave will also instantly destroy millions of glass insulators found on 15 kilovolt-class electric power distribution lines. 78% of all electricity in the US is delivered to end users (residential, agricultural, commercial) through these 15 kV power lines. The loss of a single insulator on a line can knock out power distribution on the entire line.

At the same instant, the massive voltage and current induced by the E1 wave will damage and destroy the relays, sensors, and control panels at 1783 High Voltage Substations, knocking out the entire electric power grid in the eastern half of the United States.

One to ten seconds after the nuclear detonation, the following EMP E3 wave would induce powerful current flows in power lines including lines that are both above and below ground. E3 would damage or destroy many – if not most – of the Large Power Transformers and Extra High Voltage Circuit Breakers required for the long-distance transmission of about 90% of electrical power in the United States.

“The loss of Large Power Transformers and Extra High Voltage Circuit Breakers would mean that entire regions within the United States would be left without electric power for up to a year or longer. This is because Large Power Transformers are not stockpiled and the current wait time for their manufacture is 18 to 24 months; they must be custom designed and manufactured and about 80% are made overseas. They each weigh between 200 and 400 tons and must be shipped by sea and moving them to their final destination is quite difficult even under normal circumstances.

“Because nuclear power plants are not designed to withstand the effects of EMP, the solid-state electronics within their backup electrical and cooling systems would also be damaged and disabled. The failure of their Emergency Power Systems and active Emergency Core Cooling Systems will make it impossible to cool their reactor cores after emergency shutdown; this will quickly lead to reactor core meltdowns at dozens of nuclear power plants.

To summarize, a single nuclear high-altitude electromagnetic pulse can instantly take out most or all of the US power grid while simultaneously destroying the solid-state electronic devices required to operate US critical national infrastructure – including the safety systems at nuclear power plants. Following a nuclear EMP, the people of the US would suddenly find themselves living in the conditions of the Middle Ages for a period possibly as long as a year – most Americans would not be able to survive such circumstances.

For less than 4% of the US national defense budget, the US power grid and critical infrastructure can be shielded from EMP. However, the political will to implement this protection has not yet been found, so Americans remain very much at risk.”

The book is available from Amazon, Barnes & Noble, and Kindle. If you read it, you will be amazed and disgusted at the negligence and stupidity of the US government. Thanks to the fools who govern us, we have zero national security despite the massive expenditures year after year, decade after decade.

People do not realize that the convenience and entertainment provided by their cell phones comes at great cost when measured by risk. Nothing is secure in the digital age, not your identity, your privacy, your bank account, or your independence. The expansion of the digital revolution into money will mean that you can be denied access to your money for any reason including the exercise of free speech. All accumulated knowledge in digital form can be erased by one EMP. Try to imagine the consequences of such a loss. These are new risks never before experienced on Earth.

As an Amazon Associate I Earn from Qualifying Purchases

-----------------------------------------------------

It is my sincere desire to provide readers of this site with the best unbiased information available, and a forum where it can be discussed openly, as our Founders intended. But it is not easy nor inexpensive to do so, especially when those who wish to prevent us from making the truth known, attack us without mercy on all fronts on a daily basis. So each time you visit the site, I would ask that you consider the value that you receive and have received from The Burning Platform and the community of which you are a vital part. I can't do it all alone, and I need your help and support to keep it alive. Please consider contributing an amount commensurate to the value that you receive from this site and community, or even by becoming a sustaining supporter through periodic contributions. [Burning Platform LLC - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 2-8-24    Strange Sounds   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canadians forced to dig through five feet of snow after blizzard hits Nova Scotia

Feb 8, 2024

Heavy snow pummeled coastal areas of Nova Scotia in Canada over the weekend as a strong low-pressure system stalled just off the Canadian Maritimes.

Widespread snow totals of well over a foot were observed across the province as the storm pummeled the region from Friday into Monday. A volunteer observer in Sydney, Nova Scotia, reported 59 inches of snow, according to Environment Canada. The official observation in town reported just over 40 inches.

Halifax’s airport recorded just over 33 inches of snow during the storm, with widespread totals of 12-16 inches in the heart of town.

“I assure you we will dig out. It will take time, but we will dig out,” Nova Scotia Premier Tim Houston said during a news conference Monday. “It has certainly been a historic snow event.”

Houston said there were 500 calls for help to 911 on Sunday and another 300 calls Monday. The Royal Canadian Mounted Police were busy clearing several snow-related crashes along the region’s streets and highways.

The snow has since tapered off, but snowplows are still struggling to clear such a tremendous amount of snow.

Mark Peachey, Chief of Public Works in Nova Scotia, says more than 1,000 workers are using 400 pieces of equipment to clear roads. Houston said they are bringing in extra equipment from the western side of Nova Scotia, which was spared the onslaught, as well as neighboring provinces.

If you can help a friend or neighbor dig out, please do, but be careful not to overdo it,” Houston said.

Houston said he was not aware of any communities that were completely cut off by heavy snow, but there are a lot of people in rural areas whose roads are impassable right now.

“There are lots of families that we know are isolated,” Houston said. “We just ask them to be patient … It will be days before some of these rural roads are cleared.”

Hey friends, it’s time to wake up!

If a few more people choose to support my work, I could expose more lies, root out more corruption, and call out more hypocrites. So, if you can afford it, please support my endeavor by either using PAYPAL or the DonorBox below (PAYPAL & Credit Cards / Debit Cards accepted)…

If you are a crypto fanatic, I do now accept crypto donations:

BTC: 1AjhUJM6cy8yr2UrT67iGYWLQNmhr3cHef (Network: Bitcoin) USDT: 0x490fe5d79d044a11c66c013e5b71305af0a76c1b (Network: Etherum ERC20)

You should join my newsletter to get a daily compilation of different breaking news, pictures and videos… YOU WILL LOVE IT!

Thank you,  Manuel

https://strangesounds.org/2024/02/canadians-forced-to-dig-through-five-feet-of-snow-after-blizzard-hits-nova-scotia.html 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 2-7-24 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China has made 'dramatic advances' in its hypersonic missiles that can reach up to 6,500mph and are almost impossible to stop, intelligence officials warn

China has designed the lethal weapons to destroy enemy aircraft carriers

By Mark Nicol Diplomacy Editor For The Daily Mail

Published: 19:21 EST, 7 February 2024 | Updated: 20:47 EST, 7 February 2024

China has made 'dramatic advances' in hypersonic missiles that fly too fast to be intercepted, intelligence officials warn.

They said the DF-17 – and its successor the DF-27 – reach speeds approaching some 6,500 miles per hour and they are almost impossible to stop.

China has designed these weapons to destroy aircraft carriers, such as Britain's flagship vessels HMS Queen Elizabeth and HMS Prince of Wales, over a range of up to 5,000 miles.

The UK, Australia and the United States, who formed the AUKUS alliance, are frantically looking for some sort of preventative measures.

The Chinese 'Hypersonic Glide Vehicles' fly on lower trajectory than intercontinental ballistic missiles, making them harder to intercept.

One concerned official said: 'The buzz phrase here is that "speed is the new stealth".

'China has prioritised this capability and has generated the world's leading arsenal of HGVs.

'It has made dramatic advances in this area in the 2020s. Countering this threat is a priority for AUKUS.

'Countering the delivery mechanism, which fires the missile, is more effective than countering the missile itself. We would have to hit the bases, hit the launch systems.'

Britain does not have hypersonic missiles while the US is only testing these weapons.

Russia has been utilising much less sophisticated versions of the Chinese HGVs during the conflict in Ukraine.

China's missiles are capable of carrying nuclear payloads. It is considered likely Beijing would seek to use its HGVs against US and UK navies in the South China Sea.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-13058897/China-hypersonic-missiles-impossible-stop-intelligence-officials-warn.html 

[:: 2-2-2022 pm service third word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Beware of the troubles of the world, there is war going on right now, are you even aware of that, most are not, they walk as if peace is going on and yet the enemy is rising up in many areas, deceiving many etc

:: 1-18-24 Newsweek :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Map Shows NATO Territory Losing GPS Amid Russia Electronic Warfare Drill

Published Jan 18, 2024 at 9:33 AM EST  Updated Jan 18, 2024 at 10:28 AM EST

Global Positioning System (GPS) disturbances detected across NATO member Poland on Tuesday have sparked speculation of Russian involvement, following a similar incident in the region this month.

Polish news outlet Radio Zet portal reported "over northern and central Poland, the GPS signal was again jammed," with Warsaw, Łódź, Tricity and Olsztyn among cities affected and that Swedish military intelligence agency MUST was investigating the cause.

Other Polish news outlets reported disturbances and an interference map available on the gpsjam.org website showed the extent of GPS problems across much of Poland, with a high level of interference over Kaliningrad, the Russian enclave that borders the country.

"Russians tested EW in Kaliningrad, so almost half of Poland and the Suwalki corridor were left without GPS," said Jürgen Nauditt, who posts on X, formerly Twitter, about the war in Ukraine, referring to the strategically sensitive area between Belarus and Kaliningrad along the Polish-Lithuanian border.

Earlier in January, GPS jamming was detected in eastern and southeastern parts of NATO's newest member Finland, which Jukka Savolainen from the country's Hybrid Competence Center said may have been "intentionally caused or by-products" of Russia's activities.

While there is no proof of Moscow's involvement, the incident followed growing tensions between Finland and Russia due to the former's accession to the alliance and Helsinki's closer ties with the U.S. military.

Gpsjam.org organizer John Wiseman noted the significance of the Russian Ministry of Defense announcement of an electronic warfare (EW) exercise with the Baltic Fleet based in Kaliningrad in December, days before jamming around the region increased.

Wiseman has previously told Newsweek that the earlier outages were "plausibly within reach of Russian jammers, either in Kaliningrad or on ships in the Baltic Sea."

Markus Jonsson, an X user who writes about open-source intelligence, shared a map of disturbances on January 3, writing that a "Baltic jammer" was responsible and was based in Kaliningrad. Regarding the latest incident, Jonsson posted on Wednesday: "I think the Baltic Jammer started tonight 21:20 and that it ran on high effect for just a short while.

"Effects, by my metrics, are seen very far from suspected source in Kaliningrad. Much further than possible via radio-emission from one spot."

Pro-Ukrainian X account MAKS 23 also shared an image of the gpsjam.org map, saying that Russia's electronic warfare system in Kaliningrad and that "half of Poland and the Suwalki corrider were left without GPS," prompting security expert Giorgi Koberidze to write in the thread: "Russia is testing the West."

The post was shared by journalist Euan MacDonald, who wrote: "A Russian jammer in Kaliningrad can cause widespread disruption to GPS signals. In Ukraine, the Russians have been using GPS jamming to disrupt Western-made HIMARS, Excalibur and JDAM (Joint Direct Attack Munition) weapons."

"It appears they're testing it here for a potential future attack on Poland, Baltics," he added. Newsweek has contacted the Russian defense ministry for comment.

https://www.newsweek.com/russia-poland-kaliningrad-gps-jammer-1861842 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 2-7-24 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia To Teach Nuclear Survival & Weapons Training In School While U.S. Students Are Sitting Ducks In Gun Free Zone Schools, As China Warns Of NATO Escalation To World War

By Susan Duclos - All News Pipeline February 7, 2024

During the cold war, which started in 1947 after the end of World War II and lasted to 1991, Americans were told to "duck and cover" in the event of a nuclear explosion. The Federal Civil Defense Administration, in consultation with the Safety Commission of the National Educational, created and released the "Duck and Cover - Bert the Turtle" (1951) short film, which was a little over 9 minutes.

There is a short one minute version listed as the original TV advert, which we will show below for those young enough to have never seen it, with the full 9 minutes 14 second version at the bottom of this article.

The reason for reminding those that remember and telling those that never saw it, about this short film, and about what children were taught here in the U.S., is because Russia also had a training program for their school students, which ended in 1993.

Well, Russian President Vladimir Putin signed a law in August 2023 to reinstate nuclear war survival training in schools, called "reminiscent of a Soviet-era basic military training course that was taught in schools and was abolished in 1993" by Newsweek.

Students will learn about "the combat properties and damaging effects of weapons of mass destruction, as well as methods of protection against them." It will be part of a subject being rolled out in high schools in Russia called "Fundamentals of Security and Defense of the Motherland," newspaper Kommersant reported on Tuesday, citing a document from the Ministry of Education.

More:

...Other elements of the subject include basic military training, how to use a Kalashnikov assault rifle and hand grenades, how to administer first aid in combat, and lessons on self-defense.

The difference between what Russians are taught in the case they survive an initial nuclear attack, such as the training described above, and what Americans are taught (which is nothing), is the difference between night and day.

It seems unbelievable that Russian citizens are being taught to fight against an enemy invader as well as surviving after a nuclear attack, while the Biden regime and liberal state leaders are busy trying to push gun control and leaving school students as sitting ducks in "gun-free zones."

As an aside before moving along, Russia also has underground bomb shelters for their citizenry, and America has underground bunkers for their military leaders, government leaders, and both group's families and nothing for the rest of us.

While Russia started upgrading the bomb shelters throughout the country when the war between Russia and Ukraine began in early 2022, the school nuclear survival training doesn't begin until September, with the bill signed in 2023.

The point here is that Russia is actively preparing their people for war with NATO and the west.

(ANP Emergency!: PLEASE donate to ANP! Due to the globalists war upon truth and the independent media, our monthly revenue has been cut by more than 80% so we need your help more now than ever before. Anything at all ANP readers can do to help us is hugely appreciated.)

NUCLEAR POWERS WARN BIDEN REGIME....

Russian media have often warned of a world war, which would officially be World War III, with NATO and the west. over financial and weapons aid form the west, mainly the U.S. A Russian journalist reported back a year ago that WWIII was "already underway."

Taking this a step further, the war against Hamas by Israel after a terrorist attack on Israel by Hamas on October 7, 2023, has also brought about warnings to the U.S. from both Russia and China.

Iran, which supports both Hamas, Hezbollah and the Houthis, on the other side, has unleashed attacks against U.S. military members in Iraq and Syria, which has brought about retaliation in both countries, after killing three U.S. soldiers.

Iran, behind these attacks has not been attack...yet, but the U.S. is already being warned by both Russia and China, about a "cycle of retaliation," if Iran is attacked.

China:

China has been quick to urge a policy of restraint, in order to "prevent further escalation".

Chinese foreign ministry spokesperson Wang Wenbin said: "We have also noted that Iran stated that it had nothing to do with the attack.

"We hope that all relevant parties will remain calm and restrained... in order to avoid falling into a vicious cycle of retaliation and prevent further escalation.

Note that we have recently had a massive increase in Chinese nationals illegally crossing the U.S. border, and like others they have been released into the nation without monitoring.

On February 5, 2024, it was reported that 60 Minutes tells Americans that Chinese are now the fast growing group crossing into the U.S. from Mexico. The 60 Minutes' video report will also be at the bottom of this article.

Chinese state media has also issued warning on behalf of China's leaders since their media is state sponsored, saying that NATO could expand the conflict with Russia into world war.

Russia:

Russia has also waded in on the issue, saying it's time for "steps to de-escalate tensions".

Kremlin spokesperson, Dmitry Peskov said: "In our view, the overall level of tension is very alarming and, on the contrary, now is the time for steps to de-escalate tensions.

"This is the only thing that can help us prevent further spreading of the conflict, especially the Middle East conflict, and somehow achieve de-confliction and de-escalation."

It is noteworthy that both Russia and China are nuclear powers. Russia has more nuclear weapons that the United States, while China has between 350 and 500. Wikipedia claims China has 500, while World Population Review says they have 350, and Arms Control says China has 410.

Either way, between Russia and China, they have more nuclear weapons that the U.S. It is also worth mentioning that while the U.S. inserts ourselves into almost all wars around the globe, it is unclear who, if anyone, would step up to help America if directly attacked.

Related: Joe Biden is playing with fire in the Middle East

Many believe we are on our way to World War III, but as we have stated before, we believe we are already at the beginning of WWIII.

Why?

While there is no set amount of countries that need to be involved in a world war, a look to WWI, and we note that 30 nations were involved in the fighting, with more than 50 for WWII. More than 50 have already been "involved" in the Russia/Ukraine via war, sending money and equipment to Ukraine, with others siding with Russia. Now, some of the same countries are also siding with either Iran, or Israel in the war against Hamas.

Does a nation have to have boots on the ground to be considered a world war?

Well, we look at WWII and see that "World War II began in Europe on 1 September 1939 with the German invasion of Poland and the United Kingdom and France's declaration of war on Germany two days later on 3 September 1939," via Wiki.

So looking back WWII officially started with only four countries involved until others joined, but that is listed as the beginning of the world war.

Right now we have more than four countries bombing each other with Russia and Ukraine, then with Hamas attacking Israel and Israel declaring war on Hamas, which has Iran backing Hamas, Hezbollah and Houthis, all listed as terrorist groups, and the U.S. and the UK bombing locations in both Iraq and Syria. Oh, the Houthis are located in Yemen.

• A large number of countries participating in the conflict - Check

• Battles fought across many geographical locations - Check

• Extensive casualties and destruction - Check

Yeah, looks like we are living through the beginning of a world war, doesn't it?

BOTTOM LINE

We are witnessing the start of a third world war, and the Biden regime, with their media supporters, won't be transparent about it until after it hits American soil, which will be too late to prepare to survive if you were not killed in the initial attack.

For generator links go to Stefan Stanford's most recent piece at this link.

ANP is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program.

ANP EMERGENCY Fundraiser: ‘Dangerous, Derogatory, Harmful, Unreliable!’ Those are some of the exact words used by Google’s censors, aka 'Orwellian content police,' in describing many of our controversial stories. Stories later proven to be truthful and light years ahead of the mainstream media. But because we reported those 'inconvenient truths' they're trying to bankrupt ANP.

So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP.

All donations are greatly appreciated and will absolutely be used to keep us in this fight for the future of America.

Thank you and God Bless. Susan and Stefan.

PLEASE HELP KEEP ANP ALIVE BY DONATING USING ONE OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS.

One time donations or monthly, via Paypal or Credit Card:

btn_donateCC_LG.gif

Or https://www.paypal.me/AllNewsPipeLine 

Donate Via Snail Mail

Checks or money orders made payable to Stefan Stanford or Susan Duclos can be sent to:

P.O. Box 575  McHenry, MD. 21541  DONATEANP1.jpg

Anything at all at Amazon purchased after clicking this ANP link will allow ANP to make a bit of revenue, all of which will be used to keep ANP online and to keep a roof over our heads.

For More Information, Please Email: support@allnewspipeline.com 

If You Have a News Tip, Please Email: tips@allnewspipeline.com 

https://www.allnewspipeline.com/Russia_Nuclear_Survival_School_Training.php 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 2-7-24 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Deadly Pineapple Express storm caused a staggering EIGHT MILLION GALLONS of raw SEWAGE to spill in Los Angeles streets and nearly 500 mudslides: San Diego faces more rain in coming days

Heavy rain has battered California with half of the rainfall typically seen in a year falling over several days

Health officials have warned residents in the area to stay away from coastal waters as eight million gallons of sewage spilled into the Dominguez Channel

Sanitation crews in the area have struggled to contain the sewage which has flowed down major streets and into storm drainage systems

By Kamal Sultan For Dailymail.Com

Published: 22:20 EST, 7 February 2024 | Updated: 07:22 EST, 8 February 2024

The deadly Pineapple Express storm in California has caused a shocking eight million gallons of raw sewage to spill on to Los Angeles streets and triggered more than 500 mudslides.

Heavy rain has battered the state with half of the rainfall typically seen in a year falling over several days.

The atmospheric river – a weather pattern made from plumes of moisture that can produce torrential amounts of rain- has killed at least nine people, washed away dozens of homes and led to an enormous sewage spill in Los Angeles County.

Health officials have warned residents in the area to stay away from coastal waters as eight million gallons of sewage spilled into the Dominguez Channel. Raw sewage can lead to a host of diseases including Hepatitis A, E. Coli and dysentery.

Sanitation crews in the area have struggled to contain the sewage, which has flowed down major streets and into storm drainage systems.

A major sewage spill happened in Rancho Dominguez, which is 10 miles north of Long Beach, on Monday and spewed millions of gallons of waste out of manholes.

'The problem has been an extremely unusual amount of rainwater leaking into the county sewer system causing more flow than some sewer pipelines can handle,' LA County Sanitation District spokesman Bryan Langpap told the Los Angeles Times.

Just a day later, more sewage escaped manholes around 20 miles downtown of Los Angeles and the solid waste went into the Dominguez Channel and Compton Creek.

A warning was then sent out by public health officials for people to avoid beaches in the area.

Around seven million Americans become ill from exposure to raw sewage every single year and seven percent of cases are fatal or severe.

Waste can lead to a host of diseases as it can carry viruses, bacteria and parasites.

The water close to Cabrillo Beach is being tested for bacteria that can survive in saltwater for up to three days and can cause diarrhea and other health issues.

'Water contact during a rain advisory may cause illness, especially in children, the elderly and susceptible people,' public health officials said.

'Bacteria levels may take 72 hours or more to return to normal after heavy rainfall.

'At all times, beach users are cautioned to avoid water contact near flowing creeks and storm drains.'

On Wednesday afternoon, around 2.5 million people in Los Angeles, including Hollywood Hills and Beverly Hills, were still under a flash flood warning.

The storm, fueled by the second of back-to-back atmospheric rivers to hit California in days, came ashore last weekend in the state's north before it moved down the coast and parked itself over the south for days.

It has turned roads into rivers, causing hundreds of landslides and killing at least nine people.

The storm dumped more than a foot of rain in some areas, making it one of the wettest periods on record for Southern California.

One final drenching was expected Wednesday before the system gave way to fair weather for most of the state by the weekend. But even after the rain, authorities warned of the ongoing threat of collapsing hillsides.

After all of the rain and snow of the past week, it wouldn´t take much for more water, mud and boulders to sluice down fragile hillsides, experts said.

There have been at least 520 mudslides in Los Angeles alone.

The system dumped heavy rain and mountain snow in San Diego County overnight before giving way to scattered showers. Winter storm warnings and advisories continued in Southern California mountains and to the north in the Sierra Nevada.

Around 430 trees fell in Los Angeles alone, the city said, and work crews have struggled to deal with the storm's aftermath.

Electrical outages on Wednesday had been substantially reduced from their peak levels, but there were still more than 71,000 customers without power, mostly in northern and central parts of the state, according to Poweroutage.us.

People were urged to avoid touching downed lines and to steer clear of roads that are at-risk of flooding and mud. During the storm, at least 50 stranded motorists in Los Angeles were rescued from fast-moving swollen creeks, rivers, roads and storm channels, fire officials said.

Four of the nine people killed by the storm were hit by falling trees or limbs, according to Brian Ferguson, a spokesperson for the Governor´s Office of Emergency Services.

Another died when power failed and she lost her oxygen supply, one drowned in the Tijuana River near the U.S.-Mexico border and three died in vehicle crashes, he said.

Atmospheric rivers also pummeled the state last year and caused at least 20 deaths.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-13058497/LA-sewage-flood-California-rain-deaths.html 

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 2-7-24 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia and China join forces in the Arctic as part of 'no limits' pact boosting oil and LNG ties while U.S. has 'only one functional ice breaker,' intelligence report warns

A new report warns that the West risks ceding control of the Arctic to China

It says Moscow's increasing isolation has led it to closer ties with Beijing

Chinese companies are now at the forefront of developing LNG facilities

By Rob Crilly, Senior U.S. Political Reporter For Dailymail.Com

Published: 19:34 EST, 7 February 2024 | Updated: 19:39 EST, 7 February 2024

Russia and China have stepped up cooperation in the Artic ever since Russian forces invaded Ukrainian, according to a new private intelligence report, which warns that the U.S. is falling far behind Moscow in its efforts to develop the region.

At one time Russia sought to limit the role of the People's Republic of China in the Arctic, says the report by Strider Technologies.

That has changed as Moscow found itself isolated in the wake of the war in Ukraine.

'Russia’s increasing willingness to allow the PRC in the Arctic demonstrates the realness of their "no-limits" partnership and its potential counterbalance to U.S.-led alliances,' it concludes.

The result is that the West may never catch up, and could forever cede control of the Atlantic to China and Russia.

In particular the report, based on open-source intelligence, reveals how Moscow is increasingly reliant on Chinese companies to help develop the Northern Sea Route - the shortest route between European ports and the Far East - and energy infrastructure.

The warning comes at a time of great uncertainty and opportunity in the Arctic region. Climate change is opening up a massive new frontier for geopolitical rivalries to play out, unlocking a treasure trove of untapped natural resources and trade routes.

The report illustrates how an increasingly isolated Russia has had to find new partners to develop the region, fill gaps created by sanctions.

In particular, once Sweden becomes a member of NATO, U.S. allies will surround the Artic Circle, apart from the stretch controlled by Russia.

And the seven other countries that make up the Artic Council have all ended their cooperation with Moscow.

That meant Russia had been forced to look to China, according to Eric Levesque co-founder of Strider, allowing it to reduce its own spending in the region as it funnels cash to its war effort.

'This pivot underscores the diplomatic and economic isolation Moscow is experiencing in the wake of its invasion of Ukraine and growing reliance on the P.R.C. for its economic development and security goals,' he said.

'However, Russia's adept use of cross-border partnerships and private sector engagement in Arctic development demonstrates a more effective approach than that of its Western counterparts, staying true to its historical reliance on private enterprises to bolster state initiatives.'

The survey found that in the 18 months up to June 2023, 234 P.R.C.-owned companies registered to operate in Russia-controlled Arctic territory. That represented an 87 percent increase on the two years before that.

Chinese companies had also stepped into fill the gap left by Western companies after the invasion of Ukraine.

In particular, companies including the China National Petroleum Corporation and China National Offshore Oil Corporation stepped into keep the Arctic LNG2 Project afloat (which will produce almost 20 million metric tons of liquified natural gas a year) while others provided key technologies such as gas turbines.

Meanwhile, although Russian defense spending plunged by 90 percent ahead of the invasion, it has been replaced by a surge in activity by private-sector companies and entrepreneurs.

Use of the Northern Sea Route is also accelerating. In 2023, at least 11 ships transported Russian crude oil to the P.R.C. via this route through the Arctic, after just one transit in 2022.

Levesque said the U.S. was being left behind.

'The Arctic for the U.S. consistently seems to be an afterthought,' he told NBC News. 'U.S. has not been prioritizing it. Russia is probably 10 years or more ahead of the U.S.

'We have, like, one functional icebreaker, and it was built in the 70s.'

Lawmakers share those concerns about growing Chinese-Russian cooperation. The issue was examined at a hearing of the House Homeland Security Committee last year

'We must respond to bolster our presence, both military and civilian, to make sure that we can protect our national security interests, economic security interests, energy security interests and environmental security interests that are so critical to our national security, said Sen. Dan Sullivan, R-Alaska.

The Strider report concludes that Western policymakers need to work harder than ever to understand the region's changing dynamics.

'These stakeholders need to look beyond the Russian rhetoric and identify the key players spearheading Russia’s Arctic strategy,' it says.

'The West is already trailing Russia’s Arctic development, but without this knowledge, the West may never catch up and the Arctic region will find itself completely within Russia and the P.R.C.'s sphere of influence.;

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-13057675/russia-china-intelligence-pact-arctic-strider.html 

[ :: 8-13-08 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Unstable, very unstable is the world, unstable is the economy, unstable are the events that they are trying to do throughout the whole world. Even the democratic convention shall be very unstable and many things shall take place that shall shock the nation. Tornadoes, tornadoes, tornadoes, drought, hail, loss of crops, flooding, earthquakes, all the signs that shall be clearly seen, loss of jobs, boasting of how they can change the global warming and yet they cannot. Trouble here, trouble there, that is what we see in the world. Even though you have had your refreshing that I have said that you would have, things will change. etc

:: 2-7-24 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China's Stock Market Tumbles: The Hong Kong Crisis Deepens - $6 trillion Market Wipe Out

Epic Economist

595K subscribers

39,204 views Feb 7, 2024

This video dives into the heart of the Hong Kong crisis as China's stocks hit record lows, wiping out $6 trillion. It uncovers the complex factors, from a selloff in stocks to real estate woes, triggering a market chaos. Discover the human stories behind the numbers, with families, businesses, and a city grappling with economic challenges. Explore the government's responses, investor sentiments, and the social media outcry, offering a comprehensive view of the unfolding turmoil.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cFBFHxRFUQA&t=116s 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

:: 2-4-24 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Do Not Reward Evil as Good

By Hal Lindsey

Axios and certain other media outlets have recently reported that the State Department is considering recognizing Palestine as a state. There are a host of reasons why that’s a bad idea. One of the worst is this — it rewards terrorism. It rewards the very worst in human behavior.

The idea is that the United States would make this move soon after Israel’s campaign in Gaza ends — and US pressure to end the campaign is already enormous. Hamas would then be able to say to every terror group in the world, “Here’s how you get the really big concessions. Kill, mutilate, rape, burn people to death, and take lots of innocents as hostages.”

To recognize a state of Palestine in the aftermath of their October terror attacks on Israel, would encourage every rogue group on earth to follow that wicked path. It would bring chaos to this planet, the likes of which have never been seen before!

For decades, the United States has called for a two-state solution in the Holy Land. But the US has said such a solution must be predicated on negotiation among the people who live there, and that it cannot be imposed from the outside. But the present administration seems to be considering a radical change in that policy. How radical? The Biden Administration is reportedly considering imposing a new state of Palestine in a Middle East where terms and borders have not been negotiated, much less implemented. The plan is to go in the opposite direction from previous US policy and impose this “peace plan” from the outside, from far-off Washington.

The Palestinian goal has not changed from the PLO’s beginning. They want the complete annihilation of the State of Israel and the genocide of Jews around the world. They have tried to do it by sheer force, but even with the help of invading Arab armies, they have failed every time. They have now made it clear that they are willing to accomplish their goal in stages.

A key stage in that campaign is recognition of Palestine as a state by the United Nations. In 2012, they were accepted by the UN as “an observer state,” but the US has blocked the UN from giving full recognition to Palestine. 139 of the UN’s 193 member states have given full recognition to “Palestine,” a nation that has never existed in all of world history.

Some things are known by everyone in the world — known by instinct, intuition, and by experience. One is that if you reward a behavior, you will get more of it. We all know that’s true. That’s why we reward puppies with treats and give children words of praise when they do right. Real life proves this idea again and again. The ones who still think it’s a good idea to positively reward evil behavior mostly live in the ivory towers of academia and government.

In the real world, we know that if you don’t want people to break the law, don’t reward lawbreaking. If you don’t want drug addiction, don’t reward drug use. If you don’t want people to cross your borders illegally, don’t reward attempts at illegal immigration. If you don’t want kidnapping, don’t reward kidnappers.

And most of all — if you don’t want terrorism, don’t reward terrorist acts!

It is only through His love and your generosity we are able to share the Gospel and hope with millions around the world.  You can help support Hal Lindsey Ministries by mailing your tax deductible gift to PO Box 470470 Tulsa, OK 74147-0470.   United States Over the phone 1-888- ROPTURE (1-888-727-8873)

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-2-4-2024/ 

:: 2--24 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

To Whom Does the Land of Israel Belong?

By Hal Lindsey

In 2007, the powers that run this world aimed their big guns at Israel… and shot themselves in the foot.

That year, the UN General Assembly voted for something known as The United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, often shortened to UNDRIP. One hundred forty-four countries voted in favor, 4 against, with 11 abstentions. The US voted against it during those Bush years, but under the Obama Administration formally endorsed it in 2010.

Many had hoped to use UNDRIP as a means of leveraging power for the Palestinians. They should have realized there was a problem with their plan when Israel voted for the resolution.

Why? Because the Jews are the indigenous people in the land of Israel. It goes back 3,500 years. UNDRIP specifically says that it cannot be used for the purpose of racial discrimination. If anyone says this doesn’t apply to Jews, they are violating the resolution’s provision against discrimination.

Over the years, a series of international treaties have confirmed the historical right of the Jews as the indigenous people of the land, including Judea and Samaria (known in the media as “the West Bank”). Michel Calvo is a lawyer specializing in international law. Last month for the Gatestone Institute, he wrote, “After the Balfour Declaration of 1917, the Treaty of Lausanne (1923), British Mandate for Palestine (1922), San Remo Resolution (1920), and Treaty of Sevres (1920) created international law, and recognized and re-established the historical indigenous rights of the Jews to their land.”

In 1922, the League of Nations recognized and affirmed “the historical connection of the Jewish people with Palestine and the grounds for reconstituting their national home in that country.” The UN Charter specifically forbids the United Nations from undoing international law and agreements written prior to the formation of the UN. Article 80 says, “Nothing in this Charter shall be construed in or of itself to alter in any manner the rights whatsoever of any states or any peoples or the terms of existing international instruments to which Members of the United Nations may respectively be parties.”

Calvo also says, “Recent UN General Assembly Resolutions stating that the settlement of Jews in Judea Samaria is contrary to international law are no more than recommendations and have never led to amendments of existing binding treaties. UN Security Council Resolutions, stating that Jewish communities in Judea and Samaria are illegal, are not binding. Only resolutions taken under Chapter VII of the UN Charter are binding on all UN member states.”

In recent years, Israel has been depicted in the media as a rogue state, flaunting international law by allowing Jewish settlements in Judea and Samaria. But that simply isn’t true. International law gives them clear rights to all of the land. They are willing to negotiate with Palestinians and give up part of that land. But it isn’t something required by international law. It is a possible political solution to an ongoing political problem.

Not everyone accepts the authority of the Bible. But those people can simply look to international law and see the rights of the Jews to the Holy Land.

For those who believe the Bible, this issue shouldn’t even be a question. God gave title deed to the Holy Land to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. He reaffirmed it again and again. In this case, there’s no conflict between international law and God’s law. If you say you believe the Bible, it should be obvious. God gave the Holy Land to the Jews forever!

It is only through His love and your generosity we are able to share the Gospel and hope with millions around the world.  You can help support Hal Lindsey Ministries by mailing your tax deductible gift to PO Box 470470 Tulsa, OK 74147-0470.   United States Over the phone 1-888- ROPTURE (1-888-727-8873)

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-18-2020/ 

:: 2--24 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What is Hamas?

By Hal Lindsey

A surprising number of American organizations and politicians have come out against Israel in the recent fighting. They almost always say they are standing with Palestinians, not Hamas. But that’s like coming out against the United States in World War II, claiming you only support Germans, not Nazis.

Hamas runs Gaza. In the month of May, Hamas fired more than 4,000 missiles into Israel from Gaza. But Israel did not return fire with an all-out assault on the Palestinians of Gaza. They struck military targets. And, yes, they struck them hard. In a matter of days, Israel substantially degraded Hamas’s ability to wage their war of terror. For that, millions now blame Israel.

What is Hamas? Why have Canada, the European Union, Israel, Japan, and the United States designated Hamas a terrorist organization? Why have other nations, such as Australia, New Zealand, Paraguay, and the United Kingdom, designated Hamas’s military wing a terrorist organization? And remember, it was their military wing firing rockets at Israeli children.

These nations designated Hamas a terror group because terror is the organization’s chief tactic, and violence is its mode of operation. Hamas’s violence goes back to its very beginning. The preamble to their charter says, “Israel will exist and will continue to exist until Islam will obliterate it.”

The eradication of Israel is their goal. They don’t just want to win a military victory over Israel or carve out a Palestinian state. Hamas wants nothing less than the destruction of the Jewish people. Genocide is their aim and reason. How could you describe Hamas as anything but a terror group?

In Article 32 of their charter, they say that the Jew’s “scheme has been laid out in the ‘Protocols of the Elders of Zion.’” The protocols are a hoax first published in Russia in 1903. When the Nazis came to power in Germany, the protocols began to be taught in German schools. But it was proven false early on. For one thing, you can trace much of the source material to known works of fiction. But for Hamas and its supporters, anything against Jews must be true.

The Hamas charter depicts Jews using old stereotypes. Article 22 blames the Jews for World Wars I and II, as well as the French and communist revolutions. This illustrates yet again that their hatred is not for Israel alone, but for Jews generally. Article 7 says, “The Day of Judgment will not come about until Moslems fight Jews and kill them. Then, the Jews will hide behind rocks and trees, and the rocks and trees will cry out: ‘O Moslem, there is a Jew hiding behind me, come and kill him.’”

Hamas stands firmly against a negotiated peace in the Middle East. Article 13 says, “So-called peaceful solutions and international conferences are in contradiction to the principles of the Islamic Resistance Movement... Those conferences are no more than a means to appoint the infidels as arbitrators in the lands of Islam... There is no solution for the Palestinian problem except by Jihad. Initiatives, proposals and international conferences are but a waste of time, an exercise in futility.”

Article 11 says, “The land of Palestine is an Islamic Waqf [meaning ‘Holy Possession’] consecrated for future Moslem generations until Judgment Day. No one can renounce it or any part, or abandon it or any part of it.”

Hamas stands for unending violence, war, and terror. To those Americans who have placed themselves in solidarity with Hamas, I have to ask, “Are you for peace or for never-ending jihad?”

It is only through His love and your generosity we are able to share the Gospel and hope with millions around the world.  You can help support Hal Lindsey Ministries by mailing your tax deductible gift to PO Box 470470 Tulsa, OK 74147-0470.   United States Over the phone 1-888- ROPTURE (1-888-727-8873)

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-5-28-2021/ 

:: 2